Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction


· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments


· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law


· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence


· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes


· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact

Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:


Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  

Current Events And Breaking News

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Oliver Stone Exposes US Coup D’Etat In Ukraine
January 23 2018 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / RussiaInsider

The people in Western Ukraine had to be completely stupid to be so easily deceived and turned against their own democratically elected government.

But the overthrown government was also stupid for believing in negotiations, for trusing the US, and for not arming the police who were being killed by snipers.

Related: Russiagate Turns On Its Originators + The Focus Shifts From Trump To Hillary And The Corrupt FBI

The Russian government was too focused on the Sochi Olympics to realize what was happening and that the coup was directed at Russia. Russian trust of Washington also resulted in the murder of Gaddafi and the destruction of Libya. Trusting America, Russia withheld its veto over the no-fly zone imposed on Libya, because Russia trusted the assurances given by Washington that regime change was not the purpose.

Here is Oliver Stone’s documentary on Washington’s coup in Ukraine. The truth differs greatly from the lies told by the Western presstitutes and the US government.

'Ukraine on Fire': Oliver Stone Docu on US Destruction of Ukraine Finally Available in the West

"The film was originally released in 2016, but unsurprisingly, Stone came up against problems distributing the film in the US and western countries. A Russian-dubbed version was available almost immediately and was aired on TV in Russia, but people in the 'free world' were left without access to the full film."

Oliver Stone's seminal documentary Ukraine on Fire has finally been made available to watch in the West. 

Ukraine, the 'borderlands' between Russia and 'civilized' Europe is on fire. For centuries, it has been at the center of a tug-of-war between powers seeking to control its rich lands and Russia's access to the Mediterranean. 

The Maidan Massacre in early 2014 triggered a bloody uprising that ousted president Viktor Yanukovych, spurred Crimeans to secede and join Russia, and sparked a civil war in Eastern Ukraine. 

Related: Russia-China Real Gold Standard Means End Of US Dollar Dominance

Russia was portrayed by Western media as the perpetrator, and has been sanctioned and widely condemned as such. But was Russia responsible for what happened? 

Ukraine on Fire provides a historical perspective for the deep divisions in the region which led to the 2004 Orange Revolution, the 2014 uprisings, and the violent overthrow of democratically-elected Yanukovych. 

Covered by Western media as a 'popular revolution', it was in fact a coup d'état scripted and staged by ultra-nationalist groups and the US State Department. 

Investigative journalist Robert Parry reveals how US-funded political NGOs and media companies have emerged since the 1980s, replacing the CIA in promoting America's geopolitical agenda abroad. 

Executive producer Oliver Stone gained unprecedented access to the inside story through his on-camera interviews with former President Viktor Yanukovych and Minister of Internal Affairs Vitaliy Zakharchenko, who explain how the US Ambassador and factions in Washington actively plotted for regime change. 

And, in his first meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin, Stone solicits Putin's take on the significance of Crimea, NATO and the US's history of interference in elections and regime change in the region. 

The film was originally released in 2016, but unsurprisingly, Stone came up against problems distributing the film in the US and western countries. A Russian-dubbed version was available almost immediately and was aired on TV in Russia, but people in the 'free world' were left without access to the full film. 

Now, at last, the full exposé is available on YouTube. Though, of course, everyone is encouraged to purchase a copy to support Stone's important work. 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Money Scam Makes Us Slaves: Gold Is Waterproof And Indestructible In The Sea Of Fiat Currencies
January 22 2018 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

No financial storm blows gold over. No drenching rain will dissolve it. That’s why smart investors – and smart central banks – are watching the weather and accumulating gold.

An economy with falling household incomes is not a good place to own stocks. Surely an economy that is barely growing doesn’t justify the highest stock prices of all time?

Related: Fiat currency the cause for our economic miseries

And obviously the Central Bankers’ $85 billion a month bond-buying spree isn’t working?

With Central Banksters promising to print still more money, one would expect the value of gold to soar. Obviously, the work of computer manipulation programs that continue to do their work unrelentingly in keeping prices down for gold and silver! As the world is eventually going to discover, it is all a fraudulent Ponzi pyramid money system.

QE is a Zombie Enrichment Program:

Economists, analysts and advisors have been trying to figure out exactly what QE does. The Central Banks of the USA, EU, and Japan are adding more than one trillion to their respective monetary bases every 12 months, which in return should have some effect.

Some experts say QE is an asset swap – interest-paying excess reserves for interest-paying Treasury paper- and not an additive instrument.

That’s definitely not the case as, while Central Banks continuously create money to buy Treasury bonds from the banks, the banks consequently buy more Treasury bonds, and so on. This transfers cash from the Fed to governments, and it saves governments having to get it from other sources at higher rates of interest.

All money, like water, eventually finds its way to the sea. And when trillions per year are added to the economy, it is bound to raise the sea level.

Related: Adaptable Gold Standard is the Answer: The Central Bankers have no power to turn the economy around

Why is gold waterproof? When the wide ocean of cash, credit, derivatives and connivance breaks into open fury – with howling winds and towering waves – gold will stand tall and self-assured, like an indestructible lighthouse.

What’s the real point of the current Central Bank-managed paper monetary system? It is a system that insiders can manipulate. They manipulate the value of our money, lie about what is really going on and steal wealth from savers and workers to pay for their pet projects and give money to their zombie friends.

That’s the way it has always been and forever shall be, period. Unless they are stopped.

Charles de Gaulle’s economist, Jacques Rueff, explained already in 1958 why inflation seemed to boost employment. It was because inflation robbed the workers of their wages, lowering labour costs, and making it easier for employers to hire them.

And Marc Faber explained recently, how QE robs more than 90% of the population to pay off the elite brotherhood. All the Fed’s QE liquidity goes into stock prices! Who makes money when stock prices rise? Wall Street and its elite clients! Everybody else loses.

And what about the zombies? The government borrows the Central Bank’s fake money, created out of thin air at record low interest rates. What happens to the money? Does it go to the taxpayers? Does it go to real, productive businesses, or to real, productive workers?

Related: Banks Are Stealing Our Future? How To Put An End?

Nope. It goes to zombies of all sorts – to the 7 out of 10 families who get more from the government than they pay in taxes, and to the defence contractors for their war games. QE is a Zombie Enrichment Program. The sooner it ends, and the sooner the Fed is abolished, the better off we, the people will be.

Meanwhile since 2008 nothing has changed whatsoever regarding the root cause of the financial crisis. The world still has massive amounts of debt, far too much to safely finance. The EU and VS continue to borrow larger and larger amounts, as if nothing went wrong.

Nowadays, once again, financial institutions’ profits make up a huge, disproportionate amount of the total profits of the S&P 500.

And it’s not just the U.S.

“In the EU, government debts totalled 66% of GDP in 2007. Today, they’re close to, or probably over 100%. In the United Kingdom, government debt equalled 43% of the economy in 2007. Today, it’s also over 100%. Unbelievably… no one in the developed world seems to be able to generate wealth anymore, only more debts.”

“To finance these debts, the EU and US continue to sell parts of their assets to foreigners. By doing so, they will become increasingly poorer over time. Ten years ago, the combined economies of Brazil, Russia, India, and China – the so-called “BRIC” nations – equalled roughly 29% of the US economy.

By 2007, their economies were equalling up to 53% of that of the U.S. Today, they equal 91%. The borrowing is fuelling their boom.

“In 2009, the Federal Reserve began to massively monetize the U.S. debt, allowing the U.S. Treasury to issue more debt and repay existing debt by simply selling it to the Federal Reserve (which creates the funding for such purchases by printing the money).

The Fed has since printed upwards of $3.5 trillion. And recently has promised to keep doing so. As a result, since 2007, M2 – the basic measure of money in the economy – has increased by 38% in the U.S.”

Related: Forgotten History: US Bankers Financing US Enemies - And Why It Is Important Now

And so: what are U.S. foreign masters doing? They’re dumping Treasuries and buying U.S. assets. Chinese firms now own IBM’s personal computer division, the AMC movie-theatre chain, pork producer Smithfield, plus some of their most valuable new sources of energy via equity deals with Devon Energy and Chesapeake Energy.

So far in 2013 alone, China spent $10 billion on U.S. assets, compared with less than $1 billion in 2008.

Foreign masters will soon begin buying massive amounts of U.S. property, as they move their holdings from the obligations of Freddie and Fannie into the underlying assets. In 2012, the Chinese bought $3 billion in commercial real estate in California. Soon, they’ll begin buying huge packages of U.S. residential houses.

Thus, in three or four years millions of Americans will literally be paying rent to the Chinese. This is going to happen, for sure.

Pushing the Inevitable Collapse Into the Future

Those who are grateful to the Central Bankers and government for “bailing out” the economy, should think again. All that is really being done is that they are pushing the inevitable collapse of the economy further into the future, by selling off our greatest assets to their foremost economic rivals.

Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

This is truly the worst possible strategy with catastrophic prospects. Imagine what will be left in 20 years.

The Money Scam Makes Us Slaves

The Greatest Scam on Earth is The Money Scam! The Money Scam is hidden right out in the open, yet buried in complication and confusion. A retired banker describes simply the world’s Money Scam and the reason every country is now going bankrupt.

Private bankers have stolen the money creation process, in contrast with the governments which once created their own money debt-free. The money today is created out of thin air by these banksters and issued as debt with interest charges, owed to the private banks.

In today’s banker-controlled world, money = debt, debt = slavery and therefore money = slavery.

The monetary systems have become systems of enslavement. Money is created out of nothing, issued as debt, while not enough money is created for the future interest payments and inflation steals our savings.

The money-creation process should be taken away from the Central Banks and given back to the people’s governments who can create money debt-free, and interest-free. This is how it used to be done without the need for income taxes. In this video, it is simply explained what we should do to stop supporting the money scam.

Related Articles:

The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Government’s Vital Control Structure: Computers Manipulate Facebook Users - Governments Control The People
January 22 2018 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

Almost nothing of the information on this site will be found in the mainstream media. In classic Orwellian terms -  “War is Peace, Freedom is Slavery, and Ignorance is Strength.” – it means saying one thing and doing another is governments’ order of the day.

Once it is understood that governments are expressly structured to control the people, everything else comes into focus, such as why governments constantly act in the interest of Big Business, Big Banking, Big Pharma, Big Biotech, and their associated organisations. They are clearly ominously against the interests of the people.

Related: Three months in hell: What I learned from three months of Content Moderation for Facebook in Berlin

In the past, people rebelled against rule by royal dictatorship and demanded a say in who ran the country. The bloodlines began the process of replacing the overt royal dictatorships with ones that had the appearance of freedom, while continuing business as usual. Tyranny was replaced with much more effective tyranny that people cannot see, or most people don’t see.

The Illuminati’s worst nightmare was for people to be elected to government who were genuinely independent and had the best interest of the population at heart.

The solution was the introduction of political parties, a structure was created which, through funding and organization, gave those who did not join one of these parties virtually no chance of being elected to parliament and certainly not to forming a government in association with other genuine independent people.

The Vital Control Structure Over Many By the Few

The formation of political parties produced the structure through which members of parliaments, and those at other levels of government – local and state – could be controlled. Instead of having to force their will upon hundreds of individuals, all they had to do was force it upon those who controlled the parties and they, in turn, would enforce it upon their members.

Related: Robert Steele and Roger Stone Discuss Twitter, Facebook, YouTube (#GoogleGestapo) Censorship, Fake News, and Future of Democracy

Quite simply, if one would want to progress in politics, they would first need to join a party and then keep the ruling elite of the party as happy as they possibly can by what they achieve in doing and saying. It’s the same as with doctors, lawyers, scientists and teachers.

Keep your head down, don’t rock the boat, and certainly don’t oppose anything significant through personal conscience that is against the wishes of the party establishment. Real personal ‘progress’ in any of these professions demands that you close your mind or sell your soul. Preferably both.

For example, the UK Parliament have people known as ‘Whips’ to make sure their MPs vote in accordance with the party line. The fact that Whips are allowed to exist and operate openly is already proof of the corruption and irrelevance of politics.

They offer MPs promises of good things for themselves, if they comply, and if they still won’t budge, they are told the facts of life about the consequences for their careers. The same system operates in every country, although not always with official Whips.

Detailed files are kept on politicians, aided by intelligence agency data, which can be used to scare a doubter into line through fear of his/her secrets becoming public. The ones that control the parties, also control the intelligence agency network, not least the Rothschild dynasty.

Related: A List Of 20 Ex-Agents Who Have Exposed The US Military Intelligence Complex & Government 'Cyber Troops' Manipulate Facebook, Twitter, Study Says

There are no boundaries at that level or moral dilemmas about little things like integrity and laws of data protection. The more secrets people have that would destroy them if revealed, the more suitable and desirable they become to fill key positions. If they ever try to stand up against the official line, there is always the file.

The upper echelons of politics are full of people who are dancing to the music for fear of public exposure for anything from financial fraud to paedophilia.

There are three types of politicians that get anywhere near the governmental system of power:

A small minority who are knowingly part of the conspiracy and aware of the goals.

Those who just want power and status and will do anything to get it, by saying and doing whatever it takes; and

Those who have big secrets that can be revealed at any time if they refuse to take orders.

It is not said that every politician fits one of these 3 criteria, only the vast majority who make it to the government or to the top of major parties, in charge or in opposition, with any chance of forming a government.

The glue that holds together the manipulations between different political parties and countries is the spider’s web of secret societies, the Jesuits and Freemasons being the most important.


In fact, it doesn’t matter for whom you vote, the Rothschild – Illuminati, through their control of all parties, decides which government gets installed. They control all camps of political currents. Politics is full of fraud without integrity – saying one thing and doing another.

The political parties are merely vehicles introducing the agenda of the shadow government that demands and coerces the transformation of human society into global dictatorship.

Related: Google, Not GCHQ, Is The Truly Chilling Spy Network & Top 10 Disturbing Facts About Facebook

Today people in large numbers correctly say elections are irrelevant, because nothing ever changes, as most of these elections are rigged to make sure the right result is obtained. Watch the video about the Scottish voting drama, where Scotland was not allowed to leave the UK, nor the EU.

They only fuel the illusion of debate and choice. It is all a mind game to put the global police state into place along with a network of mass surveillance, everybody micro chipped, a society based on mass control – governments destroy your freedom. And that is exactly what they ought to protect.

Manipulating People’s Perceptions:

Controlling the people means manipulating their perceptions of reality, clearly the information must be dictated. For this, it is utterly essential to control the media and education. Ignorance and arrogance are a telling combination.

The Archon bloodline families own the global media, and they appoint and control the editors, who in turn control and appoint the journalists, they who write whatever they are told to write.

This top-down power structure basically allows for the dictation of what does and what doesn’t appear in the media for the public to read, hear and see. Controlling the media means setting the parameters, the norms through which the media filters everything.

Look at the pathetic way most of the global media repeated the official version of ‘global warming’ and ‘climate change’ and rarely looked into the abundance of scientific evidence to the contrary that proves it is all nonsense.

Journalists, just like doctors, lawyers, politicians, and the public in general, are repeaters. They repeat without question and accept the ‘everyone-knows-that’ norm like a little child that is told to believe in Santa Claus.

Related: A Convergence Of Evil: Google, Amazon And Facebook Use Technology To Enslave Humanity, Suppress Knowledge And Accelerate Human Suffering

Most people dismiss any possibility of a conspiracy with a reflex action and they will never do any research to validate one way or the other.

This is the mentality of the majority – journalists included – all over the world that stands between what is truly happening and what they tell you is happening, and people dare to argue that if there were a conspiracy, the media would tell us, truly laughable reasoning.

Meanwhile, it is widely known that regarding 9/11 and MH17, the public at large has been immensely deceived.

The psyches of journalists and the public in general are welded to a programmed sense of reality and so people do what the bloodline families want them to do, while dismissing any suggestion that these families even exist.

Real journalism can be found on the web and is produced and presented by people who are willing to go where the mainstream lackeys are too ignorant or too frightened to go and as a side note, many of these journalists do this on a voluntary basis, with a passion for bringing Truth.

Related: Facebook President Revealed Something About Zuckerberg's Dark Intentions You Should Know & Facebook Denies Former VP Claims It’s Destroying ‘Fabric Of Society’

Of course not all ‘news’ on the web is trustworthy, but there is plenty of investigative journalism, which is not found in the MSM. The Illuminati families control the telecom giants too, such as the major servers and search engines.

The Internet gives them some major benefits in terms of surveillance, but there is also a downside through the explosion of information across the Net about their covert operations and manipulation of the population.

The genie is out of the bottle and it cannot be put back, but there are still challenges to overcome as the Illuminati seeks to censor the Net by employing every argument and excuse they can think of, like Cyber terrorism that requires Internet censorship, for which the Cyber security Act of 2009 was introduced that gives the President the right to declare a cyber emergency enabling them to close down or restrict the Net.

Computers Manipulate Facebook Users:

Already in 2011, Facebook ran a secret experiment on its users. The purpose of that experiment was to see if the company could change peoples’ moods by altering their news feeds.

Related: The Stakes For Trump And All Of Us + Facebook's Zuckerberg Lobbies For New World Order

And it worked. The results of the experiment concluded that “emotional states can be transferred to others via emotional contagion, leading people to experience the same emotions without being aware of this.” This experiment leads straight to individualised manipulation.

Internet users worldwide are addicted to free technological services; they make money by turning people’s private information into cash – monetising users’ lives. It is already scary enough when one is manipulated, but even worse when the entire process is automated – computers are learning to manipulate individuals by interacting with them!

If they want to make more money with their free services, programs are devised to manipulate people more efficiently, so this will be getting worse by the day. The question is, where will this all go? The world is moving into a virtual world, a world specifically built for all the individual personalities.

The manipulation rights will be sold to the highest bidder – government agencies – to which most of the personal information is already sold. What does this mean?

Related: Facebook Admits Social Media Harmful To Mental Health

If they know what motivates you, they can change your environment based on their knowledge of you, and can induce you to act in ways they prefer, easily done by computers.

Think about false material in order to destroy one’s reputation, applying social science and other techniques to manipulate online discourse and activism to generate desirable outcomes. We’re doomed if we remain passive and do nothing, precisely what they expect most people will do. Passivity + Time = Destruction.

If you want to retain your own mind and mood, you can still do it, but only if you act. Make your information unavailable to the manipulators.

Throw sand in the abusers’ eyes. Prevent them from knowing which websites you visit, who you communicate with, and what you say, for example by encryption, here’s a PDF that will show you how.

Despite Snowdon’s information – for everyone involved it is still business as usual. Nothing has changed, so expect data thieves to continue getting worse.

About What Could Happen:

George Carlin’s hilarious, brilliant, touching and in the meantime tells the truth.

Related Articles:

Google, Tech Giants Threaten To Shut Down ‘Free Speech’ Social Site & Reason: It’s Time To Rein In Warrantless Domestic Spying Before It’s Too Late

Kiwis Urged To Check And Change Passwords & Social Media Is A Tool Of The CIA: “Facebook, Google And Other Social Media Used To Spy On People”

Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

FBI Has Launched Three Investigations Into Clintons
January 21 2018 | From: Infowars / Various

Report: Second Special Counsel to investigate Clinton crimes.

Despite the silence of the mainstream media, the Clintons are once again under criminal investigation.

Related: FBI Investigating Millions Of "Mishandled" Dollars Funneled From Australian Govt To Clinton Foundation

The Department of Justice under Attorney General Jeff Sessions has opened criminal investigations against the Clinton Foundation in Little Rock and in New York.

Several foreign nations are expected to bring criminal charges against the Clinton Foundation, and the report of DOJ Inspector General Michael Horowitz could lead to the appointment of a second special counsel to investigate the Obama administration DOJ as far back as the “Fast and Furious” gun-running scandal and the DOJ cover-up of Secretary Clinton’s email scandal..

Consider the following:

Led by agents in Little Rock, Arkansas, and New York, the FBI has begun a criminal investigation into “pay-to-play” accusations against the Clintons regarding donations taken by the Clinton Foundation and favorable policy decisions made by Secretary of State Hillary Clinton.

The probe is also examining whether the Clintons committed the crime of “inurement,” namely using assets of the Clinton Foundation, a charity under federal and state law, for personal purposes.

In response to a letter authored by House Judiciary Chairman Bob Goodlatte dated Sept. 26, 2017, Attorney General Sessions has tasked senior DOJ prosecutors to make recommendations on re-opening the FBI investigation into the Uranium One scandal, including accusations the DOJ withheld from CFIUS, the Treasury committee that approved the sale of U.S. uranium to Russia. D
ocuments proving Russia was conducting a bribery scandal in the U.S. uranium industry at the same time Russia’s government-owned energy Rosatom was seeking U.S. federal government approval to buy a 100 percent interest in Uranium One.

Related: New Zealand Government Has Pledged Millions Of Dollars Worth Of Taxpayer Funds To The Corrupt Clinton Foundation & Clinton Health Access Initiatives

On Jan. 12, 2018, the Department of Justice announced a criminal indictment in the Uranium One case, charging a former co-president of a Maryland-based transportation company that provides services for the transportation of nuclear materials to customers in the United States and abroad with foreign bribery, fraud, and money laundering in a scheme that involved Tenex at a subsidiary of Rosatom.

DOJ has reopened a criminal investigation into Hillary Clinton’s email scandal after a Judicial Watch Freedom of Information Act, FOIA, request produced 2,800 State Department work-related emails that were transferred by Clinton aide Huma Abedin onto the laptop of her husband, disgraced former congressman Anthony Weiner, some of which included classified passports that President Trump has charged were at risk of having been placed into the hands of foreign agents.

DOJ Inspector General Michael Horowitz has confirmed to Senate Committee Chairman Chuck Grassley that his office is investigating emails written between FBI former counterintelligence head Peter Stozok and FBI prosecutor Lisa Page in which Strzok suggested to page in a conversation that evidently happened in then-Deputy FBI Director Andrew McCabe’s office that DOJ needed “insurance” to make sure Trump would never serve as president even if elected.

Strzok played a major role in changing the language in former FBI Director James Comey’s early draft about Secretary Clinton’s email server from “grossly negligent” to “extremely careless,” a change of language intended to justify a decision not to prosecute.

“The Clinton Foundation is an obvious fraud,”
insists New York-based financial analyst Charles Ortel, a major figure pushing for a criminal investigation of the Clinton Foundation.

“It was never lawfully authorized to pursue ‘tax-exempt charitable purposes’ other than serving as a presidential archive, housing ‘Presidential Records’ in the complex in Little Rock, Arkansas so that the public and scholars might research the Clinton presidential years,” Ortel argues.

For months, Ortel has warned the Clinton Foundation is open to criminal investigations in other countries where donors have reason to believe their charitable donations were solicited illegally and spent inappropriately.

Related: Clinton Foundation Faces International Criminal Investigations + Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused

This week, the FBI has requested Michael Smith, an Australian journalist who is a retired police detective, to provide the FBI with details about multiple allegations about millions of dollars in Australian contributions to the Clinton Foundation by the Australian government were mishandled.

According to an investigative report published this week by Mark Tapscott, materials Smith is giving the FBI focus on a 2006 memorandum of understanding between the Australian government and the Clinton Foundation’s Clinton HIV/AIDs Initiative (CHAI).

Smith claims the foundation received a “$25M financial advantage dishonestly obtained by deception” as a result of actions by Bill Clinton and Downer, who was then Australia’s minister of foreign affairs.

Tapscott reported that included in the Smith materials are evidence he believes shows “corrupt October 2006 backdating of false tender advertisements purporting to advertise the availability of a $15 million contract to provide HIV/AIDS services in Papua New Guinea on behalf of the Australian government after an agreement was already in place to pay the Clinton Foundation and/or associates.”

Related: John Podesta In A Frenzy Converting $40B Clinton Foundation Assets Into Gold, Diamonds & Artwork + Leaked Documents On Spying Show Former FBI Director Comey Shared Secret Intel On Americans With Private Parties

Finally, Tapscott noted a third complaint concerns what Smith describes as:

“The $10 million financial advantage dishonestly obtained by deception between April 1, 2008, and Sept. 25, 2008, at Washington, D.C., New York, New York, and Canberra Australia involving a Memorandum of Understanding, MOU, between the Australian government, the “Clinton Climate Initiative,” and the purported “Global Carbon Capture and Storage Institute Inc.”

The report due this month by DOJ Inspector General Horowitz may call for the appointment of a new special prosecutor to examine the role played by Hillary Clinton’s 2016 presidential campaign and by the Democratic National Committee in paying for the opposition research Fusion GPS dossier that appears to have been the basis used by the Obama administration DOJ to obtain FISA court authorization to conduct electronic surveillance on Donald Trump and key officials in his 2016 presidential campaign.

Related Articles:

Rockefeller, Ford Foundations Behind World Social Forum (WSF). The Corporate Funding Of Social Activism

Con Artist Clinton: Millions Of Dollars In Fraud Revealed After Clinton Foundation Server Hacked + House Oversight Committee Sends Request To FBI Director Comey For Hillary Clinton’s Server Contents

Judicial Watch Emails Show Hillary Invited Vladimir Putin To Clinton Foundation Gala & Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA

Bill Clinton’s Black Son (and Chelsea’s Not His Daughter)

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

“A Blatant Display Of Unscientific Propaganda:” Cornell Student Exposes GMO Propaganda In Scathing New Letter
January 21 2018 | From: AltHealthWorks

My name is Robert, and I am a Cornell University undergraduate student. However, I’m not sure if I want to be one any more. Allow me to explain.

Cornell, as an institution, appears to be complicit in a shocking amount of ecologically destructive, academically unethical, and scientifically deceitful behavior. Perhaps the most potent example is Cornell’s deep ties to industrial GMO agriculture, and the affiliated corporations such as Monsanto.

Related: Are Nanoparticles Engineered Into GM Foods Causing Cancer?

I’d like to share how I became aware of this troubling state of affairs. Throughout my secondary education, I’ve always had a passion for science. In particular, physics and mathematics captured my fascination.

My sophomore AP physics teacher, Mr. Jones, became my main source of motivation to succeed. He convinced us students that our generation was crucial to repairing humanity’s relationship to science, and how we would play key roles in solving immense global issues.

I came to Cornell as freshman, deeply unaware of our current GMO agriculture paradigm, and my university’s connection to it. It just wasn’t on my radar quite yet. After two years of school, I was rather uninspired to continue traditional study. I never felt quite at ease, jumping through hoops, taking classes and tests that didn’t inspire me, in exchange for a piece of paper (degree) that somehow magically granted me a superior life. I

know many undergraduates fit right in with the university education model, and that’s fantastic. I certainly didn’t, and my mental and physical health began to suffer as a result. I was left with no choice but to take a leave of absence, and pursue another path.

Related: Scientist Who Found Gluten Sensitivity Now Says it Doesn’t Exist + Industrial GMO Food Threats & The Global Monsanto Take Down

Instead, I began to self-study nutrition in earnest, honestly, out of pure necessity. Luckily, I found Cornell Professor Emeritus T. Colin Campbell’s legendary epidemiological research on nutrition and human disease. His evidence was so clear that I quickly transitioned to a plant-based diet. This personal dietary shift had profound benefits, dispelled my depression, and led me to a deep fascination with the precursor to nutrition: agriculture.

I became particularly interested in agroecology. I was astonished to learn that there existed alternatives to chemical-intensive, corporate-controlled models of agriculture, and that they were far safer, more effective, and more sustainable. During my time away from Cornell, I participated in three unique seasons of agroecological crop production, with incredible results. I am immensely grateful for these experiences.

It’s impossible to study and practice agroecology without becoming deeply aware of the other end of the spectrum: the genetic modification of our food supply, ruled by giant agribusiness corporations.

 Currently, the vast majority of U.S. commodity crops (corn, soy, alfalfa, sugar beet) are genetically engineered to either withstand Roundup herbicide or produce Bt toxin pesticide. These “technologies” are ecologically damaging and unsafe. The majority of these crops go to feed animals in factory farms.

Related: The Cult Of 'Scientism' Explained: How Scientific Claims Behind Cancer, Vaccines, Psychiatric Drugs And GMOs Are Nothing More Than Corporate-Funded Science Fraud

The remainder generally gets converted into corn syrup, white sugar, vegetable oil, or biofuels - you know, good stuff! This combined approach of growing GMO commodity monoculture crops, and feeding them to factory-farmed livestock, is one of the most ecologically destructive forces our planet has ever seen. It’s also a leading contributor to climate change. In fact, some experts believe it to be the leading cause.

As Professor T. Colin Campbell will tell you, the foods that come from this system (animal products and processed foods) are responsible for causing the vast majority of chronic disease. That’s a story for another day.

Cornell’s GMO Propaganda Campaign

I came back to Cornell a changed person, with a drastically different perspective. I was in for quite a shock, however: I sat in on a course entitled “The GMO Debate.”

I was expecting members of an intellectual community coming together, with proponents and critics of GMO food each giving the best verified evidence they had to support their cause. Given all that I had learned about GMO agriculture, I was excited to participate for the “GMO skeptic” side.

Related: GMOs - A Planned Human Sterility Program

The GMO Debate course, which ran in the fall of 2015, was a blatant display of unscientific propaganda in an academic setting. There were a total of 4 active professors in the course, and several guest speakers.

They took turns each session defending industrial agriculture and biotechnology with exactly zero critical examination of GMOs. In spite of the course’s name, there was a complete lack of actual “debate.”

Here are some of the more memorable claims I heard that fall semester:

GMO food is necessary to feed the world

There is no instance of harm from agricultural GMOs

Glyphosate, the main ingredient in Roundup, is safer than coffee and table salt

If you believe in science, you must believe in GMO technology

The science of genetic engineering is well understood

“What off-target effects?” … when asked about the proven biochemical risks of GE technology

Vitamin A rice is curing children of Vitamin A deficiency (even though the IRRI, the research institute responsible for rolling it out, says it won’t be ready for some years)

Current pesticides and herbicides don’t pose an ecological or human health risk

Bt is an organic pesticide, therefore Bt GMO crops are safe and pose no additional risk

Bt crops work just fine - but we are now engineering insects as a complementary technology - to make the Bt work better

“Are you scared of GMO insects? Because you shouldn’t be.”

GMO crops are the most rigorously tested crops in the history of food

“If [renowned environmentalist] Rachel Carson were alive today, she would be pro-GMO”.

It gets better. During the semester, emails were released following a Freedom of Information Act request, showing that all four of the professors in the class, as well as several guest speakers, the head of Cornell’s pro-GMO group “Alliance for Science,” and the Dean of the College of Arts and Life Sciences were all copied in on emails with Monsanto.

This was part of a much larger circle of academics promoting GMO crops on behalf of the biotech industry. Jonathan Latham PhD, virologist and editor of independentsciencenews.org, documented this in an article titled “The Puppetmasters of Academia.” I highly recommend giving it a read, for further context.

Related: Putin: Human Evolution Under Big Threat From GMOs, Vaccines + Media Struggles To Pin Stupid Label On Well-Educated Vaccine Dissenters

Perhaps saddest of all was the inclusion of several visiting African agriculture-academics in the course. They were brought here by the “Cornell Alliance for Science. ”

This organization was completely funded by a $5.6 million grant from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, and appears to espouse only pro-GMO rhetoric. For those of you who are unaware, Bill Gates is a proponent of using agricultural biotechnology in Africa, India, and other developing regions.

So in essence, a group of African representatives got indoctrinated into the industrial and GMO agriculture framework, and were sent home to disseminate this information … after all, who could question the expertise of an Ivy League powerhouse such as Cornell?

I then learned of Cornell’s deep historic ties to the biotech industry, which explained what I witnessed in the “GMO Debate” course. Notable examples include the invention of both the controversial bovine growth hormone, and the particle bombardment (“gene gun”) method of creating GMO crops. Both of these cases are connected to Monsanto.

To say the least, I was completely stunned.

What I’m Going to Do About All of This

You didn’t think I was just going to complain about a pro-GMO, industry-sponsored Cornell all day, did you? Good, because I have come up with a plan to create actual, lasting change on campus: a student-led, expert-backed, evidence-based GMO course.

Related: DARK Act Defeated In U.S. Senate As Lawmakers Receive Tidal Wave Of Calls From Angry Food Consumers Who Are Tired Of Being LIED To About GMO In Their Food

I have decided to host an independent course on the current GMO paradigm, in response to Cornell’s course. It will be held on campus, but will have zero influence from Cornell or any biotech organization. Every Wednesday evening, from September 7th to November 16, we will host a lecture.

This lecture series is completely free, open to the entire Cornell community and broader public, and will be published online (for free, forever) at my project, gmowtf.com.

There will be several experts and scientists coming in to lecture for this course. 

Frances Moore Lappé
, of ‘Diet for a Small Planet’ and ‘World Hunger: 10 Myths’ fame, will be introducing the course on September 7, via video presentation. She will be speaking on how GMO agriculture is unnecessary to end world hunger.

Steven Druker is a public interest attorney and author of the powerful book ‘Altered Genes, Twisted Truth: How the Venture to Genetically Engineer Our Food Has Subverted Science, Corrupted Government, and Systematically Deceived the Public,’ which Jane Goodall (in her foreword) hails as “one of the most important books in the last 50 years.”

He will be giving two lectures that elaborate on the themes in the book’s subtitle and demonstrate that the GMO venture has been chronically and crucially dependent on deception, and could not survive without it.

Jonathan Latham PhD will be giving two lectures, on the dangers of Roundup Ready and Bt crops, respectively. He will also be participating in our special October 5 debate, representing the anti-GMO panel, alongside Michael Hansen PhD, a senior scientist for the Consumers Union. Jonathan has direct experience genetically modifying organisms, so his expertise is guaranteed.

Allison Wilson PhD is a geneticist and editor/science director of the Bioscience Resource Project. She will be giving a lecture on how GMOs are actually created, to dispel any industry myths of precision, accuracy, or deep genetic understanding.

Belinda Martineau PhD is a geneticist with an interesting history - she was on the team of genetic engineers that created the first commercial GM food crop, the Flavr Savr Tomato. She authored a book on her experience, titled “First Fruit: The Creation of the Flavr Savr Tomato and the Birth of Biotech Foods.” Her lecture will be a historical and personal account of the science, regulation, and commercialization of genetically engineered foods, effectively giving context for today’s GMO paradigm.

Click on the image above to view a larger version in another window

Related: Senior Academic Condemns ‘Deluded’ Supporters Of GM Food As Being ‘Anti-Science’ And Ignoring Evidence Of Dangers

My personal scientific hero, T. Colin Campbell, who started me on this whole journey years ago, will not be speaking on GMOs per se … but will address some critically important, related topics: academic freedom and scientific integrity. He began his Cornell career over half a century ago, and has “seen it all.” He has fascinating anecdotes that will illuminate these campus-wide issues beautifully.

Jane Goodall, if you’re reading this, you are personally invited to take time out of your busy schedule to come and give the final capstone lecture. I know how passionate you are about saving our species, our planet, and all of its beautiful inhabitants. Your wise presence in this project would take it to the next level. Alternatively, please consider a short video interview. This offer stands indefinitely. Same for Vandana Shiva!

All in all, our independent GMO lecture series will focus on real threats and real solutions to our current ecological crisis … and perhaps most importantly, will feature 100% less Monsanto influence than Cornell’s course! Sounds good to me.

Taking It Further

I’m on my second leave of absence from Cornell to work on this project, and due to my experiences, I have somewhat given up on a Cornell degree … not that I was ever intensely focused on attaining one. This GMO course is by far the most important thing I can do with my Cornell “career.” However, it is just the beginning of my plan.

Related: Genetics Are The New Eugenics: How GMO’s Reduce The Human Population & This Major Report On GMO Safety Has Just One Small Problem: Undisclosed Conflicts Of Interest

Remember the $5.6 million Bill Gates gave Cornell through his foundation, to push the pro-GMO propaganda? Well, to coincide with our course, we’re launching an initiative to raise the same amount of money or more to sponsor more appropriate forms of agriculture, educational outreach, and activism.

Go to gmowtf.com for more information, but in essence, this would finance:

Continued grassroots educational activism at Cornell, and similar programs in other compromised universities (UC Davis and Berkeley, University of Florida, etc.) across the country.

A plant-based, NON-GMO independent dining hall for Cornell students. It would source as close to 100% organic and local food as possible. Ideally, it would be cheaper than Cornell’s plan (plant-based eaters won’t subsidize expensive meat and dairy for omnivorous eaters).

gmowtf.com as a permanent, free, independent, constantly updated resource for GMO science, policy, news, etc. … also the GMO course would remain online

My dream: a research farm focused on rigorous analysis of agroecological practices. There is an infinitum of fascinatingly effective agroecological techniques that are underrepresented in the scientific community (in favor of faddist, ineffective GMO “technology”).

Completely paying off student debt for a group of 10-15 undergraduates who are willing to help spread this message to the Cornell community.

Mr. Gates, if you truly care about feeding the world in a safe and sustainable manner, and if you are truly dedicated to science and to the kind of open, fact-based discourse on which it depends, I implore you to learn the important facts about which you have apparently been misinformed - and which are being systematically misrepresented by the Cornell organization you are funding.

You can easily gain illumination by reading “Altered Genes, Twisted Truth” by Steven Druker, one of our key contributors to our independent GMO course. You might find Chapter 11, on the ramifications and risks of altering complex information systems, of particular interest. You are, after all, the world’s most famous software developer!

Related: GAME OVER: GMO Science Fraud Shattered By Stunning Investigative Book Worthy Of Nobel Prize - Altered Genes, Twisted Truth

As that chapter demonstrates, biotechnicians are significantly altering the most complex yet least understood group of information systems on earth - the ones that undergird the development and function of living organisms. Yet, they fail to implement the kind of safeguards that software engineers have learned are imperative when making even minor revisions to life-critical human-made systems. Can this be legitimately called science-based engineering?

Bill, feel free to reach out to any of the experts in our course, and don’t be hesitant to update your views on GMO agriculture in light of new understanding. A genuine scientist lives by this principle.

I invite you all to go to gmowtf.com and explore my proposals more. Please bear with the construction of the site in the coming weeks, in preparation for our amazing GMO course!

We live in somewhat of a scientific dark age. Our universities have become extensions of corporate power, at the cost of our health, livelihoods, and ecology. This has to stop, yesterday.

We cannot afford to spread lies to our undergraduate students. Cornell, please reconsider your ways. Until you do, I will be doing everything in my power to counter your industry GMO propaganda efforts with the facts.

Related Articles:

Russia Bans All U.S. Corn And Soy Imports Due To GMO Contamination

Putin: Human Evolution Under Threat By Big Pharma, GMO, Vaccines

Five Reasons Monsanto Is Crashing And Burning + 17 Countries Saying Goodbye To GM Crops & The Fight Against Genetic Armageddon

GMO Science Deniers: Monsanto And The USDA

GMO Producers Should Be Punished As Terrorists, Russian MPs Say

[Sellout Globalist] Minister Open To More GMO's

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Nobel Prize Winner: Trump Has Launched A Nationalist “Revolution” Against the Elite + Ex-CIA Agent: Deep State ‘Terrified’ Of Trump, ‘Want Him Taken Out’
January 20 2018 | From: Infowars / Infowars / Various

Davos globalists seek to derail populist uprising.

Nobel Prize winning economist and globalist Robert Shiller says that President Donald Trump has launched a nationalist “revolution” against the elite.

Related: Deep State, in Panic, Tries to Drop Fusion GPS Dossier, As Predicted by QAnon

Speaking to CNBC and undoubtedly on behalf of many of the political class, Shiller said he found it “troublesome” and was “concerned” that the Trump phenomenon was derailing globalism.

“Trump is a revolution unfortunately, (and one) who’s reaffirming nationalism,” said Shiller, expressing his desire that Democrats will recapture control of Congress after the mid-terms so that Trump’s agenda is “defanged”.

The Yale University economics professor indicated that the upcoming World Economic Forum in Davos, which Trump will attend, will see globalists scheme ways of derailing “the international growth of populism and nationalism” that has surged as a result of Brexit and Trump.

Shiller also reveals that Davos will be hosting a session based on “Narrative Economics” and “the effects that narratives and stories can have on the global economy.” He explains that many elitists still don’t understand that narratives, particularly those that go “viral,” are what shape society.

Related: Only Trump Can Destroy Deep State

“Though these narratives are deeply human phenomena that are difficult to study in a scientific manner, quantitative analysis may help us gain a better understanding of these epidemics in the future,” says Shiller.

In other words, thanks to the decline of mainstream media and the growth of the Internet, the global elite is losing its ability to control and monopolize the narrative, which was one of the major factors that led to Trump’s election victory in the first place.

As we reported back in September, globalist publication the Economist, seen by many as the voice of the international elite, expressed its panic that Trump was a “present danger” to their “new world order” and that he must be removed from power.

Last August, former CIA agent and CNN analyst Philip Mudd said on air “the government’s gonna kill” Donald Trump because he was disrespecting the deep state and the political class.

Related Articles:

The FBI Hand Behind Russia-gate

Global Networks Are Necessary To Overcome Abusive Governments And Oligarchy

Oprah for President, Really?

Ex-CIA Agent: Deep State ‘Terrified’ Of Trump, ‘Want Him Taken Out’

President can’t be controlled and is fighting back against the shadow government, says whistleblower.

President Trump is shaking up the Deep State in such a way they’ve ordered the corporate media to attack him nonstop, according to former top CIA officer Kevin Shipp.

Related: CIA Whistleblower Exposes Deep State and Shadow Government: Infowars Proven Right

“Donald Trump is questioning the Deep State and the shadow government,” Shipp said in a USAWatchdog interview on Sunday.

“He’s rocking that place left and right. The news media is terrified of that. Their editors are telling them to attack him just like they are attacking him from the inside. It’s just dirty pool because they want him taken out.”

Shipp elaborated on the infrastructure of the Deep State and shadow government apparatuses within the government to explain how they can go after a sitting president without oversight.

“I differentiate between the ‘Deep State’ and the shadow government. The shadow government are the secret intelligence agencies that have such power and secrecy that they act even without the knowledge of Congress,” he said.

“There are many things that they do with impunity. Then there is the ‘Deep State,’ which is the military industrial complex, all of the industrial corporations and their lobbyists, and they have all the money, power, and greed that give all the money to the Senators and Congressmen.

So, they are connected, but they are really two different entities. It is the shadow government . . . specifically, the CIA, that is going after Donald Trump. It is terrified that some of its dealings are going to be exposed. If they are, it could jeopardize the entire organization.”

Related: Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

Shipp had previously emerged from obscurity to blow the whistle on the Deep State in September, warning the CIA and NSA are the central “hub” of the shadow government which can manipulate the president and political decisions, and has the power to start wars, torture, initiate coups, and commit false flag attacks.

Related Articles:

2017 President Trump Year in Review (Everything the Mainstream Media Censored)

QANON ID'ed, Assange Free, P_nce/Bondi Pedogate, NK Takedown

President Trump’s Fake News Awards

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How Big Pharma Greed Is Killing Tens Of Thousands Around The World
January 20 2018 | From: DailyMail

Patients are over-medicated and often given profitable drugs with 'little proven benefits,' leading doctors warn.

The ACLU is working to reverse the FCC’s decision on behalf of the CIA and the Israel lobby to destroy Internet neutrality. What is extraordinary is that the rest of the world has not created its own Internet that cannot be censured by Washington and Israel. Comment: Note how the times are changing - this article is from a mainstream media outlet!

Related: How Much Money Do American Pediatricians Really Make From Vaccines?

Queen's former doctor, Sir Richard Thompson, has backed new campaign

Experts calling for urgent public enquiry into drugs firms' 'murky' practices

They say too much medicine is doing more harm than good worldwide

And claim many drugs such as statins are less effective than thought

The Queen's former doctor has called for an urgent public enquiry into drugs firms’ ‘murky’ practices.

Sir Richard Thompson, former-president of the Royal College of Physicians and personal doctor to the Queen for 21 years, warned tonight that many medicines are less effective than thought.

The physician is one of a group of six eminent doctors who today warn about the influence of pharmaceutical companies on drugs prescribing.

The experts, led by NHS cardiologist Dr Aseem Malhotra, claim that too often patients are given useless – and sometimes harmful – drugs that they do not need.

They maintain drugs companies are developing medicines they can profit from, rather than those which are likely to be the most beneficial.

And they accuse the NHS of failing to stand up to the pharmaceutical giants.

Too much medicine is doing more harm than good - and costing hundreds of thousands of lives worldwide, leading experts have warned. They maintain drugs companies are developing medicines they can profit from, rather than those which are likely to be the most beneficial

Related: Big Pharma’s Control Over The News & How Big Pharma Controls Medical Schools

Sir Richard said: ‘The time has come for a full and open public enquiry into the way evidence of the efficacy of drugs is obtained and revealed. 

'There is real danger that some current drug treatments are much less effective than had previously been thought.’

He said the campaign highlights the ‘often weak and sometimes murky basis on which the efficacy and use of drugs, particularly in the elderly, are judged’.

Writing for MailOnline, Dr Malhotra says commercial conflicts of interest are contributing to an ‘epidemic of misinformed doctors and misinformed patients in the UK and beyond’. Furthermore, he adds the NHS is ‘over-treating’ its patients, and claimed that the side effects of too much medicine is leading to countless deaths.

And he claims the full trial data on statins – cholesterol-lowering drugs prescribed to millions - has never been published, and also points to questions about the power of Tamiflu, a drug that has cost the NHS nearly £500 million.

The group has called on Parliament’s Public Accounts Committee to conduct an independent enquiry into the safety of medicines.

Related: The Tide Is Turning: Big Pharma Billionaire Arrested, Charged With Conspiracy And Bribery Of Doctors

They claim public funding is often allocated to medical research because it is likely to be profitable, not because it will be beneficial for patients.

Sir Richard Thompson, former-president of the Royal College of Physicians and personal doctor to the Queen for 21 years, warned tonight that many medicines are less effective than thought.

He is one of a group of six eminent doctors, led by NHS cardiologist Dr Aseem Malhotra, who are concerned about the influence of pharmaceutical companies on drugs prescribing.

Dr Malhotra said: ‘There is no doubt that a “more medicine is better” culture lies at the heart of healthcare, xacerbated by financial incentives within the system to prescribe more drugs and carry out more procedures.

‘But there’s a more sinister barrier to making progress to raise awareness of - and thus tackle - such issues that we should be most concerned about. ‘And that’s the information that is being provided to doctors and patients to guide treatment decisions.’

Related: Lowering Cholesterol Increases The Risk Of Death

He accused drugs companies of ‘gaming the system’ by spending twice as much on marketing than on research. Dr Malhotra says that prescription drugs often do more harm than good, with the elderly particularly at risk.

One in three hospital admissions among the over-75s a result of an adverse drug reaction, he claims.

In addition to Sir Richard, Dr Malhotra is backed by Professor John Ashton, president of the Faculty of Public Health; psychiatrist Dr JS Bamrah, chairman of the British Association of Physicians of Indian Origin; cardiologist Professor Rita Redberg, editor of medical journal JAMA Internal Medicine; and Professor James McCormack, a pharmaceutical scientist.

Dr Malhotra, who is launching the campaign in a personal capacity, is a trustee of the King's Fund health think tank, a member of the Academy of Medical Royal Colleges and advisor to the National Obesity Forum.

He is particularly critical of the dramatic recent increase of the prescribing of statins. 

Dr Malhotra also points to questions about the efficacy of Tamiflu – a flu drug the NHS spent £473m stockpiling.  A 2014 report by a panel of eminent experts concluded it was no more effective than paracetamol

Related: Fraud, Exploitation And Collusion: America’s Pharmaceutical Industry

The Industry's Response

A spokesman for the Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry said: ‘All medicines undergo rigorous testing for quality, safety and efficacy by global regulators.

‘The data is also subject to continuous scrutiny during trials, once licensed and throughout the life of the medicine, including after a patent has expired.’ 

The spokesman added: ‘The assessment of a medicine – the benefits and risks it brings to patients as well as the value it provides to healthcare – is an ongoing process.

‘Innovating companies discover and develop new uses for these medicines over the life of these products, and regulators and health technology assessors continue to update their assessments based on new information.

‘None of these procedures are “weak” or “murky” but by and large published for public scrutiny.’

‘However, we recognise that the discussion on the evaluation of medicines is timely, and we were pleased to contribute together with many other stakeholders to the “Evaluating Evidence” policy programme of the Academy of Medical Sciences.

‘This dialogue is critical to achieve a shared constructive and progressive framework for the assessment of medicines.' 

A spokesman for NHS England last night declined to comment on the allegations. 

Dr. Malhotra's Comments in Full

There is no doubt that a 'more medicine is better' culture lies at the heart of modern healthcare. This is exacerbated by financial incentives within the system to prescribe more drugs and carry out more procedures - regardless of whether it benefits patients, it seems.

But there's a more sinister barrier to making progress that we should be most concerned about. And that's the information being provided to doctors and patients to guide treatment decisions. Several weeks ago I was a speaker the annual British Association of Physicians of Indian Origin medical conference in Birmingham.

Other speakers included the chair of the Royal College of General Practitioners, the chair of the BMA and the chief executive of NHS England, Simon Stevens.

In my speech, I warned of several things that deeply concern me about the state of medicine today.

In short, these are:

Biased funding of research - funded because it is likely to be profitable, not beneficial for patients

Biased reporting in medical journals

Commercial conflicts of interests and an inability of doctors and patients to understand health statistics and risk

Related: Fake Pharma - The Ghosts In A Very Big Machine & If Drug Companies Were Honest - Honest Ads

All of the above are contributing to an epidemic of misinformed doctors and misinformed patients in the UK and beyond.

But most concerning of all, this desperate situation is costing tens of thousands of lives around the world. And not only that, it is causing unnecessary suffering of millions and costing billions to our national economies.

A few months ago, the medical director of NHS England, Sir Bruce Keogh, admitted that one in seven NHS treatments - including operations - are unnecessary and should not have been carried out on patients.

And in the US, it is estimated that one third of all healthcare activity brings no benefit to patients. This is further backed up by a point made by former editor of the New England Journal of Medicine, Dr Marcia Angell.

In a talk given at the University of Montana, in 2009, she revealed that of the 667 new drugs approved by the FDA between 2000 and 2007, only 11 per cent were were considered to be innovative or improvements on existing medications.

And three quarters were essentially just copies of old ones.

Lining the Pocket of Big Pharma

Previous research has linked psychiatric drugs to thousands of deaths due to suicides and drowsiness

Related: Dr. Peter Gøtzsche Exposes Big Pharma As Organized Crime + Six Ways That The Medical System Makes Us Ill Before Kindergarten

Given the fact that drug companies' primary responsibility is to provide profit for shareholders - rather than patient health - this is far from surprising.

But apart from the colossal financial wastage that results from companies having go at flogging a drug twice - and therefore spending twice as much marketing drugs than they do on research and development - it's the considerable harm to patients and the public that should concern us the most.

The Food and Drug Administration reports that adverse events from prescribed medications have more than tripled in the past decade in the United States. This has resulted in more than 123,000 deaths in 2014 and 800,000 total serious patient outcomes - including hospitalisations and life threatening disability.

But this is likely to represent a gross underestimate. One person who has long been outspoken on the dangers of modern medication is Peter Gotzsche, professor of research design and analysis at the University of Copenhagen.

He estimates prescription drugs are the third most common cause of death after heart disease and cancer. In particular, he is deeply concerned about the impact of psychiatric drugs including antidepressants and dementia drugs.

Related: Thousands Of Medical Studies Found To Be Useless + Medical-Drug Destruction Of Life, By The Numbers & Herd Immunity Used For Fear And Guilt

Writing in the BMJ, he calculated they are responsible for more than half a million deaths in those aged over 65 in the US and European union.

This is due to suicides but also because patients are over-medicated and drowsy. In fact, it is the elderly who are most at risk of so-called polypharmacy - where a patient is taking multiple drugs.

The Patients Rattling With Pills

The problem with polypharmacy is that the more drugs you take, the more likely you are to experience side-effects that are then misinterpreted by a doctor or nurse as a symptom of disease that needs treating with additional medicine.

I have lost count of the number of over-medicated elderly patients I have treated, with sometimes three or four blood pressure medications making them dizzy and fall over. It's a vicious cycle and one that costs lives each year.  The elderly are particularly vulnerable to polypharmacy with one in three hospital admissions in the over 75s the result of an adverse drug reaction.

Many of these patients will fall and suffer a hip fracture because of medication side effects and a quarter of these will die as a result.

But what is most disturbing is that Professor Gotzsche claims much of the behaviour of the pharmaceutical industry that drives this over-prescription fulfils the criteria for 'organised crime' under US law.

Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem – Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

I have lost count of the number of over-medicated elderly patients I have treated, with sometimes three or four blood pressure medications making them dizzy and fall over,' Dr Malhotra told MailOnline 

Between 2007 and 2012 the majority of the largest ten pharmaceutical companies all paid considerable fines for various misdemeanours that included marketing drugs for off-label uses, misrepresentation of research results, and hiding data on harm.

But whether such fines act as deterrent is debatable when profit is the primary motivator. In 2012 GSK landed a $3 billion fine - the largest healthcare fraud settlement in US history - for illegally marketing several drugs including an anti-depressant, a diabetes drug and one for epilepsy.

But in the period covered by the settlement, it posted profits of more than $25 billion in the sales of these drugs. Medical journals and the media can also be manipulated to serve not only as marketing vehicles for the industry but be complicit in silencing those who call for greater transparency and more independent scrutiny of scientific data.

Take a paper published by the Medical Journal of Australia (MJA) last June.

We Don't Know the Truth About Statins  

This claimed that a programme that aired in 2013 - which questioned the benefits of prescribing statins to those at low risk of heart disease - may have resulted in up to 2,900 people suffering a heart attack or death from stopping their medication.

“The problem with polypharmacy is that the more drugs you take, the more likely you are to experience side-effects that are then misinterpreted by a doctor or nurse as a symptom of disease that needs treating with additional medicine

I was asked to go on ABC News Australia to discuss this but unfortunately just 30 minutes before my interview was cancelled. Had I had the opportunity, I would have given my view - that the paper provided no robust evidence of increasing hospital admissions or recorded deaths to support such claims.

On the contrary, the Catalyst documentary under scrutiny is one of the most brilliant pieces of medical journalism I have seen in recent times. A view shared by the vice president of the faculty of public health Professor Simon Capewell, who described it as 'informative, transparent, and raised legitimate concerns',

As he and I point out in an editorial published two weeks ago in medical journal BMC Medicine, community based studies reveal that almost 75 per cent of new users will stop taking their statin within a year of prescription with 62 per cent citing side effects as a reason. 

In fact, the emerging evidence suggests at best, the benefits of statins have been grossly exaggerated and side effects underplayed. In recent weeks, two separate research groups in Japan and France have, independently of each other, questioned the reliability of many of the earlier industry sponsored studies that show the benefit of statins.

In fact the Japanese research went as far to even suggests that statins may be a cause of the increasing population burden of heart failure.

Dr Malhotra claims emerging evidence suggests the benefits of statins have been grossly exaggerated and side effects underplayed

Related: Big Pharma Suffers Another Major Blow As Study Debunks High Cholesterol Myths, Admitting Statins Are Totally Worthless + Statins Kill, Cholesterol Does Not - The Real Effects Of Statin Drugs

Meanwhile the reputed French cardiologist Dr Michel De Lorgeril has claimed all studies published after 2006 reveal 'no benefit' of statins for cardiovascular prevention in all groups of patients.

I fully support his calls for a full reassessment of all the statin studies and until then 'physicians should be aware that the present claims about the efficacy and safety of statins is not evidence based.'

Furthermore we must demand that the Clinical Trial Service Unit at Oxford University releases the raw data on statins for independent scrutiny.

It is these industry- sponsored studies that have resulted in the prescription of statins to millions worldwide, driving a multi-billion industry.

The Drugs That Don't Live Up to the Hype

But back to the wider the picture. It has been just over 10 years since John Ioannidis, professor of medicine and health policy at Stanford University, published a landmark paper explaining why most published medical research is likely to be false.

Related: Pharmacist Speaks Out: Get Off Prescription Drugs, Avoid Vaccines

But it's not just about studies being poorly designed or stats being manipulated. He went as far to claim 'the greater the financial interests in a given field, the less likely the research findings are to be true'.

Unfortunately, there are multiple recent examples exposing that our so-called guardians and regulators, NICE and the MHRA, are not only ill-equipped to deal with these issues.

“Now, when a patient comes to see me with any new symptom my first thought is could this be a medication side effect?

Or, as the immediate past president of the Royal College of Physicians Sir Richard Thompson told me ' are "part of the problem rather than the solution".'

NICE was called out when several leading doctors, including Sir Richard, wrote to the Secretary of State for health raising major concerns over the impartiality of the guideline development group on statins with 8 of its 12 members declaring financial ties to companies manufacturing statins and related drugs.

And in April 2014 independent scientists of the Cochrane Collaboration - considered the gold standard body of independent scientists - concluded that Britain wasted more than £500 million on the influenza drug Tamiflu.

Many clinical trials have provided flawed data, argues Dr Malhotra, and patients have been incorrectly medicated accordingly 

Related: Peter Gotzsche, Founder Of The Cochrane Collaboration, Visits Australia To Talk About Dangers Of Prescription Drugs

After gaining access to withheld clinical trials data, the body found Tamiflu was no better that paracetamol in relieving flu symptoms and had potentially serious side effects including kidney problems and psychiatric disturbance.

Nice was criticised for failing to call for the full data to be released by the pharmaceutical company manufacturing the drug before giving its hasty approval. At the time, however, manufacturer Roche said it stood behind the wealth of data for Tamiflu. 

Meanwhile an investigation by the BMJ revealed that the blood clotting test device used in a trial published in the New England Journal of Medicine was faulty giving falsely low blood thinning readings in the comparator drug warfarin.

Thus 'casting doubt onto outcomes used to support the use of the World's best-selling new oral anti-coagulant' Rivoroxaban, the journal said.

Of course NICE wouldn't have known about the faulty device but one has to question their judgement on recommending the use of the drug based upon one pharmaceutical company funded trial where there are now calls for the paper to be retracted.

Why We Need a Public Enquiry

The fact that prescriptions are at an all time high with more than 1 billion handed out every year - the figure has doubled in the past decade - should be regarded as a public health crisis in itself.

Now, when a patient comes to see me with any new symptom my first thought is could this be a medication side effect?

The system is broken and cannot be fixed by just pouring in more money. Corporate greed and systematic political failure has brought the NHS to its knees.

Without full transparency and accountability no doctor can provide what we slogged through medical school and devote our heart and souls to - providing the best quality care for our patients.

Related: Pharmaceutical Company Misleads Consumers, Caught In Painkiller Scam + Painkiller Drugs More Fatal Than Heroin Or Cocaine

Last week, responding to a series of recent scandals - including failure of institutions and universities in the UK to tackle research misconduct - former editor of the BMJ, Richard Smith, wrote: 'something is rotten in the state of British Medicine and has been for a long time'.

For the sake of our future health and the sustainability of the NHS it's time for real collective action against 'too much medicine'. This can start with the public accounts committee launching a full independent inquiry into the efficacy and safety of medicines.

I believe it is an underlying scandal that may likely to dwarf that of the Mid Staffordshire NHS scandal - where scores of patients died due to poor care, a public enquiry concluded. 

Medical science has taken a turn towards darkness. And sunlight will be its only disinfectant. 

Related Articles:

Philippines government cottons on to fact that vaccines are killing Filipino children

US Life Expectancy Drops for Second Year in a Row, Research Points to Opioids

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

State Broadcaster Radio New Zealand Concealed Campaign To Change Linguistic Landscape Of New Zealand
January 19 2018 | From: BreakingViews

For more than a year our state broadcaster, Radio New Zealand, has concealed the fact that it is engaged in a campaign to “change the linguistic landscape”.

This radical new mission was far from voluntary. It was imposed from above, forced upon a supine RNZ staff following amendments to the Maori Language Act in 2016.

Related: Maori Artifacts Point To Early Polynesian Settlement In New Zealand

Few New Zealanders were aware that one of their most trusted institutions had been so fundamentally subverted, and no-one at RNZ, it would seem, thought fit to tell them (or even, as many of us might have hoped - to protest). But no, they just quietly went along - some of them minimally and probably reluctantly, but others with servile enthusiasm.

How long the deception would have persisted is anyone’s guess - not too much longer, I suspect, since more and more people were beginning to wonder what was happening to their once-familiar service.

The cat is now well out of the bag, and RNZ, its institutional duplicity exposed, has become increasingly defensive. What, after all, is RNZ’s proper role, and why should a taxpayer-funded and ostensibly independent broadcaster be covertly engaged in reconfiguring the language we all speak daily?

Related: "Under The Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary

Damage control was urgently required, and thus, on 2nd December, Dr Don Brash - who had expressed some unease at the Maorification of RNZ, was interviewed on the Kim Hill programme (see HERE).

Hill started off with legalities. Did Dr Brash not realise, she said, that under RNZ’s charter the protection and promotion of te reo by RNZ was now a statutory responsibility?

This proved less than a king hit, with Dr Brash quietly pointing out that if so the charter was at fault. Te reo, he said, was more than adequately “protected and promoted” with 22 dedicated radio stations plus a television channel on air already, and, since the primary mission of RNZ was to communicate with its audience this should surely be done via English -the one language understood by everyone.

Hill continued in hostile fashion, and it soon became obvious that this “interview” was not intended to be an interview. There was no attempt to discuss the substance of the issue, or elucidate Dr Brash’s point of view. This was to be a ritual performance, with Dr Brash cast as the apostate, the malignant cell, to be reviled and scourged by Saint Kim of the Righteous Airwaves.

Related: Race Relations In New Zealand

Kim did her hectoring best. She fired what she thought were killer questions and unanswerable propositions - and then, when reasoned responses were forthcoming, she huffed and blustered and shifted ground to the next “unanswerable” assertion.

The Treaty, inevitably, had an airing. It was a good treaty, opined Dr Brash - it enshrined our common citizenship, our equality before the law, and our democratic property rights. It was, as originally signed, a “wonderful foundation for nationhood”.

But this was not what Kim wanted to hear. The Treaty that she had in mind was a different one: a much more correct and up-to-date one - the latest revised product of the Waitangi Tribunal, perhaps, with different rights depending on race, and “principles” sprouting like mushrooms to the advantage of the usual suspects.

Dr Brash demurred. The original Treaty has been very clear. There had been no confusion about what it said: no confusion about citizenship, or equality, or about the vital matter of ceding sovereignty. But even these basics were now being questioned by self-interested revisionists (backed by the wretched Tribunal) and the Treaty, in Dr Brash’s view, was being turned into garbage.

Related: The Historical & Current Situations In Aotearoa New Zealand

Mistress Hill, for all her hectoring, made little progress. She tried the standard, familiar excuses for the preferential treatment of Maori - the legacy of colonisation, our domineering culture, our obligation to the tangata whenua.

But this backfired somewhat when Dr Brash quietly explained that Maori, in historical terms, were recent arrivals in New Zealand. The Moriori were here already - and thus it was they, not the newcomers, who were the genuine tangata whenua.

One could almost, over the airwaves, sense the Hill blood-pressure rising. Yes, said the Don. The real tangata were long gone - slaughtered by the Maori. Conveniently they were no longer around, and their claims could be heard no more.

Kim’s gaskets blew at last. Exasperated and spluttering, she terminated the “interview”.
It was all good theatre, and I must say I enjoyed it. Kim Hill’s bulldozing never worked, and by his unruffled good-manners Dr Brash showed once again the superiority of reason to prejudice.

Related: Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld

But beyond theatre it must be said that the Brash/Hill interview exposed something very significant. It revealed, beyond any doubt, that our state broadcaster is now deeply committed to an unprecedented political project.

No longer a neutral service, it is now engaged in the overt manipulation of its captive audience. And whether the listeners like it or not, it has accepted the authoritarian task of “changing the linguistic landscape”.

No objective observer should be surprised by this development. For twenty years and more we have been subjected to an insidious subversion of every aspect of New Zealand life - a government-backed racist programme that the general public is mostly unaware of.

Treaty-clauses, inserted by stealth, now permeate our legislation, each one transferring its quantum of preference to Maori. And thus our democracy is being chipped away, little by little, in a deliberate attritional process whose endpoint is apartheid.

Related: The White Tangata Whenua + Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific

The quislings of the liberal left invariably applaud this sedition. Blind to all but their own delusions they have colluded in the inversion of our most basic values. We are no longer all one people - as the original Treaty specified. We have different rights now, depending on race, and equality has been redefined as a dirty word - a synonym for racist prejudice.

Kim Hill does not speak Maori, and neither does she understand it. Her defence of its enforced intrusion on RNZ is essentially ideological - as her encounter with Dr. Brash so unequivocally demonstrated. But, as always with true believers, she can never confess to error, and when her orthodox defences were shredded by Brash, she sought refuge, ostrich-like, in an altogether novel direction.

“Obligatory te reo on RNZ?” Well, ventured Kim, plaintive now: “it’s kinda nice to listen to”. Three times, in different ways, she repeated this: “It’s kinda nice to listen to”.

Related: Someone Else’s Country - The Neoliberal Revolution In New Zealand

We have, at this point, passed beyond anything that may be debated rationally. There is no accounting for individual tastes, and what sounds pleasant to one person may be cacophony to another. Orchestral music, the sound of the sea, wind in the trees, or the Buddhist chanting of OMMMMM - all have their adherents, and there may even be an idiosyncratic few who, for relaxation, listen to languages they don’t understand.

Kim Hill, as RNZ’s resident big-brain, is an unexpected candidate for self-deception. She believes, obviously, the we would all be improved by regular doses of te reo, and she is entitled to that belief. But to defend it - to persuade those beyond her own insular and self-regarding class - she must advance convincing arguments - and these she has failed to make.

“Kinda nice to listen to”. Please, Kim, get a grip.

Related Articles:

Important Information About Every NZ PM Since Muldoon - Pre-Election Facts Mainstream Media Won’t Be Telling You + Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand

PM Bill English Is Trying To Steamroll The Supreme Court + Land-Swap Law Change Would Be A 'Constitutional Outrage'

Key’s ‘Great’ Legacy - UNICEF Ranks NZ Third Highest In The Developed World For Child Poverty

New Zealand’s ‘Elite’ Child Abuse Rings Exposed

New Zealand’s Reputation Stained By Corruption - Case In Point: The Turitea Wind Farm

Riding Roughshod Over Middle New Zealand - Fiona MacKenzie

100 Days - Claiming Back New Zealand

A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand’s Government And Court System Unlawful?

John Key Wants War Between Maori And Pakeha. Are You Going To Let Him?

Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Eleven Whistleblowers Who’ve Shared Information The Global Elite Don’t Want You To Know
January 19 2018 | From: CollectiveEvolution

When whistleblowers reveal classified information, it creates more transparency, and reveals the true intentions for secrecy under the justification of “national security,” a term that’s basically used now to conceal vast amounts of information.

Below is a list of eleven of the most important whistleblowers.

Related: And Now The Government Are Coming For Whistleblowers: New Law Targets People Who Leak Classified Information

Edward Snowden

As most of you already know, Edward Snowden, a former intelligence contractor for multiple agencies, mainly the NSA, leaked some very sensitive information that proved the existence of clandestine Black Budget operations, thereby exposing the NSA’s mass surveillance program that spans across the world.

They are spying on corporations, governments, and citizens of the world, including their own. He revealed that they know what you do, what you say, and possibly even what you are thinking.

Related: A History Of America’s War On Whistleblowers And Journalists Since 9/11

It’s interesting to see the contrast in narratives between someone on the inside and the “official” explanation of things. Take, for example, the super national intelligence organization known as the “Five Eyes.” According to Snowden:

“The Five Eyes alliance is sort of an artifact of the post World War II era where the Anglophone countries are the major powers banded together to sort of co-operate and share the costs of intelligence gathering infrastructure.  . . .

What the result of this was over decades and decades what sort of a supra-national intelligence organisation that doesn’t answer to the laws of its own countries. . . .

They not only share information, the reporting of results from intelligence, but they actually share the tools and the infrastructure they work together against joint targets in services and there’s a lot of danger in this.”

You can read more about that here.

According to the Canadian Defence and Foreign Affairs Institute, the Five Eyes intelligence community is a cooperative and complex network of linked autonomous intelligence agencies here to protect us from various threats the world faces today, like terrorism.

For more information about what he is currently putting out, visit his twitter account.

Sibel Edmunds 

Sibel Edmonds is a former FBI translator and founder of the National Security Whistleblowers Coalition (NSWBC). She gained a lot of attention in 2002 after she accused a colleague of covering up illicit activity involving Turkish nationals, which included serious security breaches and cover-ups, alluding to intelligence that was deliberately suppressed.

Related: Explosive 'Conspiracy Theories' Confirmed By Whistleblower Shatter Matrix And Prove Something Is Very Wrong In America

More recently, she’s been outspoken about various issues that plague the global elite, like pedophilia and false flag terrorism, letting people know that terrorist groups like Al-Qaeda and ISIS are tools of the Western military alliance, used to push for the “terror war industry.”

Below is an interview she did with RT News a few years ago discussing this topic, among others.

Thomas Drake

If you didn’t already know, Thomas Drake leaked information about the NSA’s mass surveillance program prior to the Snowden leaks. After 9/11, he blew the whistle on the dragnet surveillance operation that was spying on American citizens.

Of course, as always when these leaks come out, the mainstream media (a tool of the global elite) will always try to justify these infringements on our rights, because of the heightened national security state, which they play an active role in creating.

Related: Former CIA Agent Blows Whistle On Secret Shadow Government

A great quote comes to mind here, from JFK:

“We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it. Even today, there is little value in opposing the threat of a closed society by imitating its arbitrary restrictions.

Even today, there is little value in insuring the survival of our nation if our traditions do not survive with it. And there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will be seized upon by those anxious to expand its meaning to the very limits of official censorship and concealment.”

Drake told the world that the military and intelligence industrial complex became obsessed in their mission, that it completely trumped the rights of not only American citizens, but as we now know, the global citizenry, too. He attempted to go through legal channels and whistleblower protection law but it didn’t work.

In 2006 he decided to contact a reporter at the Baltimore Sun, and as a result, narrowly avoided spending 40 years in prison.

William Binney

William Binney is a 36-year NSA veteran who became a whistleblower after discovering that elements of a data-monitoring program he helped make, called “ThinThread,” were being used to spy on Americans: 

“At least 80% of fibre optic cables globally go via the US, this is no accident and allows the US to view all communication coming in. At least 80% of all audio calls, not just metadata, are recorded and stored in the US. The NSA lies about what it stores. . . . The ultimate goal of the NSA is total population control.”

Related: Global TI (Targeted Individual) Survey Launched Under The Peerless Direction Of Top NSA Whistleblowers William Binney And J. Kirk Wiebe

Binney also explains why American intelligence agencies are doing this, and it’s not to combat terrorism. He says their goal is total population control. You can read more about that here.

Below is a great quote from him, in an interview with 9/11 Free Fall Radio:

We selectively ignore basic facts. What I mean by a basic fact is something that’s just there that needs to be addressed, even if they can’t explain it, they should have said “We can’t explain this but it’s there” so they at least recognize that this basic fact existed. . . .

My problem is, just like the UFO thing, unless they start addressing these kinds of things, people’s observations or basic measurements or factual kind of evidence that simply exists, unless they start addressing them, there’s always going to be questions, especially now with the government, how much trust do you have in this government?

From what they’ve been doing, in spying, and torture, and rendering, and suppressing whistleblowers, and putting whistleblowers in jail, and giving immunity to people who commit these kinds of crimes, how much trust can you put in a government like that?

Robert David Steele

Robert David Steele is the second-highest ranking civilian in the U.S. Marine Corps Intelligence and a former CIA clandestine services officer who worked for the CIA.

Below is one of my favourite quotes from him:

“Most terrorists are false flag terrorists, or are created by our own security services. In the United States, every single terrorist incident we have had has been a false flag, or has been an informant pushed on by the FBI.

In fact we now have citizens taking out restraining orders against FBI informants that are trying to incite terrorism. We’ve become a lunatic asylum.”

Related: Electromagnetic Energy In The Air + CIA Whistleblower Speaks Out About Climate Engineering, Vaccination Dangers, 911, And The Government’s Persecution Of Truth-Tellers

He has made multiple revelations with regards to false flag terrorism, as well as admitting to being a part of it. We interviewed him this year in July, and you can watch that interview below:

Chelsea Manning

Chelsea Manning is the army private who gave 750,000 classified documents to Wikileaks. She was sentenced to 35 years in prison, but walked out after serving a shortened sentence after a great public outcry at her imprisonment.

Her leaks pertained to the Iraq and Afghanistan war, as well as detainees at Guantanamo Bay military prison.

Related: A Former FBI Whistleblower “Sang Like A Canary” About One World Government And Pedophilia

The thing about these leaks that more people are starting to see is that they do not endanger America or its security, but rather, threaten the greedy corporate and financial interests that control American.

Transparency threatens this control system.

Dr. Udo Ulfokotte 

Dr. Udo Ulfkotte is a top German journalist and editor and has been for more than two decades. He recently went on the record stating that he was forced to publish the works of intelligence agents under his own name, also mentioning that noncompliance would result in him losing his job.

He recently made an appearance on RT News, where he said:

“I’ve been a journalist for about 25 years, and I was educated to lie, to betray, and not to tell the truth to the public.

But seeing right now within the last months how the German and American media tries to bring war to the people in Europe, to bring war to Russia - this is a point of no return and I’m going to stand up and say it is not right what I have done in the past, to manipulate people, to make propaganda against Russia, and it is not right what my colleagues do and have done in the past because they are bribed to betray the people, not only in Germany, all over Europe.”

Jeffrey Wigand

Jeffrey S. Wigand is an American biochemist and the former Vice President of Research and Development at Brown & Williamson in Louisville, Kentucky.

He played a major role in exposing corporate fraud related to the tobacco industry. In 1995, he became the tobaccos industry’s highest ranking former executive to address public health and smoking issues. He did so in an interview with 60 Minutes, and as a result, a lawsuit was filled against him.

Related: Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

Today, because of efforts like Wigand’s, more people who hold prominent positions within major corporations are choosing to risk all and speak out.

You can read more about him here.

Dr. William Thompson

Dr. William Thompson is a longtime senior CDC scientist. He has published some of the most commonly cited pro-vaccine studies - studies which purport to show absolutely no link between the MMR vaccine and autism.

Two studies he and his co-author published in 2004 and 2007 for the CDC were the most commonly cited studies used by the scientific community to debunk the controversy surrounding the MMR vaccine/autism link. (Thompson, et al. 2007, Price, et al. 2010Destefano, et al. 2004)

The study concluded that “the evidence is now convincing that the measles-mumps-rubella vaccine does not cause autism or any particular subtypes of autism spectrum disorder.”

Related: Pfizer Vice President Blows The Whistle & Tells The Truth About The Pharmaceutical Industry

A decade later, Dr. Thompson came out publicly admitting that that it was “the lowest point” in his career when he “went along with that paper.” He went on to say that he and the other authors “didn’t report significant findings” and that he is “completely ashamed” of what he did, that he was “complicit and went along with this,” and regrets that he has “been a part of the problem.” (source)(source)

Even pro-vaccine politicians were contacted, as these documents were sent to Congress. One of them reads as followed, as illustrated by Congressman Bill Posey:

“The [CDC] co-authors scheduled a meeting to destroy documents related to the [MMR vaccine] study. The remaining four co-authors all met and brought a big garbage can into the meeting room and reviewed and went through all the hard copy documents that we had thought we should discard and put them in a huge garbage can.”

Dr. John Brandenburg

Dr. Johan Brandenburg was the Deputy Manager of the Clementine Mission to the Moon, which was part of a joint space project between the Ballistic Missile Defence Organization (BMDO) and NASA. The mission discovered water at the moon’s poles in 1994. (Source: page 16 of 18)(source)(source)

He has also worked on  space plasma technologies, nuclear fusion, and advanced space propulsion, and invented the Microwave Electro-Thermal plasma thruster using water propellant for space propulsion.

Related: Illuminati-Whistle-Blowers: The Illuminati Seeks The Destruction Of Humanity

He currently works as a consultant to Morningstar Applied Physics. Here is one of his latest research endeavours. Brandenburg also works as a part-time instructor of astronomy, physics, and mathematics at Madison College, and other learning institutions in Madison, Wisconsin.

Here’s what he had to say:

“Someone complained to me, John, why do you have to bring Cydonia into this? And I said, because I can read a map. . . . Here’s what’s at Cydonia Mensa. There’s the face on Mars, there’s the D & M pyramid. . . . Here it is in a second shot, this was taken July 25th, this was taken 30 days later, the government was apparently doing a follow-up investigation.

These two pictures (pictures above to your left) tell you everything you need to know about what’s at Cydonia Mensa (region of Mars). If you see on a planet that used to be Earth-like, a carved human face and a pyramid within 5 km of each other . . . it doesn’t take a rocket scientist to figure out what this all means, you can connect the dots. . . . I mean sometimes, and I can tell you as a scientist and I’ve seen other scientists do this, if you’re cornered, you’re just brazing it out, you hold up a picture of a buffalo and insist that it’s a dog.”

You can watch his entire lecture, or read this article we recently published on it, to get his main points.

Dr. Norman Bergrun

A mechanical engineer, Dr. Bergrun has worked for Ames Research Laboratory, NACA (National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics), and Lockheed Missiles and Space Company, now known as Lockheed Martin.

He then went on to found Bergrun Engineering and Research. Obviously, he is another qualified individual with an impressive background. You can view some of his publications for NASA, where he worked for more than a decade, here.

In this interview, Bergrun accuses that agency of “garbling” photos and fudging data.

Related: Google Whistleblowers: Search Engine Penalizing All Sites That Don’t Conform To Political Correctness & Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality

He emphasized that people need to know that large unidentified objects, intelligently controlled, are real.

Why Whistleblowers Are So Important and Should Be Regarded as Heroes

The term “national security” is now used to justify the concealment of mass amounts of information. As a result, whenever a whistleblower leaks sensitive information, they are accused of putting their country’s safety at risk.

It’s great to be living in a time where more people are starting to realize that it doesn’t put the country at risk, but simply threatens the mechanisms the global elite use to control us and enforce their ideas and ways upon us. It basically exposes secrecy that is used for profit and control - not defence, security, or national interests.

Perhaps, one day, we will live in a world of full transparency, because, as retired Sergeant Command Major Bob Dean once said, “secrecy is corrosive to the soul.”

Related Articles:

Former Mainstream Media Journalist Blows Whistle On 9/11 & Fukushima

Mars Slave Labour Controversy Builds With More Whistleblower Testimony

CIA Whistleblower Leaks 47 Hard Drives Exposing Obama Administration Spying

New Elite Whistleblower Smashes Global Warming Science + UN Official Says Global Warming Is About Destroying Capitalism

Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

Five Whistle-Blowers Everyone Needs To Know

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Israel’s Takeover Of The Internet
January 18 2018 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / StrategicCulture

"It has been learned that major social media and internet service providers have, throughout the past year, been meeting secretly with the United States and Israeli governments to remove content as well as ban account holders from their sites." - Philip Giraldi

The ACLU is working to reverse the FCC’s decision on behalf of the CIA and the Israel lobby to destroy Internet neutrality. What is extraordinary is that the rest of the world has not created its own Internet that cannot be censured by Washington and Israel.

Related: Russia to launch ‘independent internet’ for BRICS nations – report

Expect Even Less Freedom of Internet in 2018

Users of social media have been increasingly reporting that their accounts have been either censored, blocked or suspended during the past year.

Initially, some believed that the incidents might be technical in nature, with overloaded servers struggling to keep up with the large and growing number of accounts, but it eventually emerged that the interference was deliberate and was focused on individuals and groups that were involved in political or social activities considered to be controversial.

At the end of last year a number of Russian accounts on Facebook and elsewhere were suspended over the allegations that social media had been used to spread so-called false news that had possibly materially affected the 2016 presidential election in the United States.

Even though it proved impossible to demonstrate that the relatively innocuous Russian efforts had any impact in comparison to the huge investment in advertising and propaganda engaged in by the two major parties, social media quickly responded to the negative publicity.

Related: ‘By The People, For The People’: Kim Dotcom To Launch Alternative Internet

Now it has been learned that major social media and internet service providers have, throughout the past year, been meeting secretly with the United States and Israeli governments to remove content as well as ban account holders from their sites.

The United States and Israel have no legal right to tell private companies what to do but it is clearly understood that the two governments can make things very difficult for those service providers that do not fall in line.

Israel has threatened to limit access to sites like Facebook or to ban it altogether while the U.S. Justice Department can use terrorist legislation, even if implausible, to force compliance.

Washington recently forced Facebook to cancel the account of the Chechen Republic’s leader Ramzan Kadyrov, a Putin loyalist that the White House has recently “sanctioned.”

Israel is not surprisingly most active in patrolling the Internet as it is keen to keep out any material sympathetic to the Palestinian cause or critical of Israeli treatment of Arabs.

Its security services scan the stories being surfaced and go to the service providers to ask that material be deleted or blocked based on the questionable proposition that it constitutes “incitement” to violence.

Related: Britain Moves To Criminalize Reading Extremist Material On The Internet

Facebook reportedly cooperates 95% of the time to delete material or shut down accounts. Palestinian groups, which use social networking on the internet to communicate, have been especially hard hit, with ten leading administrators’ accounts being removed in 2017. Israeli accounts including material threatening to kill Arabs are not censored.

Microsoft, Google, YouTube, Twitter and Facebook are all also under pressure to cooperate with pro-Israel private groups in the United States, to include the powerful Anti-Defamation League (ADL).

The ADL seeks “to engineer new solutions to stop cyberhate” by blocking “hate language,” which includes any criticism of Israel that might even implausibly be construed as anti-Semitism.

Expanding restrictions on what is being defined as “hate speech” will undoubtedly become common in social media and more generally all across the internet in 2018.

The internet, widely seen as a highway where everyone could communicate and share ideas freely, is actually a toll road that is increasingly managed by a group of very large corporations that, when acting in unison, control what is seen and not seen.

Related: Google News Will Hide RT And Sputnik News & Google Launches Colossal Censorship, Disinformation Campaign Under Cover Of Night

Search engines already are set up to prioritize information from paid “sponsors,” which come up prominently but often have nothing to do with what material is most relevant.

And the role of intrusive governments in dictating to Facebook and other sites who will be heard and who will be silenced should also be troubling, as it means that information that would benefit the public might never be seen, particularly if it is embarrassing to powerful interests.

And speaking of powerful interests, groups like the ADL with partisan agendas will undoubtedly be able to dictate norms of behavior to the service providers, leading to still more loss of content and relevancy for those who are looking for information.

All things considered, the year 2018 will be a rough one for those who are struggling to maintain the internet as a source of relatively free information. Governments and interest groups have seen the threat posed by such liberty and are reacting to it. They will do their best to bring it under control.

Related Articles:

Israel Rules The UK As Well As The US: Israel Lobby Is Slowly Being Dragged Into The Light & The Balfour Declaration At 100: Seeds Of Discord

NATO Information Operations: War Is Peace, Freedom Is Slavery

8 Ways Control Freak Government Is Sabotaging Freedom And Making Life More Difficult For Us

What Makes Google’s Eric Schmidt So Afraid? And What Should He Be Afraid Of? + Secret Code Is Recording Every Keystroke You Make On More Than 400 Of The Most Popular Websites On The Internet

Bombshell Undercover Video: Twitter Engineers Admit Censoring Conservatives

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Persecution Of Julian Assange
January 17 2018 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Infowars

“We need a political intervention to make this situation end. He (Assange) is the only political prisoner in Western Europe.” - Juan Braco

The persecution of Julian Assange, the founder of Wikileaks, is now seven years old. Ecuador has protected Assange for the past half decade from being turned over to Washington by the corrupt Swedish and British for torture and prosecution as a spy by giving Assange political asylum inside the Ecuadorian Embassy in London.

Related: Ecuador Grants Assange a Passport to Travel Internationally

Ecuador has now given citizenship to Assange and attempted to provide his safe transit out of England by giving him diplomatic status, but the British government continued in its assigned role of jailer by rejecting Ecuador’s request for diplomatic status for Assange, just as the most servile of Washington’s puppet states rejected the order by the UN Committee on Arbitrary Detention to immediate release Assange from his arbitrary detention.

Assange got into trouble with Washington, because his news organization, Wikileaks, published files released by Bradley Manning. The files were a tremendous embarrassment to Washington, because they showed how Washington conspires against governments and betrays its allies, and the files contained an audio/video film of US military forces murdering innocent people walking down a street and then murdering a father and his two young children who stopped to give aid to the civilians the American soldiers had shot.

The film revealed the heartlessness and criminal cruelty of the US troops, who were enjoying playing a real live video game with real people as their victims.

It was Manning who suffered, not the troops who committed murder. Manning was held for two years in conditions that experts said constituted torture while a case was framed against him. Some believe the harsh conditions affected his mind. Manning was convicted by a kangaroo court and sentenced to 35 years in prison, but Obama in an act of humanity unusual for Washington pardoned Manning.

Washington wanted Assange as well, and the chance came when two Swedish women, attracted to Assange by his celebrity status, seduced him. The two women had not secured the cooperation they wanted from Assange in the use of condoms and, brainwashd by HIV fears, wanted Assange to join them in being tested.

Related: Getting Assange: The Untold Story

Assange, misreading the extent of their fears, was too slow to comply, and the women went to the police to see if he could be required to be tested. According to the women, the police made up the charge of rape. The women themselves disavow the charge.

The charges were investigated, and the chief Swedish prosecutor Eva Finne dismissed the charges, saying “there is no suspicion of any crime whatsoever.”

Mysteriously, the case was reopened by another prosecutor, Marianne Ny, who many suspect was operating at the behest of Washington. On November 30, two days after Assange began publishing the Cablegate materials leaked by Bradley Manning, Ny issued an Interpol “red alert” arrest warrant for Assange.

This was an unusual request as no charges were outstanding against Assange, and hitherto extradition from one country to another on an arrest warrant required actual charges, whereas Ny said she wanted Assange for questioning. Most everyone in the know understood that Washington had ordered Sweden to get its hands on Assange and to turn him over to Washington.

Assange challenged the legality of the arrest warrant in British courts, but the British court, many believe following Washington’s orders, ruled against the law and in favor of Washington. Assange assented to the arrest and presented himself to a British police station.

Related: Julian Assange – “Everything That He Has Said, He’s Standing By.” + Assange Lawyer Says Conditions Of Extradition Pledge Not Met

He was placed in solitary confinement at Wandsworth prison. If memory serves, the daughter of Sir James Goldsmith paid his bond and he was placed under house arrest. When it became clear that the Swedish prosecutor wanted Assange for Washington, not for any charges against him in Sweden, Ecuador give him asylum, and he fled to the embassy in London.

Where he has been ever since.

Sweden has closed the case a second time, and Assange is no longer wanted for questioning in Sweden. Therefore, there is no longer any reason for the British to hold him for Sweden. But the British government never were holding Assange for Sweden. The British were holding him for Washington.

And they still are. Even though Sweden has closed a case based on a false report by police and have no basis for any charges against Assange, the British government says it will grab him the minute he steps outside the embassy.

The British are so desperate to serve their Washington master that once they even declared that they were going to violate diplomatic immunity and invade the Ecuadorian Embassy and seize Assange.

The British excuse for a once proud government’s continuing servitude to Washington as Assange’s jailer is that by taking asylum in the embassy Assange jumped bail and therefore the British have to arrest him for not surrendering a second time to the police for an investigation that has been closed.

Related: Sweden Withdraws Arrest Warrant For Julian Assange, But…

Stefania Maurizi, an Italian investigative journalist for La Repubblica, smelling the stench of fraud that covers the entire case, has been trying for two years to get her hands on the correspondence between the UK, US, and Swedish governments pertaining to the case in order to pull back the shroud of the Washington-orchestrated propaganda that colors the case.

A British tribunal refused to release any documents on the grounds that it had to protect the British Prosecution Service’s relationship with foreign authorities.

That tells you all you need to know. Julian Assange has lost seven years of his life because stinking dirty Washington wanted revenge on Assange for exercising the US Constitution-protected right of a free press, and the stinking dirty governments of Sweden and Britain did Washington’s dirty work.

What we know for certain is that Assange is totally innocent and that there is no honor and no integrity in the US, Swedish, and British governments. Law means nothing to the scum that misrule these countries.

In the US and probably throughout Europe, politicians and feminists, with the exception of Katrin Axelsson and Lisa Longstaff, used the presstitute media to paint Assange as a rapist and as a spy. The feminists cared nothing about any truth; they just wanted a man to demonize.

Related: Julian Assange: ‘Google Is Not What It Seems’ - They ‘Do Things The CIA Cannot’

Truth was the last thing on politicians’ minds. They just wanted to divert attention from Washington’s crimes and betrayals of allies by portraying Assange as a threat and traitor to America. They were unconcerned that Assange could not be a traitor to America as he is not an American citizen. In actual fact, there is no basis in law for any US claim against Assange.

Yet because of Washington and its servile British puppet state, Assange remains interred in the Embassy of Ecuador in London. Clearly, honor and respect for law reside in Ecuador, not in the US, UK, or Sweden.

But facts, along with law and civil liberty, have ceased to mean anything in the Western world. The corrupt US Attorney General Jeff Sessions said that the arrest of Assange is a “priority.” The British police, mere lackeys of Washington, said that they would still arrest Assange, despite the case being dropped, if he left the embassy.

For the British, serving Washington is a higher calling than the honor of their country.

Julian Assange Cleared Of All Charges, Trump Set To Pardon

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How Accepting Death Makes Life Richer
January 17 2018 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

“He who would teach men to die would teach them to live.” - Montaigne

A few days ago, as I woke up early in the morning and looked right in front of me, I saw my girlfriend lying fast asleep beside me. I observed how beautiful she looked and thought of all the good times we had together over the last two and a half years.

Related: Toxic Food Is Killing Humanity: One-Fifth Of Global Deaths Now Linked To Processed Junk Food And Toxic Ingredient

Shortly afterwards, the idea that at some point in the future she won’t be there with me anymore crossed my mind. Not that she’s planning to move away – far from that. But just like any person alive on earth, she is just a traveler passing temporarily through this world.

That morning I was reminded of how impermanent life is, and that no matter how granted we take someone, sooner or later death (which is nothing but a process of life) will take him or her away from us, regardless of how much we wouldn’t like this to happen.

Death is always there, standing patiently by our side, accompanying us in every step we take, and at any moment we might suddenly lose ourselves in its embrace. And one thing is certain: We’re all going to die.

Life’s journey might be quite unpredictable, but that part of it called death isn’t. Sure, we might not be able to tell when we’re going to die, but we know without doubt that we will. In other words, death is inevitable, and as I like to say, the very moment we were born we were sentenced to die.

Yet most of us don’t like to think about death, and even pretend like it won’t happen to us any time soon. For years upon years we constantly hear about others dying around us, yet we blindly believe that we’ll not be the next ones to die.

We don’t pay much attention to the power death has upon us, not because we don’t care about it — on the contrary, we care so much that the very idea of death scares the hell out of us. Or, to put it differently, death scares us to death! No wonder we’re doing anything we can to avoid thinking about it.

Related: How The US Government Is Hiding Vaccine-Related Deaths + MIT Scientist Shows What Can Happen To Children Who Receive Aluminum Containing Vaccines

Recall the last time you had an in-depth conversation with someone about death. It mustn’t have been quite recently, right? Then ask yourself how many times you’ve had such a conversation in your life. I bet they weren’t that many, or am I wrong?

Death is a taboo subject in our culture, something we shouldn’t openly discuss about. But why exactly is that? Why does death frighten us so much that we don’t even find it appropriate to talk about it?

The answer is attachment. We are so attached to the kind of life we’re used to living that we cling to it as much as we can, so as to make sure it wont flee from us. We’re attached to our partners, our possessions, and many other things we’d be devastated to lose. We want them to belong to us, and we do our best to keep them in our lives.

Yet, all of our efforts are in vain. Life is ever-changing, continually moving, flowing, and no matter how hard we try to control it, it always disappoints us by escaping our tight fist of clinging and taking its own unpredictable course. And eventually death will unapologetically take all that we have away from us, leaving us with empty hands, not having anything left to hold on to.

Discussing about death reminds us of this harsh truth, and we don’t dare to face it. We run away from it like it’s our worst enemy, but in the end it always appears in front of us, staring us with its paralyzing look straight into the eyes.

Related: Medical Deaths And The Corruption Of Healthcare

When, for example, a loved one dies, we are at a complete loss, unable to cope with the situation. Death finds us unprepared, and we’re so shocked by its presence that it feels as if the ground is shaking under our feet.

Death doesn’t affect us only occasionally in difficult times like this, but also in our day-to-day life. When we don’t dare to face and accept death, death is constantly haunting us, and this creates tremendous emotional turmoil in our psyche. Our constant desire to control life’s natural flow is filling us with anxiety. As a result, we’re constantly stressed, and hence can’t let go, relax into the here and now, and enjoy life to the fullest.

There’s a good reason why all great spiritual masters talked about the importance of encountering death to realize and accept the impermanence of life. The Buddha, for example, even recommended corpse meditation.

That’s why in earlier times Buddhist monks would go out in the forests in search of a human corpse, and when they found one, they would sit right in front of it and meditate on death, in an effort to familiarize themselves with their own mortality. “This body, too,” they would say about their own bodies, “such is its nature, such is its future, such its unavoidable fate.”

Related: The Death Throws Of The Cabal

Today, it’s common for Buddhist monks to practice meditation on death by looking at photographs of deceased people. In fact, in various places of the East many of them even carry photographs depicting deaths or bodies in various stages of decomposition (interestingly, in some countries like Thailand such photographs can be purchased at religious shops) and take them out many times throughout their day — even while they’re eating!

This might sound a bit crazy for most people, especially Westerners, but I don’t think it’s crazy at all. That’s because meditating on death can actually help us to live a better, richer life.

Firstly, by realizing the transitory nature of our existence, we can learn to appreciate the the gift of life and make the right use of it. In addition, we can learn to deal with change, which is the very nature of existence. Then, we will never be unprepared for death, and we’ll be able to relax from our constant effort to control people and situations. We’ll learn to flow with the change of life by adapting to its ways, instead of fighting against it and putting ourselves into unnecessary trouble.

As Edmund Wilson said, “death is one prophecy that never fails,” and with each breath we take we’re a bit closer to death. So we’d better get ready for the moment we’ll reach our destination. But we needn’t be depressed about the fact that we’re going to die. Realizing life’s fleeting nature can actually be invigorating - it helps put things into perspective, allowing us to cut down on the unnecessary and focus on what truly matters.

That’s what I was reminded of that early morning when I thought that my beloved girlfriend and I won’t be together for much longer: To appreciate that she’s now with me and be sure to fully enjoy her presence. Instead of feeling sad about what the future will inevitably bring, I feel grateful for having the luck of being with her now and for all the beautiful moments I’ve shared with her in the past.

Ultimately, all relationships are short-term relationships - they end quickly, even if they last for a lifetime (considering the infinite vastness of time). And just like death will take our partners away from us, it will also take our material possessions. In fact, they never were ours, they didn’t belong to us in the first place - we only borrowed them from existence, and that’s just for a little while. So let’s savor what we’ve got while we can and make the most of out of our lives, by immersing ourselves in the present moment and squeezing all the good juice out of it.

Related: Shocking U.S. Death Chart Reveals Root Cause Of Most Mortality Comes From Prescriptions And Food Chemicals

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Russiagate Turns On Its Originators + The Focus Shifts From Trump To Hillary And The Corrupt FBI
January 16 2018 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Russiagate originated in a conspiracy between the military / security complex, the Clinton-controlled Democratic National Committee, and the liberal / /progressive / left. The goal of the military / security complex is to protect its out-sized budget and power by preventing President Trump from normalizing relations with Russia.

Hillary and the DNC want to explain away their election loss by blaming a Trump/Putin conspiracy to steal the election. The liberal/progressive/left want Trump driven from office.

Related: FBI Official Admits: Russia Probe ‘Insurance Policy’ To Derail Trump + This Video Destroys The Clintons And The Russia Investigation

As the presstitutes are aligned with the military/security complex, Hillary and the DNC, and the liberal/progressive/left, the Russiagate orchestration is a powerful conspiracy against the president of the United States and the “deplorables” who elected him. Nevertheless, the Russiagate Conspiracy has fallen apart and has now been turned against its originators.

Despite the determination of the CIA and FBI to get Trump, these powerful and unaccountable police state agencies have been unable to present any evidence of the Trump/Putin conspiracy against Hillary.

As William Binney, the former high level National Security Agency official who devised the spy program has stated, if there was any evidence of a Trump/Putin conspiracy to steal the US presidential election, the NSA would most certainly have it.

So where is the evidence? Why after one year and a half and a special prosecutor whose assignment is to get Trump has no evidence whatsoever been found of the Trump/Putin conspiracy? The obvious answer is that no such conspiracy ever existed. The only conspiracy is the one against Trump.

Related: Dear Russia: An Enemy Is Not A Partner

This has now become completely apparent. Russiagate originated in a fake “Trump dossier” invented by Christopher Steele, a former British MI6 intelligence officer. It is not yet clear whether it was the DNC, the CIA, or the FBI who paid Steele for the fake dossier. Perhaps he sold it to all three.

What we do know is that the FBI used what it knew to be a fake dossier to go to the FISA court for a warrant to spy on Trump.

As a consequence both Comey and the FBI, special prosecutor Mueller, and Christopher Steele are in hot water. The Chairman of the US Senate Judiciary Committee, Senator Grassley, has instructed the US Attorney General to launch a criminal investigation of Steele for false statements to FBI counterintelligence officials.

Related: Republicans ask DOJ for criminal probe of ex-British spy Steele who penned ‘Trump dossier’

You can see where this leads as former FBI director Comey is a participant in the Russiagate attack on President Trump. To protect himself Steele will have to rat on who put him up to it. If President Trump had any sense, he would put Steele under protective custody, as his life is clearly in danger. If the CIA and the FBI don’t get him, the Clintons surely will.

Trump’s easy election shook the Republican Establishment as well as it upset the Democrats and the military/security complex. The Republican Establishment hates losing control. Initially the Republican Establishment aligned with Trump’s enemies, but now understands that Trump’s demise means their demise.

Consequently, all of a sudden in Washington facts count. Not all facts, just those relating to the Steele dossier.

Be sure you listen closely and carefully to these two videos of US Representative Jim Jordan’s destruction of US Deputy Attorney General Rosenstein for sitting on his ass while a totally corrupt FBI attempted to destroy the elected president of the United States.

Keep in mind that Rosenstein is a member of the Trump administration. Why does the President of the United States employ people out to destroy him?

Here are the videos:

Jim Jordan blasts Rod Rosenstein on the bias of Peter Strzok


Rep. Jim Jordan Goes NuclearOn Rod Rosenstein Over-Trump Hating FBI Agent Peter Strzok

Here are 18 questions asked by US Rep. Jim Jordan:

1) Did the FBI pay Christopher Steele, author of the dossier?

2) Was the dossier the basis for securing FISA warrants to spy on Americans? And why won’t the FBI show Congress the FISA application?

3) When did the FBI get the complete dossier and who gave it to them? Dossier author Christopher Steele? Fusion GPS? Clinton campaign/DNC? Sen. McCain’s staffer?

4) Did the FBI validate and corroborate the dossier?

5) Did Peter Strzok, Lisa Page, or Bruce Orr work on the FISA application?

6) Why and how often did DOJ lawyer Bruce Orr meet with dossier author Christopher Steele during the 2016 campaign?

7) Why did DOJ lawyer Bruce Orr meet with Fusion GPS founder Glenn Simpson after the election? To get their story straight after their candidate Clinton lost? Or to double down and plan how they were going to go after President-elect Trump?

8) When and how did the FBI learn that DOJ lawyer Bruce Orr’s wife, Nellie Orr, worked for Fusion GPS? And what exactly was Nellie Orr’s role in putting together the dossier?

9) Why did the FBI release text messages between Peter Strzok and Lisa Page? Normally, ongoing investigation is reason not to make such information public.

Related: Russiagate Was A CIA / Media Invention + Trump To The Future

10) And why did FBI release only 375/10,000+ texts? Were they the best? Worst? Or part of a broader strategy to focus attention away from something else? And when can Americans see the other 96% of texts

11) Why did Lisa Page leave Mueller probe two weeks before Peter Strzok? This was two weeks before FBI and Special Counsel even knew about the texts.

12) Why did the intelligence community wait two months after the election to brief President-elect Trump on the dossier (January 6, 2017)? Why was James Comey selected to do the briefing?

13) Was the briefing done to “legitimize” the dossier? And who leaked the fact that the briefing was about the dossier?

14) The New York Times reported last week that George Papadopoulos’ loose lips were a catalyst for launching the Russia investigation. Was President-elect Trump briefed on this?

15) Why did Fusion GPS founder Glenn Simpson meet with Russian lawyer Natalia Veselnitskaya before and after her meeting with Donald Trump Jr.?

16) Why was FBI General Counsel Jim Baker reassigned two weeks ago? Was he the source for the first story on the dossier by David Corn on October 31, 2016? Or was it someone else at the FBI?

17) Why won’t the FBI give Congress the documents it’s requesting?

18) And why would Senator Schumer, leader of the Democrat party, publicly warn President-elect Trump on Jan. 3, 2017 that when you mess with the “intelligence community, they have six ways from Sunday at getting back at you?”

Insouciant trusting gullible Americans who “believe in our government” have no comprehension how totally corrupt “their” government is. It is the most corrupt in the world.

The corruption in Washington is really unbelievable. You have to experience it to know it, and those who experience it are part of it and will not tell.

The orchestration “Russiagate” proves that the CIA, the NSA, and the FBI are so corrupt and unaccountable that they comprise the greatest threat to the American people in the entire history of America.

The only solution is to break these agencies into a thousand splinters, as President John F. Kennedy intended, and rebuild them from scratch with total transparency.

No more protecting their vast crimes under the cloak of “national security.” No classification of any so-called intelligence unless it can pass a unanimous vote of Congress and the ACLU.

The orchestration of Russiagate is proof that the alleged “national security agencies” are an anti-American force detrimental to our survival as a free people. The criminals in the FBI, CIA, and DNC must be investigated, indicted, prosecuted, convicted and imprisoned or freedom in America is forever dead.

Related: Steve Bannon Unleashes The Wrath Of The 'Grim Reaper' On Enemies Within - 'Absolutely' Going To War With Establishment Republicans + Rep. Dana Rohrabacher: 99% Certain Russian Collusion Scandal Is Total Lie – One Of ‘Great Political Crimes’ In History

If President Trump fails in this task, he will have failed America. Everyone of us will be the victims.

One question with which we are left is why has the mainstream media failed in its investigating and reporting responsibilities and instead served as a cheerleader for the orchestration known as Russiagate? The New York Times, Washington Post, NPR, CNN, and the rest are serving as public relations agents for Russiagate, leaving it to Rep.

Jim Jordan to ask the questions that the media should be asking. What explains the convergence of media and FBI/CIA interests? Are hidden subsidies involved?

As the mainstream media is behaving as it would be if it were owned and controlled by the security agencies, this is a natural question. Why is the media not disturbed by its close relationship to the FBI and CIA? When did it become the function of the media to help the CIA and FBI control explanations?

Related: Ivy League Reputation Damaged? Harvard Professors Publish 'Fake News' On Russia

The Focus Shifts From Trump To Hillary And The Corrupt FBI

The New York Times, Washington Post, CNN, and NPR will never tell you, but the criminal is Hillary, not Trump.}

It has come to light that the FBI edited down FBI Director Comey’s investigation of Hillary in order to make it look like nothing was amiss. Comey’s conclusion that Hillary was “grossly negligent,” a conclusion justifying felony indictment for mishandling of classified information, was replaced with “extremely careless.”

Related: Elites Move To Sacrifice Clintons Just Like Weinstein + Crooked Former FBI Head Mueller Hand Delivered Uranium To Russians On Airport Tarmac

You can read about the rewire here.

The Chairman of the US Senate Homeland and Government Affairs Committee, Ron Johnson (R, Wis) has asked the current FBI director, Chris Wray, if the document was rewritten in order to protect Hillary. Senator Johnson is particular interested in the emails that show that some senior FBI officials were determined to prevent Trump from becoming US President.

Hillary’s misuse of classified documents on her personal server and subsequent effort to destroy the evidence is far more serious than anything done by Paul Manafort and General Flynn, both under threat of prosecution by Special Prosecutor former FBI Director Mueller.

The FBI’s effort to protect Hillary and to dismiss her felony as “careless” is now confronted with Attorney General Jeff Sessions’ reopening of the case. Notice how the FBI first riggs the case and then puts itself in charge of investigating it. An agency this corrupt should be abolished.

It seems that Trump and his Attorney General finally realized that they are in a fight for their lives and have decided to counterbalance Mueller’s investigation of fake crimes with an investigation of Hillary’s and the FBI’s real crimes.

One can only wonder why they waited so long. Intelligence does not seem to be the hallmark of the Trump administration.

Related: FBI: Hillary’s “Shadow Government” Buried Email Scandal

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

EPA Contradicts Its Own Research, Claims Roundup Poses No Risk To Humans & More
January 15 2018 | From: Antimedia / Various

Recently, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency issued a new report declaring that the weed killer glyphosate does not pose any meaningful risk to humans, but the report is not likely to end the debate over the safety of the world’s most widely used pesticide.

The new report from the EPA is the latest in a string of conflicting reports from various health agencies around the world. Reuters first reported on the assessment:

Related: Glyphosate Herbicide And Toxic Heavy Metals Act Like "Binary Weapon" To Destroy Kidneys & Four Popular Companies Who Own The Medical Treatments For The Diseases Their Products Cause

“The EPA, in a draft risk assessment report issued on Monday, also said it found ‘no other meaningful risks to human health’ when glyphosate, the world’s biggest-selling weed killer, is used according to its label instructions.”

The EPA’s decision conflicts with a March 2015 report from the International Agency for Research on Cancer that found that glyphosate “probably” contributes to non-Hodgkin lymphoma in humans and classified it as a ‘Group 2A’ carcinogen.

There was sufficient evidence in animals, limited evidence in humans and strong supporting evidence showing DNA mutations and damaged chromosomes,”
Aaron Blair, a scientist emeritus at the National Cancer Institute and lead author of the study, told Reuters at the time.

The IARC report was published in The Lancet Oncology and detailed evaluations of organophosphate pesticides and herbicides. The report concluded that there was “limited evidence of carcinogenicity in humans for non-Hodgkin lymphoma.”

The evidence for this conclusion was pulled from studies of exposure to the chemical in the US, Canada, and Sweden published since 2001. The researchers found “convincing evidence that glyphosate can also cause cancer in laboratory animals.

Related: Bill Gates, Google’s Brin fund lab-grown meat for the masses

Shortly after the IARC review, the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA), an independent agency funded by the European Union, shot back with their own study, claiming glyphosate is “unlikely to pose a carcinogenic hazard to humans.” Earlier this month, the European Commission renewed the license to use glyphosate for another five years.

The Commission’s renewal came despite the efforts of the European Citizens’ Initiative, called “Ban glyphosate and protect people and the environment from toxic pesticides.” The effort collected more than 1 million signatures.

Those studies were followed by research from experts with the United Nations’ Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO). The FAO released a statement claiming glyphosate is “unlikely to pose a carcinogenic risk to humans” exposed to it through food. The WHO co-signed the statement with the FAO.

The organizations also found that glyphosate is not likely to be genotoxic - destructive to cell’s genetic material - in humans.

This means that as of December 2017, the United Nations’ Food and Agriculture Organization, the World Health Organization, the European Food Safety Authority, and the United Nations say glyphosate does not pose a risk of cancer to humans. On the other end of the spectrum, the WHO’s International Agency for Research on Cancer IARC states that it could be linked to cancer.

Related: Orange juice samples found contaminated with Monsanto weedkiller

To add even more confusion to the matter, in October, Reuters reported that an analysis of the IARC’s assessment of glyphosate showed the agency ignored findings and deleted statements that contradicted their final conclusion. Reuters reported:

The edits identified by Reuters occurred in the chapter of IARC’s review focusing on animal studies. This chapter was important in IARC’s assessment of glyphosate, since it was in animal studies that IARC decided there was ‘sufficient’ evidence of carcinogenicity.

One effect of the changes to the draft, reviewed by Reuters in a comparison with the published report, was the removal of multiple scientists’ conclusions that their studies had found no link between glyphosate and cancer in laboratory animals.”

All this confusion among agencies does not help the average consumer when it comes to safety and health. Who should we trust when our very lives are on the line? Government agencies that operate a revolving door with big pharma, big ag, and other industrial complexes?

Despite the EPA’s latest decision, Jennifer Sass, a senior scientist for the Natural Resources Defense Council advocacy group, told Reuters that “[t]here is data suggesting cancer.” What data is Sass referring to?

She is more than likely talking about an EPA study from the 1980s that found glyphosate does, indeed, increase the likelihood of developing cancer. The 2015 IARC report points out that the EPA had originally classified glyphosate as possibly carcinogenic to humans in 1985.

Related: Leaked Emails Mention Aspartame Causing Holes in the Brain

The IARC Working Group evaluated the original EPA findings and more recent reports before concluding “there is sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity in experimental animals.

On November 1st, In These Times Magazine released an in-depth report titled “How Monsanto Captured the EPA (And Twisted Science) To Keep Glyphosate on the Market.” 

The investigation does a great job of outlining the history of regulation of glyphosate and how Monsanto - glyphosate is the key ingredient in Monsanto’s Roundup - has been able to influence and subvert regulatory agencies in order to make glyphosate the most widely used pesticide in the world.

Our two-year investigation found incontrovertible evidence that Monsanto has exerted deep influence over EPA decisions since glyphosate first came on the market - via Roundup - more than 40 years ago,” the report states.

The detailed investigation reveals that nearly every time a Monsanto chemical was receiving negative attention from scientists and researchers, the biotech company would hire its own researchers and firms or pressure government employees until they came to Monsanto’s preferred conclusion.

The testing and approval of glyphosate seem to fit the pattern.

Throughout the 1970s, EPA staff repeatedly raised red flags about the inadequacy of testing data that Monsanto was submitting in support of glyphosate’s original registration,” the report states. In These Times also examined EPA memos they say “detail incomplete or otherwise unacceptable toxicology screening tests.

The pressure to approve glyphosate can be traced back to 1983 when the EPA was examining toxicity data supplied by Monsanto. As part of the registration and approval process, Monsanto submitted a two-year mouse feeding study. In These Times writes:

“The mouse study was conducted for Monsanto by a commercial lab called Bio/Dynamics, but the results of the research were neither peer-reviewed nor made publicly available.

Staff toxicologists, pathologists and statisticians in the TB provided the first interpretation of these results. On March 4, 1985, an ad hoc committee of these scientists reported that based on this mouse study, glyphosate was carcinogenic, or a ‘Class C’ substance.

They did not question the 1983 study’s structure or reported data. EPA staff toxicologist William Dykstra, in an April 3, 1985, memo, stated unequivocally, ‘Glyphosate was oncogenic in male mice causing renal tubule adenomas, a rare tumor, in a dose-related manner.’”

Related: Agra-Technology (Monsanto for example) have contracts with farmers that prohibit farmers from using any of their crops for research

In true Monsanto fashion, the company hired four pathologists to review the original tissue slides from the 1983 study. Monsanto’s pathologists claimed to have seen a tumor in one of the mice in the control group.

This finding cast doubt on the EPA’s original conclusion and the entire study. By March 1986, the EPA had reversed their designation of glyphosate as carcinogenic. Monsanto still relies on the claim that one of the control group mice also had a tumor so the cause could not have been glyphosate.

However, in another memo dated February 1985, Herbert Lacayo, a statistician with the EPA’s Toxicology Branch, stated that without glyphosate exposure, the odds of tumors appearing were about 156 to 1.

Under such circumstances a prudent person would reject the Monsanto assumption that glyphosate dosing has no effect on kidney tumor production,” wrote Lacayo. “Our viewpoint is one of protecting the public health when we see suspicious data. It is not our job to protect registrants from false positives.

Officially, the chemical glyphosate and products like Roundup do not cause cancer and are of no harm to the planet or animals. However, when one takes a deeper look at the history of the studies and the company behind the product, valid reasons to be skeptical can be found.

Related: More Examples of EPA Lies:

Heartbreaking Letter From Dying EPA Scientist Begs Monsanto “Moles” Inside The Agency To Stop Lying About Dangers Of RoundUp (Glyphosate) & Monsanto Funneled Money To Front Groups To Attack Anti-GMO Activists, Court Documents Reveal

Draining The Swamp: Top EPA Official Resigns Over Climate Change Hoax + Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change

Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Former EPA Senior Scientist Confirms Fluoride Lowers Children’s IQ

Inconvenient Reality: Al Gore’s Global Climate Apocalypse Never Took Place - He Now Says It Did But You Just Couldn’t Tell + Hero EPA Administrator Speaks Out Against Junk Science – Denies CO2 Is Primary Contributor To ‘Global Warming’!

EPA Knew Electro-Magnetic Fields (EMFs) Were A “Probable Human Carcinogen” Decades Ago And Covered It Up

Related Articles:

Roundup Now Proven To Cause Liver Disease, And It’s In Your Food

NAFSN Outlaws Traditional Seed Trading, Allows Monsanto To Advance Across Africa + Monsanto Found Guilty Of Crimes Against Humanity During International Tribunal

Research Reveals How Sugar Causes Cancer

Artificial Sweeteners are Depopulation Poisons

Four Ways to Avoid the Huge Problem of Arsenic in Rice

Three Mineral Waters That Can Remove Aluminum From The Brain

Rare Footage Shows George Bush’s 1987 Visit to Monsanto, Uttering Seven Infamous Words That Would Change Everything

81st doctor found dead in Park Avenue Home by 11 y/o daughter w/ knife in torso, cops instantly rule “suicide”

Canola oil proven to destroy your body and mind

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The USA Was Never A Real Democracy, Nor Was It Ever Meant To Be
January 15 2018 | From: TheMilleniumReport

The British-controlled political parties, Vatican-based Jesuits and Zionist Neocons & Neoliberals ensured the complete takeover of the U.S. Federal Government and installation of a plutocratic oligarchy overseen by the Black Nobility.

Crucial Data Point: The current and critical predicament “inside the Beltway” perfectly reflects the preceding subtitle as follows:

i) The overtly treasonous U.S. Intelligence Community especially the C.I.A.,

ii) The criminal intent and naked negligence of the Federal Bureau of Investigation,

iii) The numerous traitors and foreign agents in the U.S. Congress,

iv) The thoroughly corrupt Obama Administration & Clinton Crime Family, and (v) the countless Deep State operatives who infest every organ of government, to name just a few examples of Black Nobility tyranny in America. 

To apprehend the sheer enormity and profundity of this fundamentally global Khazarian conspiracy see: New World Order: Creation of The Venetian Black Nobility and Committee of 300.

The Founding Fathers quite intentionally did not establish the United States of America as a Democracy.  They knew from the get-go that putting such a meretricious political principle into governmental practice was nothing more than a disaster-in-the-making.

Related: Study: US Is An Oligarchy, Not A Democracy

America’s leaders since World War II have made a big deal about nation-building by exporting their fraudulent version of democracy for specific reasons. They were all aware of the fact that such an inherently defective political economy was quite easy manipulated when democracy was the foundation. 

Every one of those U.S. presidents knew that American democracy was a total fraud and would eventually morph into a dictatorship and/or national security state.  As it has in 2017.  Even the POTUS is now being held captive by the all-powerful Deep State.

Key Points: The very concept of democracy is highly misunderstood by the vast majority of people everywhere. 

They fail to realize that all it takes is a little social engineering by the wealthy elites to deceive the citizenry. 

This can be accomplished via mainstream media mind-control programming in tandem with legislating various financial incentives and economic benefits. 

It is these “carrots”, along with various and sundry “sticks”, that are routinely used to manipulate a majority of the voters to the great detriment of the nation. Once these citizens are sufficiently corralled into a certain pen of unrighteous compliance, they’re no longer real patriots for fear of losing their “welfare”. 

The real peril associated with this very common predicament emerges when unjust or immoral laws are put into effect. 

This fatal flaw of the democratic system really rears its ugly head when the ignorant and mean-spirited mob effectively gives their consent to the arrogant and corrupt politicians.  There’s nothing more dangerous than an unruly mob which has empowered a tyrannical government, and vice versa.

What the Founding Fathers intuitively knew - if they had formed a true democracy - is that citizens would eventually vote into office those fraudsters who promised them everything - FOR FREE . 

Obama is a perfect example of this inherently communist ideology in democratic clothing. So was “empty promises” Bernie Sanders, a true communist if ever there was one in U.S. presidential election history.

Related: Republic Or Democracy And Self-Governance

The bottom line is that democracy, especially one where every vote is really counted, will always degenerate into mob rule.  Again, Obama’s 2 terms demonstrated the utter lawlessness and pervasive anarchy that reigns when the mob (both literally and figuratively) takes over. 

He promised his various constituencies their “Sodom and Gomorrah”, and they loved him for it.  That’s why President Trump truly inherited an Obamanation.

See: How Cultural Marxism was used to create an American “Sodom and Gomorrah”

The historical record clearly indicates that the elites will always use their power and wealth and influence to manipulate the electorate into voting against their own interest.  By stealthily manufacturing consent in this manner - election cycle after election cycle - the power elite guarantees an inexorable dumbing down of the body politic.

This is why the Founding Fathers formed the United States as a Constitutional Republic. They knew that the many built-in checks and balances were the only ways to keep the newly constructed American ship of state from foundering or running aground. As it has today

That’s because the U.S. Constitution has been unlawfully trashed as the American Republic has been taken over by political barbarians (also known as Bolsheviks).

The good news is that the Alt Media has completely exposed the globalists and their New World Order agenda.  The Internet has leveled the playing field like never before.  Hence, it’s only a matter of time as to when the Global Control Matrix dissolves into history.

Related: Deep State Collapsing, C.I.A. Being Defanged, Shadow Government Defeat Inevitable

N.B. With this understanding, the following commentary is somewhat on target, but without addressing the much bigger picture.

The U.S. Is Not A Democracy, It Never Was

One of the most steadfast beliefs regarding the United States is that it is a democracy. Whenever this conviction waivers slightly, it is almost always to point out detrimental exceptions to core American values or foundational principles.

Related: The American Spin On Democracy

For instance, aspiring critics frequently bemoan a “loss of democracy” due to the election of clownish autocrats, draconian measures on the part of the state, the revelation of extraordinary malfeasance or corruption, deadly foreign interventions, or other such activities that are considered undemocratic exceptions.

The same is true for those whose critical framework consists in always juxtaposing the actions of the U.S. government to its founding principles, highlighting the contradiction between the two and clearly placing hope in its potential resolution.

The problem, however, is that there is no contradiction or supposed loss of democracy because the United States simply never was one. This is a difficult reality for many people to confront, and they are likely more inclined to immediately dismiss such a claim as preposterous rather than take the time to scrutinize the material historical record in order to see for themselves.

Such a dismissive reaction is due in large part to what is perhaps the most successful public relations campaign in modern history.

What will be seen, however, if this record is soberly and methodically inspected, is that a country founded on elite, colonial rule based on the power of wealth - a plutocratic colonial oligarchy, in short - has succeeded not only in buying the label of “democracy” to market itself to the masses, but in having its citizenry, and many others, so socially and psychologically invested in its nationalist origin myth that they refuse to hear lucid and well-documented arguments to the contrary.

Related: Jimmy Carter: The U.S. Isn’t A Democracy, It’s An Oligarchy + Evo Morales: Imperialism And Capitalism Are The Root Causes Of Issues Humanity Is Facing

To begin to peel the scales from our eyes, let us outline in the restricted space of this article, five patent reasons why the United States has never been a democracy (a more sustained and developed argument is available in my book, Counter-History of the Present).

To begin with, British colonial expansion into the Americas did not occur in the name of the freedom and equality of the general population, or the conferral of power to the people. Those who settled on the shores of the “new world,” with few exceptions, did not respect the fact that it was a very old world indeed, and that a vast indigenous population had been living there for centuries.

As soon as Columbus set foot, Europeans began robbing, enslaving and killing the native inhabitants. The trans-Atlantic slave trade commenced almost immediately thereafter, adding a countless number of Africans to the ongoing genocidal assault against the indigenous population.

Moreover, it is estimated that over half of the colonists who came to North America from Europe during the colonial period were poor indentured servants, and women were generally trapped in roles of domestic servitude.

Rather than the land of the free and equal, then, European colonial expansion to the Americas imposed a land of the colonizer and the colonized, the master and the slave, the rich and the poor, the free and the un-free.

Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"

The former constituted, moreover, an infinitesimally small minority of the population, whereas the overwhelming majority, meaning “the people,” was subjected to death, slavery, servitude, and unremitting socio-economic oppression.

Second, when the elite colonial ruling class decided to sever ties from their homeland and establish an independent state for themselves, they did not found it as a democracy. On the contrary, they were fervently and explicitly opposed to democracy, like the vast majority of European Enlightenment thinkers.

They understood it to be a dangerous and chaotic form of uneducated mob rule. For the so-called “founding fathers,” the masses were not only incapable of ruling, but they were considered a threat to the hierarchical social structures purportedly necessary for good governance.

In the words of John Adams, to take but one telling example, if the majority were given real power, they would redistribute wealth and dissolve the “subordination” so necessary for politics.

When the eminent members of the landowning class met in 1787 to draw up a constitution, they regularly insisted in their debates on the need to establish a republic that kept at bay vile democracy, which was judged worse than “the filth of the common sewers” by the pro-Federalist editor William Cobbett.

The new constitution provided for popular elections only in the House of Representatives, but in most states the right to vote was based on being a property owner, and women, the indigenous and slaves - meaning the overwhelming majority of the population - were simply excluded from the franchise.

Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

Senators were elected by state legislators, the President by electors chosen by the state legislators, and the Supreme Court was appointed by the President.

It is in this context that Patrick Henry flatly proclaimed the most lucid of judgments: “it is not a democracy.” George Mason further clarified the situation by describing the newly independent country as “a despotic aristocracy.”

When the American republic slowly came to be relabeled as a “democracy,” there were no significant institutional modifications to justify the change in name. In other words, and this is the third point, the use of the term “democracy” to refer to an oligarchic republic simply meant that a different word was being used to describe the same basic phenomenon.

This began around the time of “Indian killer” Andrew Jackson’s presidential campaign in the 1830s. Presenting himself as a ‘democrat,’ he put forth an image of himself as an average man of the people who was going to put a halt to the long reign of patricians from Virginia and Massachusetts.

Slowly but surely, the term “democracy” came to be used as a public relations term to re-brand a plutocratic oligarchy as an electoral regime that serves the interest of the people or demos. Meanwhile, the American holocaust continued unabated, along with chattel slavery, colonial expansion and top-down class warfare.

Related: The British East India Company: The Drug Company of the Venetian Black Nobility

In spite of certain minor changes over time, the U.S. republic has doggedly preserved its oligarchic structure, and this is readily apparent in the two major selling points of its contemporary “democratic” publicity campaign.

The Establishment and its propagandists regularly insist that a structural aristocracy is a “democracy” because the latter is defined by the guarantee of certain fundamental rights (legal definition) and the holding of regular elections (procedural definition).

This is, of course, a purely formal, abstract and largely negative understanding of democracy, which says nothing whatsoever about people having real, sustained power over the governing of their lives.

However, even this hollow definition dissimulates the extent to which, to begin with, the supposed equality before the law in the United States presupposes an inequality before the law by excluding major sectors of the population: those judged not to have the right to rights, and those considered to have lost their right to rights (Native Americans, African-Americans and women for most of the country’s history, and still today in certain aspects, as well as immigrants, “criminals,” minors, the “clinically insane,” political dissidents, and so forth).

Regarding elections, they are run in the United States as long, multi-million dollar advertising campaigns in which the candidates and issues are pre-selected by the corporate and party elite.

Related: The Venetian Black Nobility And The Concept Of Oligarchy

The general population, the majority of whom do not have the right to vote or decide not to exercise it, are given the “choice” - overseen by an undemocratic electoral college and embedded in a non-proportional representation scheme - regarding which member of the aristocratic elite they would like to have rule over and oppress them for the next four years.

“Multivariate analysis indicates,” according to an important recent study by Martin Gilens and Benjamin I. Page, “that economic elites and organized groups representing business interests have substantial independent impacts on U.S. government policy, while average citizens and mass-based interest groups have little or no independent influence.

The results provide substantial support for theories of Economic-Elite Domination […], but not for theories of Majoritarian Electoral Democracy.”

To take but a final example of the myriad ways in which the U.S. is not, and has never been, a democracy, it is worth highlighting its consistent assault on movements of people power.

Since WWII, it has endeavored to overthrow some 50 foreign governments, most of which were democratically elected. It has also, according the meticulous calculations by William Blum in America’s Deadliest Export: Democracy, grossly interfered in the elections of at least 30 countries, attempted to assassinate more than 50 foreign leaders, dropped bombs on more than 30 countries, and attempted to suppress populist movements in 20 countries.

The record on the home front is just as brutal. To take but one significant parallel example, there is ample evidence that the FBI has been invested in a covert war against democracy.

Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: #47: Bilderberg Group

Beginning at least in the 1960s, and likely continuing up to the present, the Bureau “extended its earlier clandestine operations against the Communist party, committing its resources to undermining the Puerto Rico independence movement, the Socialist Workers party, the civil rights movement, Black nationalist movements, the Ku Klux Klan, segments of the peace movement, the student movement, and the ‘New Left’ in general” (Cointelpro: The FBI’s Secret War on Political Freedom, p. 22-23).

Consider, for instance, Judi Bari’s summary of its assault on the Socialist Workers Party:

“From 1943-63, the federal civil rights case Socialist Workers Party v. Attorney General documents decades of illegal FBI break-ins and 10 million pages of surveillance records. The FBI paid an estimated 1,600 informants $1,680,592 and used 20,000 days of wiretaps to undermine legitimate political organizing.”

In the case of the Black Panther Party and the American Indian Movement (AIM) - which were both important attempts to mobilize people power to dismantle the structural oppression of white supremacy and top-down class warfare - the FBI not only infiltrated them and launched hideous smear and destabilization campaigns against them, but they assassinated 27 Black Panthers and 69 members of AIM (and subjected countless others to the slow death of incarceration).

If it be abroad or on the home front, the American secret police has been extremely proactive in beating down the movements of people rising up, thereby protecting and preserving the main pillars of white supremacist, capitalist aristocracy.

Rather than blindly believing in a golden age of democracy in order to remain at all costs within the gilded cage of an ideology produced specifically for us by the well-paid spin-doctors of a plutocratic oligarchy, we should unlock the gates of history and meticulously scrutinize the founding and evolution of the American imperial republic.

Related: The Bilderberg Group: An Offshoot of the Venetian Black Nobility

This will not only allow us to take leave of its jingoist and self-congratulatory origin myths, but it will also provide us with the opportunity to resuscitate and reactivate so much of what they have sought to obliterate. In particular, there is a radical America just below the surface of these nationalist narratives, an America in which the population autonomously organizes itself in indigenous and ecological activism, black radical resistance, anti-capitalist mobilization, anti-patriarchal struggles, and so forth.

It is this America that the corporate republic has sought to eradicate, while simultaneously investing in an expansive public relations campaign to cover over its crimes with the fig leaf of “democracy” (which has sometimes required integrating a few token individuals, who appear to be from below, into the elite ruling class in order to perpetuate the all-powerful myth of meritocracy).

If we are astute and perspicacious enough to recognize that the U.S. is undemocratic today, let us not be so indolent or ill-informed that we let ourselves be lulled to sleep by lullabies praising its halcyon past. Indeed, if the United States is not a democracy today, it is in large part due to the fact that it never was one.

Far from being a pessimistic conclusion, however, it is precisely by cracking open the hard shell of ideological encasement that we can tap into the radical forces that have been suppressed by it. These forces - not those that have been deployed to destroy them - should be the ultimate source of our pride in the power of the people.

Related: What Democracy Really Means, According To One Of Its Most Outspoken Champions

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Globalists Fear 2018 The Year Of “Full Trump”
January 14 2018 | From: Infowars / StateOfTheNation

Trump growing more comfortable and experienced at being president.

The globalists fear 2018 will mark the return of the hardcore Donald Trump his voters knew on the campaign trail as he grows more comfortable – and experienced – at being president.

Related: 2017 Has Been The Best Year For The Stock Market Ever

Trump has even told his staff to expect “full Trump,” which isn’t surprising given his ramp-up of 101-proof tweets recently, including the one where he blasted “global warming” advocates as Arctic winds blast the US:

Related: Writer: Coming Out as Trump Supporter Harder Than Coming Out as Gay

His tweets sound like vintage Infowars articles like this one.

“Most of those in his current decision-making circle - even if they’re not mainstream Republicans - are defending mainstream Republican principles like free trade and an internationalist view of foreign policy,”
reported Axios.

“But top officials paint a different portrait of Trump when it comes to what he really wants on trade, immigration and North Korea - but has been tamped down by skeptical staff and Cabinet officials.”

In other words, there’s going to be a sharp contrast between first-year Trump and 2018 Trump.  He’s going on the offensive, especially as he completes the transition from being a real estate developer to an accomplished president.

Trump is also aided by the fact that Special Counsel Robert Mueller can no longer hide the fact his probe is entirely political.

This means the globalists might get desperate enough to do anything they can to stop the president’s “America First” agenda, especially as the 2018 mid-term elections loom over the horizon.

Related: Global Elite taken to GITMO by US Special Forces – Full Disclosure Implications

It could be as simple as fueling an economic collapse they can blame on Trump, a likely scenario given that the central banks are staffed by financiers adept at overriding the economy with a few bad policies Trump has no control over.

So far, the nation’s economic success under Trump is due to the president simply unshackling the artificial restrains former President Obama placed on the economy.

“If the deep state is successful in taking Trump down, the entire political movement around Trump will be wiped out and our constitutional republic may never recover,”
warns political commentator Michael Snyder.

“Trump is our last, best chance to dethrone the progressive globalist establishment, and that is why they hate him so much.”

Only The American People Can Take Back Their Country From Those Who Have Stolen It

The following excerpt nicely demonstrates the raw power and extraordinary potential of the Internet.

Related: 'Worst Yet To Come' - They Are Dropping Like Flies As Planned Take Down Of The 'Elite' Garners Fresh Blood

“Lastly, the reader is encouraged to look at how extensively the world has changed with a single tweet: #MeToo. Just as a lone “
butterfly beating its wings in Brazil” (e.g. #MeToo) effectively caused a “second Hurricane Harvey” in 2017, which then led to a full-blown HARVEYGEDDON, just think what many of the CIA ex-spooks and former FBI agents and DOJ attorneys can do by tweeting WHAT THEY KNOW about institutional crimes under the following hashtag: #Corruptocrat."

Source: Lawlessness at the DOJ and FBI and CIA.

Actually, the preceding word picture illustrates the awesome effects when the Internet is optimally leveraged to conduct this type of criminal disclosure campaign.


Just as #MeToo has depopulated American society of so many serial practitioners of sexual harassment and sex abuse in the workplace, so too can #Corruptocrat eliminate the many corrupt politicians (from both parties) and government officials.

This national Internet campaign hinges on a two-pronged strategy.

First, the many government service workers who have worked at the FBI, DOJ and CIA must be provided a “safe environment” to expose the criminality that they witnessed on the job.

The more cyber-warriors who use their various Internet platforms to support this “safe environment” the better. It used to be that one whistleblower would be standing alone on the firing line after he or she just exposed a major institutional crime (or pattern of criminality).

As #MeToo has shown us, those days are over. That movement grew the legs of a millipede practically overnight because those sexual harassment whistleblowers knew that in unity there is strength; and in great numbers there is great protection.

Related: Tom Hanks Just Broke His Silence On The Hollywood Sex Scandal - And You Need To See It

This is exactly how so many women, in particular, felt safe enough to out their abusers beginning with the notorious Harvey Weinstein.

Do you now see just how H U G E this new #Corruptocrat Internet campaign can become? There are many tactics which can be employed in the execution of this disclosure campaign.

First, it’s compulsory to understand the underlying strategy.

This Internet campaign will utilize the same philosophy and principles that Saul Alinsky promoted in his Bolshevik handbook - Rules for Radicals.

The patriot movement is now compelled to fight fire with fire.  In so doing they can take down the entire Deep State … when they truly comprehend and put into practice the right MO.  Efficiently implementing the most applicable MO is absolutely essential to winning this war - the Second American Revolution.

Go After the Individual Perps!

The central pillar of this Deep State takedown strategy is to identify and isolate the proven criminal perpetrators. There are many of them, and some are hidden deep in the System.

This is where the former CIA spooks and retired FBI agents and ex-DOJ attorneys and NSA mid-managers come in.

Their job is to reveal those bad actors who have avoided exposure by virtue of their protected positions in the alphabet soup agencies and departments.  They can do this anonymously by tweeting their info under a pen name or by having a distant acquaintance post the data to a Facebook wall.

Related: A Total Of 1,183 Sealed Government Indictments As Of Wednesday Morning?

As for the Comeys, Muellers and Wrays, they have already exposed themselves.  So have the Clintons and Obamas, Bushes and Romneys, McCains and Grahams.  Even traitors like John Brennan, James Clapper, Michael Hayden and Michael Morrell of the U.S. Intelligence Community have laid bare their treason.  However, they still need to be isolated and taken down on the Internet just like the many accusers took down Harvey Weinstein.

And George H.W. Bush, Kevin Spacey, Matt Lauer, Senator Al Franken, Rep. John Conyers, Federal Judge Alex Kozinski, Roger Ailes, Charlie Rose, Mark Halperin, the Metropolitan Opera’s James Levine, the New York City Ballet’s Peter Martins, NPR’s Michael Oreskes, Brett Ratner, Russell Simmons, Louis C.K., James Toback, Dustin Hofffman, Gene Simmons, Terry Richardson, Bill Cosby before HARVEYGEDDON even began.

Hopefully the patriots on both the Right and the Left get the picture. In this way, each cyber-warrior needs to become an Internet investigator and prosecutor of sorts.

Let us explain why this is such pivotal tactic necessary to win the fight.

Make it Personal, Not Institutional!

Everyone just saw how the MSM was used to take down Roy Moore with a fictitious sex scandal and transparently fake news.  They first identified Moore as a lone duck; even Trump abandoned him. 

After methodically isolating him, they went in for the kill. His loss at the polls and in the voting booth was a perfectly controlled demolition by Deep State. Then they proceeded to outright steal the election through voting fraud and vote count tampering.

They attempted this very same game plan against Trump during the 2016 campaign season, yes? Yes!

Related: Operation Cross Country: FBI Busts 120 Sex Traffickers & Rescues Dozens Of Sexually Exploited Children & Corey Feldman ‘Targeted By Death Threats’ After Announcing Project To Expose Hollywood Child Abuse Ring

We the People must go after the guilty politicians of both parties; corrupt government officials at the federal, state and municipal levels; and compromised VIPs who use their wealth, power, influence and public platforms to support the Deep State agenda.

The really key point here is that nothing BIG ever happens when you just go after “the System”.  Things really change when the individual agents of Deep State are taken down by being exposed as the hardened criminals (think George Soros) that they truly are. 

All of these Deep State operatives are fundamentally enemies of the American people, and they should be treated as such.

Therefore, the more these foreign agents are pursued personally for their own crimes and corruption, the easier the war will be won.  The bottom line here is this:

“Only when the ponerized agents of Deep State are more afraid of We the People than they are of their hidden masters of PONERIZATION, will things really start to change for the better."

Source: Ponerization: How the American Republic was taken over by political cliques of criminally insane psychopaths

Everyone knows that Congress is thoroughly and hopelessly corrupt.  Who doesn’t know that the Mainstream Media is owned and operated by the criminal C.I.A. 

Everybody is aware that the Obama Administration was the most lawless and depraved in U.S. history. 
Who doesn’t know that the Clinton Crime Family is a actually a highly organized international crime syndicate?

What’s the Vital Point?

We must go after the individual corrupt Congressman with focus and resolve, not Congress.

We must address the “fake news” put out by Wolf Blitzer, Andrea Mitchell, Anderson Cooper, Rachel Maddow, Jim Acosta, Jake Tapper, Chuck Todd, Chris Matthews, Chris Cuomo, Don Lemon, Brian Stelter, Katie Couric, Brian Williams, Joe Scarborough, Mika Brzezinski, Shepard Smith, Alisyn Camerota and Fareed Zakaria, not the MSM as a whole.

Related: Stunning New Briefings: Mass Indictments, Targeted Arrests and Disclosure

We must focus on the specific State Department crimes committed by Hillary Clinton, sex crimes by Bill Clinton, Clinton Foundation crimes by Chelsea Clinton, and especially the unspeakable crimes perpetrated by the Podesta brothers against our children.

The same goes for the many career criminals who populated every level of the Obama Administration to include Barack Obama and Michelle Obama, and especially AGs Eric Holder and Loretta Lynch. Then there was Joe Biden and Valerie Jarrett, Victoria Nuland and Samantha Power, Susan Rice and David Axelrod, Lois Lerner and John Koskinen, etc., etc., etc.

Only by ‘surrounding’ each of the criminal perps and isolating them, and then prosecuting each of them to the fullest extent of the law, will their myriad co-conspirators jump ship and assist with the final destruction of Deep State.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Real Danger Behind MRI's
January 14 2018 | From: TheSleuthJournal

Magnetic resonance imaging is a common preventative and diagnostic method used in medicine, and at times this technology can be invaluable.

Of course there are some health questions associated with the practice, such as does the practice involve powerful magnetic fields?

Related: Flying Should Come with a Health Warning

But for those who require them in case of an emergency, they can be extremely helpful. Besides the minute threat of magnetic frequencies, new concerns over the drugs used to produce clearer images have been shown to leave toxic residue in the brain. These findings have shown the importance of more stringent health monitoring prior to MRI application.

The Real Danger Behind MRI's

MRIs are typically safer than a CT scan, as they emit little to no radiation during the procedure. The real concern surrounding MRIs, in fact, has nothing to do with the technology at all.

Patients are often given injectable drugs that improve the visibility of certain areas in the brain, which can be very useful for discovering health issues that could possibly be missed. The issue is that these drugs may accumulate gadolinium - a toxic metal - in brain tissue.

Related: Why Heating Food With Microwave Radiation Is Harmful To Your Health

The medications, known as contrasting agents, sharpens the resulting images; however, it may also be contributing to deleterious effects, many of which have yet to surface in any research.

Toxic metals that build up in brain tissue are commonly associated with age-related brain declines, such as those attributed to dementia and Alzheimer’s disease. Some research even shows that these drugs could be linked to kidney problems, prompting FDA to issue a “black box” warning on the drugs.

What You Should Know About MRI's

There are currently nine gadolinium-based agents in the United States, and two of the most concerning are made by GE Healthcare and Bayer HealthCare. Omniscan is perhaps the most commonly-used contrast agents used during MRIs, as is Magnevist, Gadavist, and Dotarem.

If you take into consideration the compounds we are exposed to almost every day that are already contributing to brain degeneration (i.e., aluminum), you can see why you must be constantly aware of what is being offered to you by medical professionals.

Ask questions and research any drugs that you are being given, especially if you are having an MRI, and work with your doctor to find safer methods for obtaining your health goals.

Related Articles:

Microwave Ovens Don’t Just Nuke Your Food They Nuke Your Heart

Microwave Cooked Food Is Nutritionally Deficient ‘Nuclear Waste’

Microwave Oven Dangers – What You Need To Know

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Bombshell Undercover Video: Twitter Engineers Admit Censoring Conservatives
January 13 2018 | From: Infowars

Uses keywords like “America” and “Trump” to silence opposing views.

In what represents a chokeslam of an exposé, Project Veritas has released undercover video of Twitter engineers admitting that they deliberately censor conservative opinions and are implementing a way of relegating “shitty people” so their content is shadow banned.

Related: Twitter Caught Silencing O’Keefe Amid Censorship Expose

In the video, current and former Twitter employees confirm virtually everything that conservatives have long suspected about the left-wing company silencing people on the right.

Key quotes include;

Olinda Hassan, Policy Manager for Twitter Trust and Safety, admits that Twitter is implementing software algorithms that down rank conservatives so “shitty people to not show up” on people’s timelines.

“The idea of a shadow ban is that you ban someone but they don’t know they’ve been banned, because they keep posting and no one sees their content,”
says former Twitter software engineer Abhinov Vadrevu. “So they just think that no one is engaging with their content, when in reality, no one is seeing it.”

Parnay Singh, Twitter Direct Messaging Engineer, reveals that the company’s machine learning algorithms are programmed with “five thousand keywords to describe a redneck,” which include words like Trump, America, as well as images of the U.S. flag, guns and Christian crosses and these terms are used to delete “bot” accounts as well as down rank conservatives.

Singh also revealed that the U.S. government routinely pressures Twitter to take down Julian Assange’s account and that this is the reason he isn’t verified Singh also says that governments ask Twitter to remove accounts belonging to other public figures because they don’t like their political views.

Related: Twitter Exec: "No Longer Possible to Stand Up For All Speech"

Former Twitter Content Review Agent Mo Norai admits that Twitter employees have the power to ban accounts if they merely disagree with someone’s political views, remarking,

“Yeah, if they said this is: ‘Pro-Trump’ I don’t want it because it offends me, this, that. And I say I banned this whole thing, and it goes over here and they are like, ‘Oh you know what? I don’t like it too. You know what? Mo’s right, let’s go, let’s carry on, what’s next?”

The video represents the biggest tech/censorship story in years yet will attract little or no mainstream media coverage.

However, it will lead to an increase in calls from the right for Twitter to be regulated as a public utility to ensure that free speech rights are protected given how social media companies like Twitter, Facebook and Google have basically become monopolies.

Google News Will Hide RT And Sputnik News & Google Launches Colossal Censorship, Disinformation Campaign Under Cover Of Night

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Is North Korea Really A Dictatorship?
January 13 2018 | From: PaulCraigRoberts

Writing in pravdareport.com , Costantino Ceoldo provides insights into the nature of the North Korean government and explains Washington’s responsibility for North Korea’s determination to possess nuclear weapons.

Washington has kept a state of war with North Korea open for 64 years and continues to overthrow governments that have policies independent of Washington.

Related: A Shot Across The Bow? Rothschild Private Flight Disaster

Some ideas about North Korea

Coment: David Wilcock is one of a few researchers with insider connections who have reported that North Korea is actually a puppet state of the Rothschild faction of the Cabal.It's simply the last in a long line of 'Boogeyman' regimes that have been used as justification for various wars and foreign policies that have been - until the advent of Trump - used to bring about the illuminati fascist globalist agenda. Keeping this in mind, the following article reads somewhat interestingly.

A Dictator is a transient and temporary figure in the life of a Nation. When power passes from father to son to nephew, we can no longer speak of dictatorship. In such a case it is more correct to speak of monarchy and ruling dynasty to describe the situation in which the power over a people is administered by the same family, continuously, through the generations.

From this point of view, the current ruler of North Korea is king and not dictator. In fact, Kim Yong-Un inherited the power from his father Kim Jong-Il, who in turn had inherited it from his father, Kim Il-Sung. Kim is therefore a well-established dynasty in North Korea, a bloodline whose male members reign over the country until death and enjoy in the eyes of the common people even a form of deification, thanks to skillful political propaganda and perhaps to a certain inclination of the North Korean soul.

Related: George Soros Could Not Subvert Europe Without Washington’s Approval & Rothschild – Soros – McCain Connection To The Real #Russiagate Scandal

A monarchy needs an aristocratic class that supports it and aids control of the territory. If it is easy to identify the royal family, identifying the elements of the aristocracy can be more complicated.

However, we can perhaps find the aristocracy in the managers of the large industrial plants, in state-owned farms; among those responsible for the maintenance of the roads, electric and telecommunications network, and the most prestigious university professors.

Depending on the names and the frequency with which the managers are replaced in their assignments, we could deduce a scheme that helps us to understand something about the internal mechanisms of power and therefore about the structure of the North Korean aristocratic class.

Then there is the military apparatus that is always the instrument with which a government, even the most “democratic”, maintains control over the population and the territory, while at the same time parrying possible external attacks. North Korea is no difference from this point of view.

Related: The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

If someone asked me then what North Korea is, I would answer that it is a country with a communist economy, governed by a monarchy that is helped in its governance by a political council with representatives of both the armed forces and a noble class of apparatchiks.

The rule of the Kim family is justified by its resistance to the Americans. The end of hostilities on the battlefield in 1953 and the creation of the demilitarized zone in the 38th parallel did not lead to the end of the war but to its indefinite suspension thanks to the longest truce in human history: 64 years.

The state of war between the two Koreas (and between North Korea and the Western coalition that attacked it) still remains today. Between the parties to the conflict, there is an armistice, not a peace treaty.

However, it can be said that Washington did not win the Korean War while North Korea did, at least as long as it continues to exist as a sovereign nation.

Related: Rothschild: Our New World Order Will Be A Reality In 2018

North Korea suffered immense sufferings during the war. The amount of bombs that the Americans dropped on North Korea was larger than they dropped on the entire Eastern theater of World War II, by their own admission and boast.

The Americans spared nothing and even scattered anthrax on the border between North Korea and China, to hit the herds and starve the populations. However, the Korean people resisted, and they still resist today.

The way to end the conflict and North Korea’s need for nuclear weapons is to sign a peace treaty and remove the sanctions and threats against North Korea.

That Washington has followed a contrary policy for 64 years suggests that Washington intends to keep the conflict alive. North Korea is another “enemy” that the US military/security complex can use to terrify Americans into continued support of the large US military budget.

Related: Rothschild’s Greater Israel Plan Is Effectively Defeated

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Orwell’s Dystopian CCTV Surveillance State Comes To Life In China – Who’s Next?
January 12 2018 | From: WakingTimes

We are fast approaching the technological and political realization of George Orwell’s dystopian promise for humanity.

In the classic work 1984, Orwell describes a tightly controlled future where technocratic elites have stamped out individualism with total information awareness and total surveillance from the home, to the office, to the street.

Related: China’s CCTV surveillance network took just 7 minutes to capture BBC reporter

“There was of course no way of knowing whether you were being watched at any given moment. How often, or on what system, the Thought Police plugged in on any individual wire was guesswork. It was even conceivable that they watched everybody all the time.

But at any rate they could plug in your wire whenever the wanted to. You had to live- did live, from habit that became instinct- in the assumption that every sound you made was overheard, and, except in darkness, every movement scrutinized.”

- George Orwell, 1984

As consumers sheepishly allow smart devices into their homes, real time audio and video of personal space is being uploaded to the web for use by corporations and government. The encroachment into the home with this two-way monitoring is unsettling, but for years new we have been witnessing the explosion of CCTV cameras on the streets of major cities around the world.

Now, couple CCTV cameras with artificial intelligence enhanced facial recognition technology and you have precisely what Orwell warned us of.

Related: It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984...

A recent BBC expose into the network of facial recognition CCTV cameras in China’s biggest, Beijing, shows us just how effective this network is identifying, tracking, and interdicting any targeted or wanted individual within minutes. This is in a city with a whopping 21.5 million residents.

This is all the more unnerving when you factor in China’s progress in developing a system of ranking individuals based on a citizen score linking social media and big data to create a digital caste system for human beings. Something akin to a credit score showing your loyalty to the state.

This vision is put into words here by Wired Magazine:

“Imagine a world where many of your daily activities were constantly monitored and evaluated: what you buy at the shops and online; where you are at any given time; who your friends are and how you interact with them; how many hours you spend watching content or playing video games; and what bills and taxes you pay (or not).

It’s not hard to picture, because most of that already happens, thanks to all those data-collecting behemoths like Google, Facebook and Instagram or health-tracking apps such as Fitbit. But now imagine a system where all these behaviours are rated as either positive or negative and distilled into a single number, according to rules set by the government.

That would create your Citizen Score and it would tell everyone whether or not you were trustworthy. Plus, your rating would be publicly ranked against that of the entire population and used to determine your eligibility for a mortgage or a job, where your children can go to school – or even just your chances of getting a date.”

- Source

Is This the Model For the Rest of World?

Take a look at how this system works, then ask yourself if you are ready to submit to living in a world where your every move is tracked and databased by an all-seeing government security apparatus.

Related: Not Just Surveillance: 3 Current Phenomena Exposing 1984 As An Instruction Manual For The State

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Russia-China Real Gold Standard Means End Of US Dollar Dominance
January 11 2018 | From: Geopolitics

The BRICS counties are considering starting an internal gold trading platform, according to Russian officials.

When this happens, the global economy will be significantly reshaped, and the West will lose its dominance, predicts a precious metals expert.

Related: The BRICS Strike Back

In 2016, 24,338 tons of physical gold were traded, which was 43 percent more than in 2015, according to Claudio Grass, of Precious Metal Advisory Switzerland.

Gold Moving From the West to the East

We have to put the BRICS initiative into a broader context. It is just part of a geopolitical tectonic shift which started decades ago. We have seen a constant outflow of physical gold from the West to the East.

At the same time, the West has lost the economic war, and as a consequence, the focus now turns to the financial system. China dominates the world economy and has displaced the US as the world’s most formidable economic powerhouse,”
he told RT.

The Creation of a New Gold Standard by BRICS is Also a Step to End the US Dollar’s Domination of the Global Economy

As Bejing and Moscow understand that America used the dollar to control the world, by implementing a new kind of ‘Gold standard 2.0’ they want to distance themselves from this control. Furthermore, the vast majority of the people in Asia sees gold as superior, or ‘real’ money, something the West has forgotten, because of all the paper wealth (credit) they have accumulated,”
said Grass.

The expert notes the BRICS countries account for 40 percent of the world’s population and around 23 percent of the world’s domestic product.

Related: Washington Launches Its Attack Against BRICS

“In combination with the announcement of pricing oil in yuan, using a gold-backed futures contract in Shanghai, the establishment of the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank and the New Development Bank, China is setting up an alternative to the post-Bretton Woods establishment. This is certainly a game changer,”
said Grass.

Physically Backed Precious Metals Market Spells the End of Paper Gold Trade

The level of trust between BRICS countries can help them establish intragroup gold trading, which would be 100 percent physically backed.

This will present a viable challenger that could over time lead to a break up of the current system since the West will likely still trade paper gold in the meantime,”
Grass said.

According to London gold clearing statistics for 2016, the total trading volume in the London Over-the-Counter (OTC) gold market is estimated at the equivalent of 1.5 million tons of gold. The volume of 100oz gold futures on New York’s COMEX reached 57.5 million contracts during 2016 or 179,000 tonnes of gold, the analyst notes.

The Amount of Mined Gold is Much Smaller

Comment: On this point the author is uninformed. Neil Keenan and David Wilcock have both exposed the truth on this matter, that in fact the amount of gold that has been mined and that is currently out of the system is many, many times greater that those who are uninformed believe. Further detail on this matter can be found on the following link:

Related: Neil Keenan / Group K - History & Events Timeline

If we now take into consideration that only approximately 180,000 tons of gold have actually been mined up to today the scam is just gigantic and obviously unsustainable. The paper scams in London and New York will either blow up when the paper price of gold drops to zero or when just a fraction of investors insists upon receiving physical gold in return,”
Grass said.

The expert believes that with paper gold trading, the established gold exchanges could cease to exist sooner or later.

They will likely become obsolete and lose their importance over time. Although one cannot predict exactly how fast this will happen, the trend is clear: OTC and COMEX are working toward their own destruction,”
he said.

Gold Prices Could Explode if Trading Were Backed by Physical Precious Metals

It will definitely lead to higher prices for physical gold. Imagine if you could buy on COMEX and OTC gold at a much lower price and still have the option to sell it in Asia for a much higher price; this would kill the old paper scams immediately. Therefore, I would guess that both could come up with new restrictions that only cash settlements will be allowed to avoid this. We know for example that even today 99.96 percent of COMEX gold futures are settled in cash,”
Grass wrote.

Related: BRICS – Potential and Future in an Emerging New World Economy

The Final Battle: Gold Versus US Dollar

The analyst recollected the Heartland Theory of Halford Mackinder, a British geostrategist at the beginning of the 20th century who influenced the likes of Kissinger and Brzezinski. Following the theory, we will soon face a war between physical gold and the US dollar.

As per my understanding, we are moving into the final phase, the battle between currencies – one that will be backed by a hard asset which was real money since time immemorial until 1971 and the other one, backed by promises that future generations will pay through debt, inflation and ever-rising taxation,”
he said.

GettingAway From Fiat Currencies Will be Good for Gold

I would like to conclude with a final thought from my friend Jayant Bandari: the combination of negative yields, massive political risks around the world, and any attempt to move away from traditional currencies will be positive for gold and will take it to the next level. Investing is very much linked with geopolitics – once you understand the big picture, it becomes apparent what you should invest in,”
Grass told RT.

Related: Russia-China real gold standard means end of US dollar dominance

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Israeli Teens Tell Netanyahu They Won’t Serve In IDF, Slam Occupation Of Palestine
January 10 2018 | From: RT

Sixty-three Israeli students signed a letter stating they would defy mandatory military service despite the risk of jail. Citing the occupation of Palestine, the letter criticizes the policies of Israel’s “racist government.”

The letter, signed on Thursday by sixty-three high school students from across Israel, is addressed to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, Defense Minister Avigdor Liberman, Education Minister Naftali Bennett and Israel Defense Forces (IDF) Chief of Staff Lt. Gen. Gadi Eisenkot.

Related: Erdogan slams Israel as ‘terrorist state’ that ‘kills children’

Pointing to Israel’s blockade on the Gaza Strip and illegal West Bank settlements, the letter states that:

“The army implements the policy of a racist government that violates basic human rights, which applies one law to Israelis and another to the Palestinians in the same area.”

Blaming the Israeli government and IDF for decades of violent conflict, the students wrote they;

Decided not to take part in the occupation and oppression of the Palestinian people, which separates people into two hostile camps. Because as long as people live under occupation that denies them human rights and national rights we will not be able to achieve peace.

The signatories also said that Israelis are exposed to a culture of “militarism” from a young age, and that they want to “change the entire system.”

Related: Israel Rules The UK As Well As The US: Israel Lobby Is Slowly Being Dragged Into The Light & The Balfour Declaration At 100: Seeds Of Discord

The IDF has not formally responded to the letter, but Yesh Atid MK Elazar Stern, a retired IDF major general, called the letter “sad” but “marginal.

I think our youth is committed enough to handle these marginal types. It’s minuscule compared to the hundreds of thousands who enlist, and isn’t more than [the number of draft dodgers] in the past,
Stern said.

All Jewish, Druze and Circassian Israeli citizens over 18 are expected to serve in the IDF. However, Israel’s Arab minority is exempt from mandatory service. Men serve for two years and eight months, and women for two years.

Although such cases are rare, the IDF has previously jailed young conscientious objectors who have refused to serve. In July, 19-year-old Noa Gur Golan was detained in a military prison for defying her draft orders. In an open letter she wrote before refusing to enlist, Golan said she could not be complicit in a “reality where violence is the norm.”

Related: Medical freedom threatened in Israel

In a similar incident in 2014, 53 graduates of Jerusalem's Arts and Science Academy signed a letter declaring their refusal to serve in the military. The alumni of the prestigious university wrote that the IDF was a:

“Contractor in active segregation based on the concept of ethnic superiority of the Jews over Palestinians – a regime that oppresses and tramples basic human rights, which applies a different legal system to the different populations in the West Bank, and uses a system of discrimination based on ethnic lines from 1948."

The United Nations has repeatedly called on Israel to withdraw from occupied Palestinian territory. In March, the UN’s Economic and Social Commission for Western Asia (ESCWA) published a report accusing Israel “beyond a reasonable doubt” of being guilty of:

Policies and practices that constitute the crime of apartheid”
against the Palestinian people.

Related Articles:

Top Level Foreign Policy Experts Explain How Difficult It Is to Write Truthfully About Israel

Israel Has Built a Robot Army - and It Should Scare the Sh*t Out of You

Spanish Court Issues Arrest Warrants for Netanyahu and Senior Israeli Officials

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

NYT Pulitzer Prize Reporter Says NYT A Whore For Washington
January 9 2018 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / RT

End of ‘free’ press? NYT caved in to Bush & Obama, held NSA bombshell for 1 yr – James Risen.

The New York Times was “quite willing” to quash stories at the behest of the government, writes Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter James Risen. He warns that America’s press has been muzzled by “hyped threats” to national security.

Related: NYT Provides Coverup For FBI Crime

In an in-depth retelling of his experience as a national security reporter for the New York Times (NYT), published in The Intercept, Risen explains how, on more than one occasion, the NYT yielded to government demands to withhold or kill his stories – including a bombshell report about the NSA’s secret surveillance program under President George W. Bush.

Jaded by previous experiences of US government interference in his work, Risen writes that his NSA story set him on a “collision course” with his editors, “who were still quite willing to cooperate with the government.” His editors at the Times had been convinced by top US officials that revealing the illegal surveillance program would endanger American lives, Risen said.

A ill Keller, the then executive editor of Times, said the newspaper’s decision to shelve the explosive report, which detailed how the NSA had “monitored the international telephone calls and international e-mail messages of hundreds, perhaps thousands, of people inside the United States without warrants over the past three years,” was motivated by the lingering “trauma” of the 9/11 terror attacks, and the sobering reality that the “world was a dangerous place.”

Related: "It Felt Like Being In The Matrix" - James Risen's Stunning Inside Story

Risen’s NSA scoop, which later won him a Pulitzer Prize, was eventually published a year after he submitted it to his seniors – but only after Bush had been safely re-elected. Risen said that upon hearing the story was finally going to print, Bush telephoned Arthur Sulzberger, the Times’s publisher, requesting a private meeting to convince him against running the story.

Risen also recounts how, in the run-up to the Iraq War, his stories questioning alleged links between Iraq and Al Qaeda “were being cut, buried, or held out of the paper altogether.” While cooperation between the press and the government poses a number of troubling questions, Risen also points to the zealous persecution of whistleblowers, leakers, and even journalists themselves, as a root cause of the troubling state of American media.

Leaks and unauthorized disclosures to the press were once “generally tolerated as facts of life” in the intelligence community. Risen remembers how a top CIA official once told him that:

“His rule of thumb for whether a covert operation should be approved was, ‘How will this look on the front page of the New York Times?’ If it would look bad, don’t do it. Of course, his rule of thumb was often ignored.”

Under the auspices of protecting “national security,” this presumed culture of tolerating leaks and respecting a journalist’s special relationship with his or her sources was tossed out the window after the 9/11 attacks.

Related: The New York Times Makes Another Attempt To Normalize Pedophilia & Hollywood Is A Satanic Cesspool

After being dragged to court by the Bush administration in an attempt to force him to reveal the identity of one of his sources, Risen was saddened to discover that the war on press freedoms only got worse under Obama.

My case was part of a broader crackdown on reporters and whistleblowers that had begun during the presidency of George W. Bush and continued far more aggressively under the Obama administration, which had already prosecuted more leak cases than all previous administrations combined,” writes Risen. “Obama officials seemed determined to use criminal leak investigations to limit reporting on national security. But the crackdown on leaks only applied to low-level dissenters; top officials caught up in leak investigations, like former CIA Director David Petraeus, were still treated with kid gloves.”

Now largely dependent on government-sanctioned “leaks,” Risen laments what he describes as “exaggerated reporting on terrorism” found in the New York Times and other media outlets, which has had a “major political impact in the United States and helped close off debate in Washington over whether to significantly roll back some of the most draconian counterterrorism programs, like NSA spying.”

Concluding his “collision course” saga with the New York Times and the Bush and Obama administrations, Risen observes that much of the mainstream media continues to dutifully report on “hyped threats,” missing “key lessons from the debacle over WMD reporting before the war in Iraq.”

Related Articles:

The Biggest Secret: My Life as a New York Times Reporter in the Shadow of the War on Terror

New York Times: Clinton Allies Paid $700k for Sex Assault Accusations Against Trump During Campaign

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Facebook Handing Over Tons Of Data To US Government, Exactly As It Was Designed To Do
January 8 2018 | From: TheDuran

Facebook is handing over more and more data to government than ever before.

Facebook is doing exactly what it was designed to do. Aggregate information, and then share that information with the US government.

Related: How Facebook’s Political Unit Enables the Dark Art of Digital Propaganda

SHTF Plan reports:

“Every year, Facebook gets tens of thousands of requests for data from governments worldwide, including search warrants, subpoenas, or calls to restrict certain kinds of content. And, according to a new report, those requests are increasing at an alarming rate.

According to QZ.com, in the United States, the requests rose by 26% from the last six months of 2016 to the first six months of 2017, while globally, requests increased by about 21%. Since 2013, when the company first started providing data on government requests, the US number has been steadily rising—it has roughly tripled in a period of four years.

This is alarming many and causing a concern about privacy.  Joe Joseph, from the DailySheeple, isn’t sugarcoating the reality of Facebook either.  “Duh. This is exactly what Facebook was designed to do,” says Joseph."

Related: Facebook Admits Social Media Harmful To Mental Health

“You have to remember that Zuckerberg had “seed money” and that seed money came from CIA front companies that put a lot of resources into this and…basically think about it as like, sowing seeds; if you will. They knew that Facebook was gonna bear fruit.

I don’t think they realized just how big it would become. But I can tell you that they get so much information and intel from social media:  I don’t think that it would go away even if we wanted it to.”The government keeps requesting the information, and Facebook continues to comply with the government’s demands.  In the first six months of 2013, it granted the government - which includes the police - 79% of requests (“some data was produced” in these cases, the company says); in the first six months of 2017, that share rose to 85%. 

“We continue to carefully scrutinize each request we receive for account data - whether from an authority in the U.S., Europe, or elsewhere — to make sure it is legally sufficient,” Chris Sonderby, the company’s general counsel, wrote in a post. “If a request appears to be deficient or overly broad, we push back, and will fight in court, if necessary.”

But Joseph thinks Facebook is just trying to pacify the easily manipulated sheeple of society. “This is pretty troubling when you think about what you put out there, what they collect, and Facebook only being one of the many avenues that they have,” Joseph says.

“The United States is collecting your data. Whether you like it or not. They are scooping up everything. And they’re taking it and they’re storing it in their facility at Bluffdale, Utah which has the capacity at this time to store every communication on the face of this earth for the next one hundred years.”

“It’s unbelievable,” Joseph continues.  “This is stuff that is unacceptable to me, but I’m sure, to a lot of you. And these companies have really gone too far…they can reconstruct your life and make anyone they want a patsy.”

Related: More Time Teens Spend On Phone, More Likely They’ll Attempt Suicide, Study Finds

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

“Smart” Meters: Recalls, Replacements, Fires, Explosions, General Failure, Measurement Errors, Privacy Concerns, Cybersecurity Risks, And Sick People
January 7 2018 | From: ActivistPost

In 2011, Consumers Digest predicted that “Smart” Meters “represents little more than a boondoggle that is being foisted on consumers by the politically influential companies”:   “Why Smart Meters Might Be a Dumb Idea.”

So it’s not all that surprising that so far – hundreds of thousands of “Smart” Meters have been recalled and/or replaced throughout North America due to various reasons including fires, explosions, general failure, and measurement errors. 

Related: Smart Meter Radiation Protection Tips

There are utility companies who are already making plans to replace hundreds of thousands more.

All over the world, concerned citizens, elected officials, and organizations have been fighting to keep “Smart” Meters out of their communities due to health, safety, privacy, and cybersecurity concerns.  When they haven’t been able to completely stop utilities, they fight for the right to “opt out” of “Smart Meters” being installed on their homes and businesses.

Even proponents who originally gushed about “Smart” Meters seem to have changed their tune.  One example is Sara Jerome of Water Online:

From her 2015 article, “Tapping Into the Power of Smart Meters”:

“The capabilities of smart water and electric meters are astounding, going far beyond what consumers may normally associate with this technology. GreenTechMedia recently documented just how powerful these devices can be.”

Related: The 'Smart' Meter Itself Is The “Hazardous Condition” + Studies On Radiation From Smart Meters Show That Electromagnetic Frequencies Disrupt And Damage The Nervous System

From her June 2017, “Report Finds That Costs Still Make Smart Meter Tech A Tough Sell”:

“The cost of installing a smart meter is a] heavy lift no matter what the size of the utility,”
George Hawkins, DC Water’s chief executive officer and general manager, told Bloomberg BNA.


Now back to the hundreds of thousands that have been replaced and/or recalled already as well as the plans to replace more.  This isn’t a complete list and it only includes examples from North America.  Problems are going on everywhere with these “Smart” Meters.  Certainly there are people profiting from them but it doesn’t seem to be the consumers.

Fires & Explosions

“Remote disconnect switch failure resulted in a recall of over 10,000 “smart” meters in Lakeland, Florida where 6 house fires occurred.” 

“More Fires, More Smart Meter Recalls for Sensus:Utilities pull 105,000 meters in Canada, 70,000 in Oregon; Sensus says it’s not at fault”  http://www.greentechmedia.com/articles/read/more-fires-more-smart-meter-recalls-for-sensus

“Smart” meter-caused house fires in Pennsylvania

PECO Resumes Deployment Without Sensus Meters

NV Energy has responded to 70 “consumed meters,” since it first started installing them in 2010

“Big rig crash into pole leads to power surge in Discovery Bay”  - Besides the exploding SmartMeters, one resident told us smoke and some flame was shooting out of the outlets inside her home.

Related: A Smart Home Mega Sensor Can Track What Goes On In A Room + EKG Evidence That Smart Meters Negatively Affect The Human Heart

Power surge raises questions about SmartMeters. East Palo Alto electricity surge burnt out digital meters

Surge Blows Smart Meters Leaves Neighbourhood Without Hydro” 

Lawsuits Claim Faulty PG&E Smart Meters Started House Fires

For an updated list of where fires and explosions have occurred, visit emfsafetynetwork.org

Incorrect Billing, Depreciations, Failure

In 2010, the utilities were claiming a 20 year useful life. This article acknowledges immediate maintenance problems and need for more frequent replacements. PG&E also acknowledges battery replacements. Meter collectors and repeaters also have batteries.

“After years of obvious problems, Hydro One finally admitted that rural ‘smart’ meters do not work, and has decided to pull the plug on 36,000 of them — to start.” 

BC Hydro must remove 88,000 meters suspected of failure.” 

Seven years after installation, 45,000 smart meters replaced in Arizona due to failure.” 

Pacific Gas and Electric Co. (PG&E) found a number of reasons why almost 45,000 of its Smart Meters haven’t worked as planned due to installation errors, data storage issues, communication failures, and measurement errors

Related: "Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale

PG&E also had to replace 1,600 defective smart meters that inflated customers’ electric bills. Customers were given “scanty” refunds.

The coordinated propaganda campaign between the CPUC, PG&E and marketing firms that resulted in the smart meter deployment couldn’t tolerate news such as the fact that 500,000 smart meters were at risk for overcharging in hot weather. 

Officials at the Public Service Company of Oklahoma say they will replace around 25,000 smart meters in the Tulsa metro area. Recently the manufacturer of these smart meters notified PSO there is a malfunction that could cause the meter’s screen to go blank

The City of Santa Fe’s decision to replace its Firefly water-meter readers, installed just under 10 years ago and now largely known for their failings… is expected to cost $6 million for the equipment and installation of 36,000 meters, and an additional $2 million for service, software maintenance and cell tower space for signal transmission over the 10-year contract.

Meanwhile in Naperville, IL in 24 hours the verdict changed on the cost effectiveness of smart water meters:

February 24, 2016:  “Naperville to retrofit residents’ water meters with wireless.”

February 25, 2016:  “Naperville water meters too costly to read remotely, director says”  - Despite this:

“As Naperville gets ready to retrofit up to 4,000 homes each year with new electronic water meters, the city’s water director stressed that reading the meters remotely is not cost effective and workers will continue going home to home to retrieve the information

The city is preparing to purchase Sensus iPerl water meters to replace aging and less-accurate mechanical meters. The first 4,000 should be installed in the fall, and the rest would follow at a rate of 4,000 annually until all 43,000 in Naperville are replaced.”

Related: What Do Smart Meters And Vaccinations Have In Common? + Another Vaccine Dump

March 1, 2016 in Arizona:  “Safford correcting overbilling errors,” Eastern Arizona Courier, Feb. 20, 2016. “Meter readers will physically read the meters for the next three months at no charge. In addition, “(several thousand of) all gas meters will be inspected and recalibrated manually by staff from the Gas and Customer Service Department.”    http://www.eacourier.com/opinion/bibb-are-smart-meters-coming-home-to-roost/article_13aaeac8-dcd9-11e5-bb7a-47ba0d534293.html

October 12, 2016:  “New Hampshire energy cooperative says all Elster Smart Meters purchased are defective

New ‘smart’ electric meters not so smart

November 2016:  “LADWP Accidentally Overcharged Its Customers By At Least $67.5 Million”:  After LADWP installed the PricewaterhouseCoopers designed billing system, customers almost immediately began finding bogus fees and overcharges on their utility bills. Four separate individuals filed class-action lawsuits against LADWP, all of which were eventually merged into one single case, according to KPCC.

January 2017:  Duke Energy Ohio rate increase proposal with $143.4M earmarked for replacing 700,000+ AMI “smart” meters installed between 2010-2015 due to depreciation (See testimony of  Donald L. Schneider Jr. filed on March 16, 2017 on behalf of Duke Energy).

Related: Not So Smart Technology: Safety Inspector Blows The Whistle On Fire Hazards Of 'Smart' Electronics

Feb 2017:  “But Larocque says when Consumers Energy installed its new ‘upgraded meter,’ the exact opposite happened to his bill. Gas usage remained the same but electricity usage doubled. The family’s total bill for December, $592.96” 

February 2017, ABC Cleveland, OH:  “Cleveland Water customers could face higher bills due to critical meter installation error.” Incorrect meter programming leads to billing error 

Factors Affecting Billing Accuracy

May 2017:  Northern Kentucky/Duke Energy

“The new meters will replace not only old analog mechanical meters, but also first-generation smart meters deployed in past years by Duke Kentucky as part of a pilot project.  Those meters communicated with a central office using signals sent on power lines, a system that Duke Kentucky said had technical limitations.

June 2017, New Orleans

“The system had a ten year warranty and now more than 6000 of those smart meters no longer give out a signal. The parish CFO Ross Gonzales estimates by the end of the year more than half of the registers will no longer transmit a signal.”

Related: Smart Meters ‘Not Needed’ After All For European Power Grid + How To Opt Out From ‘Smart’ Meters

Adverse Health Effects and Other Miscellaneous Issues

The American Cancer Society claimed “Smart” Meters could increase cancer risk – in 2014.  

In 2015, The League of United Latin American Citizens (LULAC) created their “Resolution For A Moratorium on the Installation of ‘SMART’ Meters and No Cost Opt-Out” because of their concerns

Internal smart meter report shows government put people at risk

Bennett Gaines, the chief information officer for Ohio-based FirstEnergy, told a U.S. Congress subcommittee in October 2015, The lifespan is five to seven years for a wireless “smart” meter.” and “These devices are now computers, and so they have to be maintained. First Energy received $57 million in federal stimulus.

Attorney Generals in Michigan, Illinois and Connecticut, rejected smart meter programs citing “exorbitant costs to consumers with no proven benefits after testing a pilot program with 10,000 customers.”

Memphis Police Association Petition and Request for Forensic Audit and Ethics Review Includes Wireless Smart Meters”.  The association has 2000 members.

Related: The Disturbingly Aggressive Roll Out Of Smart AKA Advanced Meters - While Children Starve And The Elderly Freeze In Rural Aotearoa (NZ)

“What has happened with the mass deployment of wireless smart meters without consultation or informing insurers, education, sciences or anyone requires that Forensic Audit.

The idea that a plastic head with water or the ridiculous Specific Absorption Rate test was represented as science substantiating safety requires an investigation based on a global unprecedented health and environmental emergency.” http://thermoguy.com/category/news-and-updates/

2017 Dutch Study of the 9 most commonly installed “smart” meters found that they cause measurement errors 30%-582%.  It was also counterchecked. 

Original one-way transmitting analog meters lasted on average 40 years and they didn’t have these problems. (Author is actually referring to AMR electric meters; analog meters would not transmit data at all. Please see comment below from Catherine Frompovich for further explanation – Ed.)

Boondoggle indeed.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

‘Accept The Will Of The People On Migration, Culture, Or Hit The Road’: Orbán Tells Europe’s Leaders
January 6 2018 | From: Breitbart

Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán said that Europeans are “asserting their will” by supporting leaders who reject mass migration and support Christian foundations, and gave a warning to politicians who deny the “natural order of democracy”.

The conservative Fidesz party leader told Kossuth Radio’slisteners that 2.3 million Hungarians took part in the national consultation against the George Soros-backed pro-mass migration plan, and Mr. Orbán now intends to spend the next few months convincing his opponents that Europe is right to protect her borders and her culture.

Related: Wilders Slams EU, Migrant Invasion In Defiant Speech At Globalist Conference

Asked by the 180 Minutes hostwhat made him think that after two years, since the migrant crisis, progressive leaders would listen now, Mr. Orbán said: “Because in the meantime elections are being held in Europe.”

Those who argue for a “mixed population” and to “abolish societies based on national and Christian foundations” in favour of living in multicultural societies “are continually losing ground in national elections”, he observed.

“European people… will assert their will. Look at the elections that have been held in Europe over the last few months. And I think that this process will intensify.

Related: Hungary PM Orban Explodes On ‘Mafia Boss’ George Soros For Plotting To ‘Muslimize Europe’

“So we must hold out until Western Europeans follow the Central Europeans by becoming strong enough to use their democratic institutions, their elections, to force their leaders to pursue a policy which people favour and support a policy which rejects immigration,” said the prime minister.

Predicting in 2016 that the following year would be the ‘year of rebellion‘ when citizens would vote against the establishment, the conservative noted that even the elections of progressive EU federalists Emmanuel Macron and Angela Merkel showed evidence of the disruption to the system.

In France, “the entire political elite was swept away” and likewise in Germany, which he noted is three months without a government post-election, “immigration has changed the balance of political power”. 

Elsewhere in Europe, the growth of populism and resurgence of conservatism – both celebrated as on the wane by the mainstream media – has been witnessed in 2017 with rising support for the Dutch Party for Freedom; the Czech Republic electing Eurosceptic Andrej Babiš as prime minister; the collapse in the polls of the establishment PD party in Italy; and Poland and Hungary’s conservative governments seeing record support.

Related: Hungarian PM: ‘Christian Duty’ To Fight ‘Satan’s Soros Plan To Bring Migrants Into Europe’ + Sharia Law is NOT Islamic Law

Notably, the establishment Austrian People’s Party moved to the right resulting in a conservative-populist coalition with the Freedom Party of Austria.

“In Austria this is the new reality,” the Hungarian prime minister told listeners, adding that he was “counting on” Austria aligning herself with the Visegrád Group.

Saying that Europe’s leaders cannot remain far from the will of the people, Prime Minister Orbán said: “The people have not moved closer to their leaders, but those leaders have been forced to acknowledge that if they persist in the approach they’ve been following they’ll be forced to up sticks and hit the road.

“This process is now taking place as we watch. I am sure that sooner or later the will of European people and the policy of their leaders must come together and once more align with each other.

“This is the natural order of democracy. At times, perhaps, there can be a certain gap between the will of the people and the aims of their leaders, but in the long run, a wide gap will be unsustainable.”

Related Articles:

Migration And Property Prices

Iran Confirms Kremlin Claim ISIS / Daesh Leader Baghdadi Died In Russian Airstrikes & Central European Nations Forming New Anti-Migrant Defense Coalition

Warning Of An Islamic State Being Created In Australia & Radical Muslim Immigrant Now In Canadian Parliament Pushing For Anti-Islamophobia Law

Judge’s Order To Block Trump’s Immigration Travel Ban Is Ridiculous + Trump’s White House Blasts Bibi For Approving New Israeli Settlements

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Stop Seeking Revenge - Instead, Offer Forgiveness
January 6 2018 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

“Two ex-prisoners of war meet after many years. When the first one asks, ‘Have you forgiven your captors yet?’ the second man answers, ‘No, never.’  ‘Well then,’ the first man replies, ‘they still have you in prison’.”  - Jack Kornfield

In the journey of life, we often feel emotionally hurt by other people. Usually we quickly recover from our heartache and grief, and are able to move forward. Yet, there are times when we feel stuck to our past, feeling so upset and miserable that hurting back those who hurt us seems to be the only way to ease our pain.

Related: Toxic Relationship Habits Most People Think Are Normal

But does revenge ever work? The short answer is no and below you’re going to find out exactly why.

Revenge Isn’t Sweet

“Before you embark on a journey of revenge, dig two graves.”

- Confucius

The belief that revenge is sweet is constantly reinforced by our culture. For example, have a look at the most popular films and novels - which are nothing but a reflection of our society’s collective mind - and you’ll quickly figure out that many of them depict revenge as a desirable thing to seek after.

A common story theme they share is that of two characters - a “good” and an “evil” - who are fighting against each other. The “evil” one has done something wrong to the “good” one, and the latter’s life task is to get even by taking revenge against the former, even if that would mean risking his life.

Once that is achieved, the “good” character is portrayed as the brave hero who derives tremendous satisfaction from his accomplishment.

Related: Five Lessons Most People Learn Way Too Late In Life + Three Profound Insights That Will Open Your Mind Wide

Contrary to what those fictional scenarios may depict, the reality is that revenge is counterproductive - that is, instead of making you feel better, it only leads you to experience further pain.

Here’s How:

Firstly, seeking revenge is detrimental to your well-being. In particular, it’s increasing your stress levels, thus impairing your physical and emotional health.

Secondly, believing that revenge is crucial to your happiness, you might continually want each and every individual who’s hurt you to pay the price for their actions. The result? Wasting your precious time trying to ruin other people’s lives instead of improving your own.

Thirdly, by taking revenge you’re acting exactly like those you claim to abhor, thus turning into the worst version of yourself. Realizing this, you’re soon going to regret what you did, and find yourself immersed in remorse and guilt.

Lastly, many of those you take revenge on will likely want to revenge back on you (for revenging on them!) This way you’ll unintentionally help create a never-ending cycle of interpersonal conflict that will inevitably bring tremendous suffering into your life.

By hurting others, you’re also hurting yourself.

Revenge is nothing but a quick fix - initially, it might indeed feel sweet for a short while, but soon we come to experience its bitter aftertaste. So what’s the point of it?

Related: After Dying, Some People Really Do Go To Hell... And Some Have Returned To Tell The Tale

Revenge as a Failed Attempt to Restore Peace and Justice

“Darkness cannot drive out darkness: only light can do that. Hate cannot drive out hate: only love can do that.”

- Martin Luther King, Jr.

Many people would argue that they don’t seek revenge solely in order to feel happier, but also to restore peace and justice, being under the impression that punishing others for their misdeeds will teach them an important lesson: To never commit them again.

Yet, revenge never achieves this aim, and the reason is that punishing others for their wrongdoings doesn’t address what made those people want to hurt us in the first place. Therefore, we can’t understand and help get rid of the root-causes of their aberrant behavior.

So why do some people intentionally hurt other people? Because they themselves have been hurt a lot in the past, and violence has become their way of dealing with the cruel world they’ve been brought up in.

They are not “bad” or “evil” - they’re just unfortunate to not have received plenty of love from their family and wider environment, and as a result haven’t learned to be loving towards those around them.

Related: The Trap Of Romantic Love

Seen this way, revenge is an attempt to attribute responsibility to those in a position of vulnerability. It is common for us to despise or even hate those who mistreat us, as well as put all blame on them for their actions, being unable to see that they are victims of tremendous hardship, and that it must be extremely hard to heal from their emotional wounds.

And, instead of showing them compassion for their misfortune, we punish them for their misconduct.

Now, when we’re revenging on such people, not only do we cause them further suffering, but we also help strengthen their belief that the world is cruel and that the only way they can cope with interpersonal problems is through violence.

In other words, we urge them to become more hostile and abusive, which is the very opposite of what we wanted to achieve in the first place - peace and justice.

From Seeking Revenge to Offering Forgiveness

“An eye for an eye will only make the whole world blind.” 

- Mahatma Gandhi 

If revenge doesn’t work, then what does?


To truly recover from being emotionally hurt by others, we need to forgive.

Forgiveness means to let go of your hatred toward those who caused you pain and compassionately release the desire to punish them. 

By doing so, you’ll feel unburdened from resentment and experience a state of inner peace. In addition, you’ll not anymore waste your time and energy trying to change the past, and move on with your life, focusing on what’s truly important to your well-being.

Of course, offering forgiveness is much easier said than done, especially in the competitive society we’ve been brought up in, where everyone is conditioned to fight against everyone else, out of their egoistic desire to prove themselves superior to others. So how can one learn to forgive?

To forgive, you need to realize that all people, including you, are imperfect and hence are bound to make mistakes from time to time, which sometimes affect other people. When you seek revenge, you desire to punish someone for their mistake and make them feel the very same painful emotions that you’re feeling.

In such a psychological state, your thoughts become unkind and destructive, and your heart has no space for forgiveness. But when you understand that no person alive is perfect, you begin to look at their actions from a whole different perspective.

You see the unconscious suffering that motivates them to act the way they do, as well as that they’re helpless victims of their past. Then, a desire naturally arises within you to forgive them, even if they’ve previously broken your heart.

Having said that, it’s important to point out here that forgiveness refers to the actor, not the act.

In other words, to forgive does not mean to condone the misdeeds of another. Therefore, when I say forgive, I don’t imply that you should run back to those who’ve been hurting you out of compassion for their wounded psyche.

Related: The Revenge Of Les Déplorables & It Is Up To Us

Not at all. Stay away from such people, defend yourself if needed, and make sure they never mistreat you again. However, from a safe distance, forgive them for their mistakes and wish them well in the future.

I would like to end this article with one of my favorite short stories that is carrying an immensely beautiful lesson on compassion and forgiveness (whether the story is based on historical facts is disputed; regardless, the message it conveys is profound).

So here it is:

“The Buddha was sitting under a tree talking to his disciples when a man came and spat in his face. He wiped it off, and he asked the man, “What next? What do you want to say next?” The man was a little puzzled because he himself never expected that when you spit in someone’s face he should ask “What next?”

He had no such experience in his past. He had insulted people and they had become angry and they had reacted. Or if they were cowards and weaklings, they had smiled, trying to bribe him. But the Buddha was like neither, he was not angry, nor in any way offended, nor in any way cowardly.

But just matter-of-factly he said, “What next?” There was no reaction on his part.

But Buddha’s disciples became angry, and they reacted. His closest disciple, Ananda, said, “This is too much. We cannot tolerate it. He has to be punished for it, otherwise everybody will start doing things like this!”

Buddha said, “You keep silent. He has not offended me, but you are offending me. He is new, a stranger. He must have heard from people something about me, that this man is an atheist, a dangerous man who is throwing people off their track, a revolutionary, a corrupter.

And he may have formed some idea, a notion of me. He has not spit on me, he has spit on his notion. He has spit on his idea of me because he does not know me at all, so how can he spit on me?

“If you think on it deeply,” Buddha said, “he has spit on his own mind. I am not part of it, and I can see that this poor man must have something else to say because this is a way of saying something. Spitting is a way of saying something. There are moments when you feel that language is impotent: in deep love, in intense anger, in hate, in prayer.

There are intense moments when language is impotent. Then you have to do something. When you are angry, intensely angry, you hit the person, you spit on him, you are saying something. I can understand him. He must have something more to say, that’s why I’m asking, “What next?”

The man was even more puzzled! And Buddha said to his disciples, “I am more offended by you because you know me, and you have lived for years with me, and still you react.”

Puzzled, confused, the man returned home. He could not sleep the whole night. When you see a Buddha, it is difficult, impossible to sleep anymore the way you used to sleep before. Again and again he was haunted by the experience.

He could not explain it to himself, what had happened. He was trembling all over, sweating and soaking the sheets. He had never come across such a man; the Buddha had shattered his whole mind and his whole pattern, his whole past.

The next morning he went back. He threw himself at Buddha’s feet. Buddha asked him again, “What next? This, too, is a way of saying something that cannot be said in language. When you come and touch my feet, you are saying something that cannot be said ordinarily, for which all words are too narrow; it cannot be contained in them.” Buddha said, “Look, Ananda, this man is again here, he is saying something. This man is a man of deep emotions.”

The man looked at Buddha and said, “Forgive me for what I did yesterday.”

Buddha said, “Forgive? But I am not the same man to whom you did it. The Ganges goes on flowing, it is never the same Ganges again. Every man is a river. The man you spit upon is no longer here. I look just like him, but I am not the same, much has happened in these twenty-four hours!

The river has flowed so much. So I cannot forgive you because I have no grudge against you.

“And you also are new. I can see you are not the same man who came yesterday because that man was angry and he spit, whereas you are bowing at my feet, touching my feet. How can you be the same man? You are not the same man, so let us forget about it.

Those two people, the man who spit and the man on whom he spit, both are no more. Come closer. Let us talk of something else.”

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

FBI: Hillary’s “Shadow Government” Buried Email Scandal
January 5 2018 | From: Infowars

State Dept. offered FBI “quid pro quo” to reclassify Clinton emails.

A “shadow government” within John Kerry’s State Department was constituted to review all FOIA requests to prevent public disclosure of classified information Hillary Clinton may have transmitted over her private email server, FBI documents reveal.

Related: FBI Official Admits: Russia Probe ‘Insurance Policy’ To Derail Trump + This Video Destroys The Clintons And The Russia Investigation

The newly released “FBI Vault” release on Hillary Clinton makes clear Clinton “fixer” in the State Department, Deputy Secretary of State Patrick F. Kennedy, pressured the FBI to downgrade the classification status of various Clinton emails from “classified” to “unclassified,” offering the FBI a “quid pro quo” in exchange for the FBI agreeing to cooperate in the subterfuge.

The Clinton documents released in the FBI Vault are the source documents that led to reports published by the Washington Post in an Oct. 17, 2016 report that State Department official Kennedy had pressured the BI “to change its determination that at least one of the emails on Hillary Clinton’s private server contained classified content, prompting discussion of a possible trade to resolve the issue, two FBI employees told colleagues investigating Clinton’s use of a private server last year.”

Reading the FBI source documents make clear that Kennedy was determined to recruit not only the FBI but the CIA and other intelligence agencies to engage in a “quid pro quo” cover-up scheme aimed at hiding the truth that Clinton did transmit classified State Department documents over her private unsecured email server.

The FBI source documents make clear the FBI had evidence suggesting Clinton had committed criminal violations of national security laws regarding her transmitting of State Department classified information over her unsecured private email server in July 2015 – a year and a half before the Nov. 2016 presidential election – information that had it been made public at that time most likely would have derailed Clinton’s bid to win the DNC’s presidential nomination.

Related: Saudi "Deep State" Prince Bandar Among Those Arrested In Purge: Report

The FBI source documents do not explain why the FBI did not press the Department of Justice to bring charges against Clinton in July 2015 when the FBI had in hand clear evidence State Department officials were engaged in a cover-up of the Clinton email scandal.

“Shadow Government” Within Hillary’s State Department

That memo, dated Aug. 8, 2015, (FBI Vault, Hillary R. Clinton, Part 4, pp. 53-57), contains the following paragraph that makes explicit reference to the “Shadow Government” constituted within the Department of State to protect Sec. Clinton from potentially criminal mishandling of classified information.

The paragraph in question reads as follows:

“There was a powerful group of very high-ranking STATE officials that some referred to as “The 7th Floor Group” or “the Shadow Government.”  This group met every Wednesday afternoon to discuss the FOIA process, Congressional records, and everything CLINTON-related to FOIA/Congressional inquiries. 

The known regular attendees included Jonathan FINER, Jennifer STOUT, Deputy Chief of Staff, Heather HIGGINBOTTOM, Deputy Secretary of State for Management and Resources KENNEDY, Julia FRIFIELD, Assistant Secretary, Legislative Affairs, [REDACTED] Office of Legal Adviser, [REDACTED] Office of the Legal Adviser overseeing STATE’S [REDACTED]. [REDACTED] [REDACTED] and [REDACTED]

Further into the memo, there is a discussion of Patrick F. Kennedy, then Deputy Secretary of State for Management and Resources, requesting the FBI to downgrade from “National Security Classified” an email from Clinton long-time advisor Sidney Blumenthal that evidently had either potentially embarrassing and/or suspect criminal implications for Sec. Clinton if made public as a document made secret by a national security classification.

Related: The FBI’s Forgotten Criminal Record

Pressured to Change “Classified” to “Unclassified”

The memo also suggests that Patrick F. Kennedy, a Clinton “fixer” within the State Department pressured the FBI to change Clinton emails marked “classified” to “unclassified.”

The memo dated Aug. 8, 2015, continues:

“In late April 2015, IPS officials completed the formal review of the Benghazi-related Congressional inquiry.  All materials were ready for release at that time.  The CIA provided redactions [REDACTED] but none were deemed a B(1) exemption.  Most of the items with CIS redactions were emails from Sidney BLUMENTHAL.  One was deemed classified according to the FBI and KENNEDY held a closed-door meeting attended by the FBI’s [REDACTED] and IPS’ [REDACTED] among others. 

In that KENNEDY held a closed-door meeting attended by the FBI’s [REDACTED] among others.  In that meeting, KENNEDY asked [REDACTED] to change the FBI’s B(1) upgrade classification, but [REDACTED] did not change the FBI’s stance.  On May 22 (2015), it was decided by the IPS team they would keep the upgrade of the one FBI-related email and the IPS officials sent David KENDALL, Attorney, Williams & Connolly, LLC, a letter informing him of the results

Clearly, the FBI insisted the email remain with its “classified” national security classification.

The  B(1) exemption under the Freedom of Information Act is designed to protect from public disclosure information that has been deemed classified “under criteria established by an Executive order to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy” and is “in fact properly classified pursuant to such Executive order.

The State Department operates its FOIA program through the Office of Information Programs and Services (“IPS”), a part of the Bureau of Administration; the Assistant Secretary for Administration serves as the State Department’s Chief FOIA officer.

Related: Hannity On Hillary-DNC Revelations: 'This Disgrace Will Follow Her the Rest Of Her Life'

State Offers FBI a “Quid Pro Quo” to Cover-Up Clinton Email Scandal

Proof that Clinton operatives in the State Department were trying to recruit FBI officials to participate in their arguably illegal scheme to change the classification status of various Hillary emails is clear from “classified” to “unclassified” can be found in a FBI memo dated July 30, 2015 (FBI Vault, Hillary R. Clinton, Part 4, pages 25-27).

In that document, the key paragraph reads as follows:

“Shortly thereafter, [REDACTED] received a call from [REDACTED] of the International Operations Division (IOD) of the FBI, who “pressured” him to change the classified email to unclassified. [REDACTED] indicated he had been contacted by PATRICK KENNEDY, Undersecretary of State, who had asked his assistance in altering the email’s classification in exchange for a “quid pro quo.”

[REDACTED] advised that, in exchange for making the email unclassified, STATE would reciprocate by allowing the FBI to place more Agents in countries where they are presently prohibited

The next paragraph of the memo provided a description of a meeting during which Kennedy openly pressed his declassification scheme in an “all agency” meeting that included CIA and Defense Intelligence Agency representatives.

The next paragraph reads as follows:

"Following the above exchange, [REDACTED] was summoned to an “all agency” meeting at STATE to discuss matters pertaining to the classification review of pending CLINTON FOIA materials. [REDACTED official from STATE, along with representatives from CIA, DIA, and other government agencies were present.  PATRICK KENNEDY presided over the meeting. 

During the conversation, a participant asked whether any of the emails in question were classified.  Making eye contact with [REDACTED] KENNEDY remarked, “Well, we’ll see.” [REDACTED] believed this was reference to the FBI’s categorization of SECRET/NOFORN emails which KENNEDY was attempting to influence. In a private meeting with KENNEDY following the all agency meeting, Kennedy asked [REDACTED] whether the FBI could “see their way to marking the email unclassified.” 

According to [REDACTED] KENNEDY spent the next 15 minutes debating the classification of the email and attempting to influence the FBI to change its markings. Since [REDACTED] continued to assert that the email was appropriately marked SECRET//NOFORN, KENNEDY asked who else in the FBI he could speak with.  [REDACTED] referred KENNEDY to MICHAEL STEINBACH, Assistant Director of CTD

NOFORN (No Foreign Nationals) is a designation in the FBI classification system that indicates the document is not to be disseminated to foreign nationals.

Michael Steinbach, the executive director who heads the FBI’s National Security Branch, also served as the assistant director of both the FBI’s Counterterrorism Division (CTD).

The next paragraph makes clear that Kennedy met a stone wall in his attempt to recruit the FBI into his cover-up scheme.

"[REDACTED] was then present during a conference call involving KENNEDY and STEINBACH in which KENNEDY continued to pressure the FBI to change the classified markings on the email to unclassified.  STEINBACH refused to do so

Related: Clinton Foundation Faces International Criminal Investigations + Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused

The Controversy Over Blumenthal Emails

An FBI report made public in Aug. 2016 concluded 24 memos sent by Blumenthal to Sec. Clinton had been identified as containing “information currently classified as CONFIDENTIAL.”

Among the cache of Blumenthal emails to Clinton release by Wikileaks is an email sent by Blumenthal to Sec. Clinton in March 2011, that contained a highly classified intelligence memo that revealed then French President Nicholas Sarkozy’s motive in deposing Libyan dictator Qaddafi involved a desire for Libyan oil.

Sidney Blumenthal emails to Secretary of State Hillary Clinton made public by WikiLeaks made clear Obama and Clinton armed he Free Syrian Army rebels in an effort to topple the regime of Bashar al-Assad, mirroring a strategy already underway in Libya to help al-Qaida-affiliated militia overthrow Muammar Gadhafi.

A consequence of the strategy was the emergence of ISIS out of the loosely coordinated Free Syrian Army coalition as well as the disastrous Benghazi attack in which a U.S. ambassador was murdered.

Various WikiLeaks emails examined by WND indicate the Free Syrian Army was among the first splinter rebel groups Clinton and Obama armed. The Obama administration apparently was hoping to replicate the regime-change strategy in which it armed al-Qaida-affiliated militia in Libya, including Ansar al-Sharia, the group responsible for the Sept. 11, 2012, attack at Benghazi.

Related: Elites Move To Sacrifice Clintons Just Like Weinstein + Crooked Former FBI Head Mueller Hand Delivered Uranium To Russians On Airport Tarmac

The WikiLeaks email evidence shows a shift in policy in which Clinton and Obama appear to have decided in 2011 to topple the governments of Gadhafi in Libya and Assad in Syria, even if it meant arming radical Islamic terrorist groups that traced back to al-Qaida.

On June 20, 2011, Blumenthal sent a confidential email to Clinton at the State Department that included an article by David W. Lesch, a professor of Middle Eastern history at Trinity University in San Antonio. Lesch argued a strategy of regime change could be effected in Syria if the U.S. could find opposition groups in Syria capable of establishing “a Benghazi-like refuge from which to launch a rebellion and to which aid can be sent.”

In a subsequent confidential email July 24, 2012, Blumenthal further advised Clinton that the “growing success of the rebel forces of the Free Syria Army” caused him to believe the Assad regime was increasingly vulnerable to being toppled.

In an email dated Feb. 24, 2012, Blumenthal characterized the FSA as “loosely organized and uncoordinated,” noting it was “for the most part, local militias, many of them civilian-based, that are simply calling themselves the FSA to appear to be part of a whole.”

Blumenthal commented in the email that the armed resistance to Assad “is not well-funded or well-armed.”

On Feb. 28, 2012, Jacob Sullivan, a State Department senior policy adviser to Secretary Clinton, forwarded to Clinton an opinion piece published in the New York Times by foreign correspondent Roger Cohen suggesting the strategy Obama and Clinton had used to topple Gadhafi in Libya should be used to bring down Assad in Syria.

Related: A Former FBI Whistleblower “Sang Like A Canary” About One World Government And Pedophilia

“As the Bosnian war showed, the basis for any settlement must be a rough equality of forces. So I say step up the efforts, already quietly ongoing, to get weapons to the Free Syrian Army. Train those forces, just as the rebels were trained in Libya,” Cohen wrote. “Payback time has come around: The United States warned Assad about allowing Al Qaeda fighters to transit Syria to Iraq. Now matériel and special forces with the ability to train a ragtag army can transit Iraq – and other neighboring states – into Syria.”

Then, on Sept. 18, 2012, one week after the Benghazi terror attack, Blumenthal, in a confidential memo, alerted Clinton to the possibility of the FSA military taking over Damascus.

The prospect caused Assad’s wife and close relatives to urge Assad to flee Syria to avoid “the fate of Assad’s former ally Muammar al Qaddafi of Libya, who was captured and killed by rebel forces while attempting to flee his home territory in Sirte.”

The Controversy Over David Kendell

In May 2015, a senior State Department official informed Clinton lawyer, David Kendell, that government reviewers had found at least one classified email among the emails Clinton transmitted over her private email system she used as Secretary of State.

The suspect email was found in a State Department FOIA search to respond to a House committee investigating the 2012 terrorist attack on U.S. officials in Benghazi that ended up with the murder of U.S. Ambassador to Libya, Chris Stevens.

Attorney David Kendell of Washington-based law firm Williams & Connolly, LLC, began representing President Bill Clinton and First Lady Hillary Clinton in 1993 during the Special Prosecutor investigation into the Whitewater scandal; Kendell continued to represent the Clintons “in a variety of matters, including independent Counsel, Senate House of Representatives, FDIC, RTC {Resolution Trust Corporation}, and bar counsel investigations, civil litigation, and the 1998-99 impeachment hearings.”

Related: Hillary Clinton ‘Cover Up’ Elite Pedophile Ring At State Department According To NBC News Report + Anthony Weiner Sentenced To 21 Months In Federal Prison

On Aug. 23, 2015, the New York Times reported on a controversy that developed when Kendell, then representing former Sec. Clinton had in his possession a thumb drive containing Clinton State Department emails that Kendell may not have secured properly to prevent public disclosure of national security classified information.

“For more than 20 years, Mr. Kendell has been on the front lines for Bill and Hillary Rodham Clinton as their personal lawyer, battling investigators and litigants in the superheated environment where law and politics meet,” wrote Peter Baker in the Times report.  “So as Mrs. Clinton faces questions about her use of a personal email server as secretary of state, no one is surprised she turned to Mr. Kendall.”

In August 2015, Kendall turned over the thumb drive to the Justice Department and gave copies to the FBI, after the thumb drive, believed to hold copies of some 55,000 Clinton emails, after a report to Congress by the intelligence community inspector general reported to Congress that Clinton’s State Department emails were found to contain classified material.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

QAnon Links Resignation Of Google’s Schmidt To Trump’s Executive Order
January 4 2018 | From: Infowars / Various

Trump attacks international human rights abuse by going after the money.

The highly secretive intelligence operative known as “QAnon” set off an Internet firestorm on Friday by posting a cryptic message on 8chan suggesting it was no coincidence that Eric Schmidt resigned as the executive chairman of Google’s parent company, Alphabet, around the same time President Trump signed an executive order on Thursday.

Related: Did Trump Signal Defeat of Soros? Purple Ties and Two Hands To Swallow Water

The executive order allows the Treasury Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of State, to confiscate the U.S. assets of anyone materially assisting, sponsoring, or providing financial, material, or technological support to those engaged in human rights abuses and/or corruption.

An annex published by the Treasury Department simultaneous with Trump signing the executive order made clear Trump has empowered the Treasury Department to implement the Global Magnitsky Human Rights Accountability Act by confiscating the assets of “malign actors worldwide” who violate this act.

Global Magnitsky Human Rights Accountability Act was passed to replace the Jackson-Vanik Amendment from the Cold War aimed at imposing trade sanctions forcing the Soviet Union to allow Jews and other minorities to emigrate, with a more current punishment denying access to the U.S. banking system to international criminals guilty of abusing human rights – an act named to honor Russian lawyer Sergei Magnitsky who died in a Russian prison in 2009 after trying to expose corruption and human rights violations in Russia.

Related: Rand Paul Calls For Investigation Into Obama Loyalists Who ‘Colluded’ Against Trump

The New York Post speculated that Schmidt’s “womanizing” lifestyle began in 2012 after deciding to live apart from Wendy Schmidt, his wife of 37 years. Although the post commented that despite extensive research into “Schmidt’s former flames,” no evidence of Harvey Weinstein-like sexual harassment have yet been found.

Deeper analysis reveals 13 people named in the Treasury annex as “serious human rights abusers and corrupt actors” target a range of individuals including the former president of Gambia and a Myanmar general; more broadly, the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control names 39 other individuals sanctioned by the U.S. government worldwide who are subject to having the U.S. government confiscate their assets within U.S. jurisdiction.

Already researchers are establishing that various of the thirteen named by Treasury have close ties to the Clintons through their generous contributions to the Clinton Foundation and/or the Clinton Global Initiative.

Others point to the close relationship that exists between the Clintons and Schmidt that date back to 2008 when Schmidt loaned the Google jet to members of Clinton’s presidential campaign staff.

Related: Trump Re-Election Odds Explode After First-Year Tax Cuts

In the 2016 presidential campaign, leaked emails from Clinton campaign manager John Podesta published by WikiLeaks made clear that Schmidt wanted to play the role of Clinton’s “head outside advisor,” ready to lend to the Clinton campaign Google’s powerful micro-targeting data to develop software to be used in “get out the vote” (GOTV) and campaign fundraising efforts.

Clearly, the executive order should concern those engaged in international sex trafficking.

As pointed out by investigative journalist William Craddick, the Clintons’ ties to the international pedophilia sex trade go back to their involvement with Laura Silsby who was arrested trying to smuggle 33 children out of Haiti without documentation; Silsby was convicted of criminal child trafficking, only to have her sentence reduced after intervention by Bill Clinton.

Fearing Trump, Google Throws Obama Minion Schmidt Overboard

Related Articles:

Text of a Letter from the President to the Congress of the United States

Since Donald Trump Was Elected, The Stock Market Has Gone Up More Than 5 Trillion Dollars

Trump Defies Media Doubters By Signing Tax Cut Bill Before Christmas

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
“Generation Zapped” Documentary Exposes Massive Health Risks Associated With Wireless Technology
January 4 2018 | From: NaturalNews / Various

As of 2017, there were an estimated 4.77 billion cellphones in use around the planet out of a population of roughly 7.6 billion.

And while most users hail the technological advancement these and other wireless devices offer, a new film called “Generation Zapped” examines the huge health risks to humans posed by wireless technology.

Related: What Parents Should Know About EMFs and WiFi & 5G Is An International Health Crisis In The Making

Prior to 1984, wireless tech was used primarily by the military, but after that date, it was introduced to the civilian market (remember the first cell phones, those big, brick-like monsters?). However, the technology was brought to the market without any prior safety testing, experts in the film noted.

When humans evolved on earth there was no microwave radiation, save for a very small amount. But what has been added as of today is a billion times more than ever existed on the planet, experts noted.

So while microwave radiation caused by wireless technology is invisible, it is nonetheless a major environmental pollutant and a huge health hazard, the film says.

Thus far, regulatory agencies have said that exposure to non-ionizing radiation such as radio frequencies is safe but only for short periods of time. However, increased exposure can become a health hazard, and have “dangerous biological effects,” notes the film.

Related: What Really Is 5G About?

The documentary goes on to say that a growing body of research suggests wireless devices like cell phones can cause cancers in some people, and that additional exposure as bandwidth grows and wireless technology (and signals) expand, the health risks grow as well.

As evidence, it cites some women who became accustomed to sticking their cellphones in their bras as a matter of convenience who would later develop breast cancer.

“I was diagnosed with five tumors pretty much in the footprint where the phone used to sit” above her right breast, one survivor testified.

The patient’s surgical oncologist, Dr. John West, told the film’s producers that prior to his patient’s case, he was not much concerned about budding evidence of cancers connected to cellphone placement. But afterward, he said the case “kind of opened my mind.”

“It didn’t convince me there was a problem but I remember sitting [and very clearly looking at her [x-ray] slides with a pathologist. And I said, ‘Well, how many tumors are there in this breast?’ And she said, ‘Well, there’s basically three predominant tumors.’”

However, on further examination, they discovered there were five cancers in all and that they extended in a “very unusual pattern.” (Related: Cellphone radiation hurts men’s ability to conceive, study confirms.)

West said he then remembered his patient telling him where she kept her cell phone and asking if that could be a problem.

Other experts interviewed for the documentary said that the best evidence researchers have thus far of radio frequency toxicity is the fact that cancer rates are increasing.

Of course, the wireless industry is denying any link. But experts noted further that there are cancer registries in place that track new cancers in children and adults where increases are being documented.

Related: 5G will Weaponize Everything

The problem, they say, is that it likely will take years before researchers are able to definitively link cellphone placement on your body and cancer rates like scientists managed to link smoking to cancer (which also took years and was also opposed by the tobacco industry).

What’s also damaging our bodies is the fact that all cell phones and Internet connections are tied together by a network of cell towers and other infrastructure, meaning there is no getting away from the signals.

As to the wireless industry, it positioned itself to be able to influence (to its advantage) any legislative, regulatory, or scientific efforts to expose the dangers of microwave radiation emitted by cellphones, Internet devices and other devices, the film notes.

Learn more about the documentary film Generation Zapped. And read more about EMF pollution at EMF.news.

Related Articles:

Scientists And Physicians Send Appeal About 5G Rollout And Health Dangers To The European Union

The debate's over: cell phone radiation causes cancer

The 5G Conspiracy, Radiofrequency Radiation, & Eco-Genocide

Addicted to Your Phone? It Could Throw Off Your Brain Chemistry

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Millions Are Hounded For Debt They Don’t Owe. One Victim Fought Back, With A Vengeance
January 3 2018 | From: Bloomberg

Andrew Therrien wanted payback. He got it - and uncovered a conspiracy.

On the morning a debt collector threatened to rape his wife, Andrew Therrien was working from home, in a house with green shutters on a cul-de-sac in a small Rhode Island town.

Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

Important Note: The entire debt collection industry is based upon FRAUD. It comes back to basic contract law.

The wise would say that if there is no contract between yourself and a debt collection agency then you owe them nothing.

The basis of whole premise is that the debt collection agencies PURCHASE "debts" from organisations such as banks and other lenders, etcetera. Said lenders then get a percentage of what was "owed" and the "debt" then becomes the problem of the debt collection company.

Now, if you have no verbal or written contract with the debt collectors stating that you agree to pay them - then you owe them NOTHING. Of course, the first thing they try to do is get you onto some sort of payment scheme (usuall via recorded phone call) - and once you agree to that you are fucked.

The wise would suggest that a person NEVER deal with debt collectors via the phone - they would say you should demand to have everything in writing.

The wise would say that if the debt collectors cannot provide proof of a contract between a person and the debt collectors - that no debt it owed. This is fundamental: contract law.

If the public at large were aware of how this monumental scam works - the entire debt collection farce would fall over in a screaming fraudulent heap overnight.

Tall and stocky, with a buzz cut and a square, friendly face, Therrien was a salesman for a promotions company. He’d always had an easy rapport with people over the phone, and on that day, in February 2015, he was calling food vendors to talk about grocery store giveaways.

Therrien was interrupted midpitch by a call from his wife. She’d gotten a voicemail from an authoritative-sounding man saying Therrien was in some kind of trouble. “I need to verify an address to present you with your formal claim,” the man had said. “Andrew Therrien, you are officially notified.”

A few minutes later, Therrien’s phone buzzed. It was the same guy. He gave his name as Charles Cartwright and said Therrien owed $700 on a payday loan. But Therrien knew he didn’t owe anyone anything. Suspecting a scam, he told Cartwright just what he thought of his scare tactics.

Cartwright hung up, then called back, mad. He said he wanted to meet face-to-face to teach Therrien a lesson.

“Come on by, asshole,” Therrien says he replied. “I will,” Cartwright said, “and I hope your wife is at home.”

That’s when he made the rape threat.

Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

Therrien got so angry he couldn’t think clearly. He wasn’t going to just let someone menace and disrespect his wife like that. He had to know who this Cartwright guy was, and his employer, too. Therrien wanted to make them pay.

At the same time, he worried that the call might not be a swindle. What if some misinformed loan shark really was coming for them? But Therrien didn’t have any real information he could take to the police. Then he remembered Cartwright had left a number with his wife. He dialed.

Somewhere - at the top of a ladder of dirty debt collectors that Therrien would spend the next two years relentlessly climbing - a man named Joel Tucker had no idea what was coming.

"You’ll never get your money back. You might as well get blood out of it."

Earlier this year, I met Therrien, 33, at a Panera Bread restaurant in central Providence. He had reluctantly agreed to be interviewed, on the condition that I not reveal his hometown or his wife’s name.

Therrien had been caught up in a fraud known as phantom debt, where millions of Americans are hassled to pay back money they don’t owe.

The concept is centuries old: Inmates of a New York debtors’ prison joked about it as early as 1800, in a newspaper they published called Forlorn Hope. But systematic schemes to collect on fake debts started only about five years ago.

It begins when someone scoops up troves of personal information that are available cheaply online - old loan applications, long-expired obligations, data from hacked accounts - and reformats it to look like a list of debts.

Related: The Very Short Explanation Of Everything: [The Hidden History Of Debt Slavery In The “USA”]

Then they make deals with unscrupulous collectors who will demand repayment of the fictitious bills. Their targets are often poor and likely to already be getting confusing calls about other loans. The harassment usually doesn’t work, but some marks are convinced that because the collectors know so much, the debt must be real.

The problem is as simple as it is intractable. In 2012 a call center in India was busted for making 8 million calls in eight months to collect made-up bills. The Federal Trade Commission has since broken up at least 13 similar scams. In most cases, regulators weren’t able to identify the original perpetrators because the data files had been sold and repackaged so many times. Victims have essentially no recourse to do anything but take the abuse.

Most victims, that is. When the scammers started to hound Therrien, he hounded them right back. Obsessed with payback, he spent hundreds of hours investigating the dirty side of debt. By day he was still promoting ice cream brands and hiring models for liquor store tastings.

But in his spare time, he was living out a revenge fantasy. He befriended loan sharks and blackmailed crooked collectors, getting them to divulge their suppliers, and then their suppliers above them. In method, Therrien was like a prosecutor flipping gangster underlings to get to lieutenants and then the boss.

In spirit, he was a bit like Liam Neeson’s vigilante character in the movie Taken - using unflagging aggression to obtain scraps of information and reverse-engineer a criminal syndicate. Therrien didn’t punch anyone in the head, of course. He was simply unstoppable over the phone.

When Therrien dialed the number Cartwright had left, a woman answered and said she worked for Lakefront Processing Solutions in Buffalo. She’d never heard of Charles Cartwright, though, and implied he must be some kind of freelancer or bounty hunter. Regardless, she said, Therrien could clear everything up by making a payment. Her records indicated that he owed a payday lender called Vista.

Related: Soros Insider: Banks Ending Cash To Establish World Government & The Real John McCain: “33 POWs Faced Execution For Treason After Vietnam Until Nixon Pardoned All POWs.” McCain Was #1 On The List + Biden Family Drama Has Everything: Sex, Hookers, Debt, Cocaine And A Son Sleeping With His Dead Brothers Wife

Therrien had indeed once taken out a loan, but he didn’t think it was from Vista. He’d been selling copiers at the time, and when his boss stiffed him on a $20,000 commission, he turned to an online lender to make a car payment. Therrien says he paid back the debt promptly. He was offended by the Lakefront woman’s suggestion that he was a deadbeat. “I’m a person who believes in personal friggin’ responsibility,” Therrien tells me. “I signed an agreement. And I fulfilled my obligation.”

On his laptop, Therrien started digging. He found a securities filing saying Vista had merged with a company called That Marketing Solution Inc. After paying a few dollars to an online people-search service, he got its president on the line. “You sold my personal information to a bunch of thugs,” Therrien recalls telling the man.

“I want to know why, and I want to know what you’re going to do about it.” Within hours, the company provided a letter saying that Therrien had never borrowed from Vista.

Armed with proof the debt was invalid, Therrien turned back to Lakefront. More searches yielded a corporate parent, owned by two Buffalo men. Therrien called them, then their lawyer. When the lawyer stalled, Therrien bombarded him with more calls, at home and on his cell - enough to put Lakefront off him for good. (The parties eventually reached a confidential settlement, and Lakefront - whose name I found in a public record - declined to comment.)

By the morning after Cartwright’s call, Therrien’s fears of a psycho collector had been assuaged—no one had showed up at his house. But swatting down Lakefront turned out to be just the first round in a game of whack-a-mole. More collection agencies contacted him, his wife, his brother, even his grandparents. The calls made it clear to Therrien that an overarching force was at play. His name had to be getting on these lists somehow.

Related: Crashing Oil Prices And The Conspiracy To Free Us From Debt Slavery

Each night, after his wife went to sleep, he cracked open his laptop to comb lawsuits, unearth filings, and uproot the owners of the agencies calling him. When he got names, he’d phone them, often surprising them at home, and make clear that he wouldn’t go away until they’d revealed who supplied their debt portfolios.

“Here’s the deal,” he’d say. “I don’t really care about you. There’s a million guys like you out there. You’ll never get your money back. You might as well get blood out of it. Tell me what I need to know to put these guys in jail.”

Sometimes, Therrien would make a small payment on the fake debt, then check bank records to see where it went. He found people with convictions for counterfeiting, stock fraud, drug dealing, and child molestation. He started a spreadsheet, Scums.xlsx, to keep track.

On weekends he’d harangue them from his couch while watching New England Patriots games. He used persuasion techniques he’d learned selling copiers, some drawn from a book called Getting Into Your Customer’s Head. On the phone, Therrien is a savant. He has an instinct for when to be a friend - one gruff payday lender tells me, sheepishly, that he simply doesn’t know why he speaks with Therrien so frequently - and when to be a bully.

Therrien would threaten to report the collectors to regulators unless they helped him figure out what was going on. “You are either with me in this, or you are against me,” he wrote to one man. Others he tried to shame. “If my intentions are right, I’ll have God on my side,” Therrien emailed one source. “You may not love poor people, but He does.”

The targets were shocked by Therrien’s doggedness. In their world, complaints are common, but most victims give up after being promised they won’t be called again. One shady-debt player tells me he suspected Therrien was an undercover federal investigator because he’d gathered so much information on his business. “It’s an obsession, it’s unbelievable, an outright vigilante crusade,” another says. “It doesn’t seem to equal the harm that was done to him.”

Related: The Quadrillion Dollar Derivative Debt And The “Bail-in”: When You Deposit Funds In A Bank, It Becomes “Their Money”

Therrien knew his fixation seemed odd. He didn’t tell his friends and family much about his nighttime activity. But the collectors’ threats brought back feelings of rage and fear that he’d struggled to suppress since childhood. He grew up in working-class Connecticut, where his father was a factory man and his mother had a series of part-time jobs.

Therrien says they mistreated him and his brother, and he moved out at 16 after an incident he won’t discuss. He told me he regrets not doing more to protect his brother. (Therrien’s father is dead, and his mother denies she did anything wrong.)

In college, Therrien worked at a J.Crew store, where a customer spotted his talent for sales and offered him a job. Therrien makes a good living now, and he takes pride in being a more responsible person than his parents - paying his bills on time, going to church on Sunday, and taking care of those close to him.

“If it’s just about me, I don’t particularly give a f---,” he tells me, with an incongruous laugh. “You call my wife, and you call my grandparents? You just opened up a door that got really f---ing ugly, and now I’m going to make sure that I just ruin your life.”

As more collectors yielded to Therrien’s persistence and talked, he dropped his pursuit of Charles Cartwright, concluding that it was an untraceable alias, and focused on understanding their business. Phantom debt, he learned, is blended with real debt in ways that are almost impossible to untangle.

Americans are currently late on more than $600 billion in bills, according to Federal Reserve research, and almost one person in 10 has a debt in collectors’ hands. The agencies recoup what they can and sell the rest down-market, so that iffier and iffier debt is bought by shadier and shadier individuals.

Deception is common. Scammers often sell the same portfolios of debt, called “paper,” to several collection agencies at once, so a legitimate IOU gains illegitimate clones. Some inflate balances, a practice known as “overbiffing.” Others create “redo” lists - people who’ve settled their debt, but will be harassed again anyway. These rosters are actually more valuable, because the targets have proved willing to part with money over the phone. And then there are those who invent debts out of whole cloth.

Related: Collapse Of Eurozone Has Started - The Troika Swindle: Greeks Owe Nothing + Germany Is The Country That’s Never Repaid Its Debts & Troika Lenders Are Terrorists!

Portfolios are combined and doctored until they contain thousands of entries. One collector told Therrien that he’d paid cash at a diner for a thumb drive with a database containing Therrien’s name. Some collectors told him they thought the files were partially legitimate; others knew their paper was completely falsified. Yet they continued to trade it, referring to the people they pursued as deadbeats and losers. The more Therrien learned, the more disgusted he grew with everyone involved.

His search for the ur-source rarely traveled in a straight line. For a time, Therrien focused on Buffalo,one of the poorest cities in the U.S. and a hub for the collections industry - home to agencies that work the oldest, cheapest paper. Debt collector is a more common job there than bartender or construction worker, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

As Therrien wore down as many Buffalo collectors as he could, one name kept surfacing: Joel Tucker, a former payday-loan mogul from Kansas City, Mo. By the summer of 2015, Therrien was convinced he’d found his guy.

"Who are you?” “A person that you f---ed with too many times."

Therrien needed an ally inside the Kansas City racket. He found one in Frampton “Ted” Rowland III, a middle-aged insurance-broker-turned-predatory-lender whose company was listed as the original creditor for one of Therrien’s supposed loans. When Therrien called, Rowland said he was sorry - and kept talking.

His life was falling apart. He’d been sued by the FTC over his lending practices, he’d lost all his money, and his wife was leaving him. Therrien sympathized. He sensed Rowland was a good man who’d made a bad choice out of a desire to provide for his family. They started to speak regularly, and Rowland told Therrien he blamed Tucker for everything.

Related: What Is Money? And More Excellent Short Videos On Manufactured Debt & Disparity + We Got F*cked

Tucker had created the local industry with his two brothers. Scott, the oldest, was the brains. He’d served time in prison for a scam in which he’d pretended to work for JPMorgan Chase & Co. The middle son, Blaine, was popular and a talented musician. Joel, tall and handsome, was a natural salesman. But when he was 21, he was selling furniture and working at a mini-mart, so hard up that he got arrested for bouncing a $12 check. (The case was dismissed.)

In the mid-1990s, Scott opened a payday-loan store and gave his brothers jobs. Lending money to people who don’t have any is surprisingly profitable. In states where such stores are legal, such as Missouri, they’re more common than McDonald’s franchises. But in the 15 states where such stores are against the law, there are millions of desperate people willing to pay for fast cash and no one to give it to them.

Scott pioneered what he thought was a clever legal loophole that would give him access to that market: He created websites that were owned on paper by an American Indian tribe, which could claim sovereign immunity from regulators. Those sites charged as much as $150 interest on a two-week, $500 loan—an annualized interest rate of about 700 percent.

The loophole was ridiculously lucrative. Scott’s operation generated $2 billion in revenue from 2003 to 2012. He bought a private jet and spent more than $60 million to start his own professional Ferrari racing team. Around 2005, Joel split to start a company that would allow anyone to get into online payday lending - supplying software to process applications and loans and offering access to a steady stream of customers.

All the clients had to bring was money and a willingness to bypass state law. Word spread around Kansas City’s country clubs and private schools that if you wanted to get rich, Joel Tucker was your man.

With Tucker’s help, one property management executive and his son, a general contractor, started a lender that saw $161 million in revenue over eight years. An investor presentation from that period shows that Tucker was personally clearing tens of millions of dollars in profit per year.

Related: Paradise Papers: The Shadowy World Of Big Money

One of his clients was Rowland, until the gravy train crashed in 2013. Under pressure from regulators, banks stopped doing business with the sketchiest payday lenders, making it hard for them to issue loans and collect payments. In 2014 federal authorities raided Rowland’s office, and the FBI began investigating the Tucker brothers.

Blaine committed suicide by jumping off a parking garage in 2014; Scott was charged two years later with racketeering, and prosecutors called his tribal arrangement a sham. (He declined to comment.)

By the time Therrien came looking for Joel Tucker in the fall of 2015, he’d become a hard man to find. Twice divorced, he was moving from place to place, ducking his creditors. A booking photo from the time when he was briefly imprisoned for failing to show up for court in an unrelated lawsuit shows him with bristly gray hair and dark circles under deep-set blue eyes. Therrien couldn’t find a working phone number for him - not even when he reached his 81-year-old mother, Norma. She claimed not to know where he was.

Therrien’s tactics grew more intense, mirroring those of the debt collectors he loathed. As he had in Buffalo, he developed a network of sources in Kansas City, figuring out who hated whom and playing them off each other. He got a burner app that provided disposable numbers for his smartphone, with any area code he wanted.

He called wives, widows, business partners, even a waitress who’d once worked at a restaurant the Tuckers owned. He’d have his sources drive by places where he thought Tucker might be living, to look for his car. He told one broker’s mother-in-law that she should investigate who her daughter was married to. Therrien acknowledges that sometimes he went too far.

Related: Seven Charts That Show How The Rich Hide Their Cash

By November 2015 he developed a simple theory. Tucker’s business had given him access to a huge database of people who’d applied for loans - including, just maybe, the one Therrien had taken out in his copier-selling days. What if, when Tucker was broke and needed money, he’d taken applicants’ personal information, invented loan balances, and sold the list as a portfolio of delinquent debt?

Therrien took his hypothesis to the FBI and FTC. His emails were breathless and confusing, but the authorities were patient, taking his calls and talking to him at length. It was clear they knew about Tucker, but Therrien got frustrated by what he saw as inaction.

“There are millions of people out there being threatened daily by these actions and I’m doing my part to try and stop it,” he wrote to an FTC investigator in early 2016, begging him to hold Tucker accountable.

"I’m giving you the opportunity to come clean."

January 2016 saw a breakthrough: A former employee of Tucker’s agreed to arrange a call between him and Therrien to clear the air. Therrien couldn’t believe his unseen antagonist was willing to talk. So anxious he couldn’t sit down, he set up a recording device in his home office, put his phone on speaker, and called.

Tucker seemed hyper and defensive, telling Therrien that if any of the portfolios he’d sold now contained phantom debt, they must have been doctored after leaving his hands. “F---ing shame on them,” he said. “Wasn’t me. It had to have been them.”

Therrien was trying to hold back his anger, but his voice wavered. He wanted to impress Tucker, mentioning tidbits he knew about his business. Tucker didn’t understand why Therrien, this guy he’d never met, was so extravagantly invested.

Related: Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System

“I’ll tell you why I care,” Therrien said calmly. “I’ll tell you why I care. I believe, and I’m just telling you what I believe, you sold my personal information 21 separate times. I’ve gotten close to 100 f---ing calls, and because I’ve gotten those 100 calls from scumbag collectors that you facilitated, I’m going to make sure that that kind of shit ends now.”

Tucker was incredulous: “You think this is my fault?”

“You got desperate because you spent two dollars for every dollar you had,” Therrien said.

“What are you talking about? Are you trying to micromanage my life? You don’t know jack shit about me.”

“I know what happened. You f---ing stole money from people,” Therrien said. “I’m giving you the opportunity to come clean.”

“I don’t know who you are, Andrew,” Tucker said. “Who are you?”

“A person that you f---ed with too many times.”

When Therrien played the tape for me, I was amazed at how fluently he channeled emotion—his own and Tucker’s—to get what he wanted. Incredibly, by the end of the half-hour call, Tucker was offering to help Therrien collect evidence about crimes committed by other people in the payday-loan business. “We need to get this stuff resolved,” Tucker said on the tape, with a sigh. “’Cause this - it’s not healthy for anybody.”

The two men started talking and texting a few times a week. “I think he has a mental illness that allows him to think he did nothing wrong,” Therrien told me. (Tucker didn’t respond to most of my emailed questions and kept putting off interview requests. “Lies are not stories,” he wrote in one email. He said that any debt he’d sold was legitimate.)

Tucker’s denials made Therrien hate him more, but Therrien masked his feelings to keep the conversation going. The one-year anniversary of his quest was approaching, and he wanted real evidence of wrongdoing - something Tucker couldn’t deny and officials couldn’t ignore.

Related: The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth

Therrien soon obtained two crucial sets of documents to that end. In March 2016 he flew to California to meet a debt broker, who handed over some contracts Tucker had signed. Separately, Therrien received an email from the manager of a collection agency, to whose conscience he’d spent weeks appealing.

The email, whose subject line read “Have faith in the good in heart,” included actual phantom-debt files, with names and Social Security numbers. The metadata yielded a new name: Rob Harsh, Tucker’s IT guy. (The author of the email died of a drug overdose a few months later.)

In May 2016, Therrien emailed his discoveries to the FTC. A lawyer replied right away: “Andrew, we need to talk about this.” Therrien also gave his intel to some private lawyers who were going after Tucker in Texas. They contacted Harsh, and in August 2016 he submitted an affidavit to the court.

Harsh, who declined to comment for this story, testified that Tucker had asked him to manipulate a database of almost 8 million payday-loan applications, writing in a made-up lender and adding an amount owed of $300 for each person.

Therrien had been right all along.

Vindication didn’t make Therrien happy, not even when the FTC suit against Rowland’s company took a karmic swerve that drew in Tucker, directing him to return $30 million he’d received in ill-gotten profits from the business. Tucker told the court he was broke.

Meanwhile, Rowland was spiraling. He confided in Therrien that he was considering suicide, and one day that summer he called Therrien to say goodbye. “Don’t do anything stupid,” Therrien texted him afterward. “I may be callous with you lately but I still care and don’t want anything bad to happen.”

Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Therrien told me he’d informed the police of Rowland’s plan and that they had intervened. But that October, Rowland shot himself. His death added to Therrien’s outrage at Tucker and other predatory lenders like him who hadn’t faced any real legal consequences.

Finally, in December 2016, the FTC sued Tucker for selling phantom debt. According to the regulator, everything had happened pretty much as Therrien imagined: Tucker had invented more than 7.7 million fake debts and sold them to a series of middlemen for $4.2 million. This September, a judge ruled for the agency, ordering Tucker to pay back that money on top of the $30 million he already owed.

The FTC has never credited Therrien, and Michael Tankersley, an agency lawyer, declined to discuss their interactions. But Tankersley told me that Harsh and the California broker were two key sources of information establishing Tucker’s wrongdoing.

Therrien, as usual, was unsatisfied. He was still getting calls from collectors, for one thing. And he felt that if he’d done a better job investigating, Tucker would be facing criminal charges - not a civil fine he’d never end up paying. Therrien has stayed in touch with the FBI’s Kansas City office. An FBI spokeswoman declines to say whether Tucker is being investigated, but three of his associates told me that agents had contacted them about his debt sales.

After the ruling against Tucker, Therrien heard from him for the first time in months, and they started talking again. Amid their conversations, which were recorded, Tucker’s brother, Scott, was convicted on all 14 charges he faced. Without directly asking Therrien to drop his vendetta, Tucker seemed to be pleading for mercy. “I’ve f---ing had enough harm done,” he said. “I’ve lost a brother. Got a brother going to prison. Put it this way, Andrew. I’m tired, buddy. I’m f---ing tired.”

“I’m tired too,” Therrien replied, “because I’m still getting harassed by these motherf---ers.”

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
I OIA'd Every Council In NZ And All I Got Was This Headache
January 3 2018 | From: Scoop

During my quest to find out which councils in New Zealand had specific plans put in place for the protection of vulnerable communities during Civil Defence emergencies, it was suggested to me several times that I had submitted an Official Information Act request just for fun, or on a bit of a “fishing expedition.”

I can assure you that however much of a nerd I might seem, absolutely no fun was had during any part of this process.

Related: Housing NZ threaten to bring down pensioner's vegetable garden because of banned garden stakes

The “fishing expedition” claim is a little more nuanced: a suggestion, from Councils that alleged it, being that I was on some kind of vague hunt for “dirt” without really knowing what I wanted.

I contend that I knew exactly what I wanted, but with the fraught nature of Official Information Act transactions between journalists and public bodies being what it is, journalists feel that unless they are expansive in their request, their precision will be used as an excuse for an organisation to wriggle out of answering the actual question to which both parties know full well the journalist is looking for an answer.

And so it goes. I don’t blame the councils, really; a “no surprises” mindset and training and advice that has taught public servants to see any media interaction as a “gotcha” exercise perpetrated by unscrupulous and scurrilous reporters has led to a polarised and often unproductive OIA process.

I cannot rule out such reporters ever having existed in New Zealand, but in many cases, cooperation between public bodies and journalists to ensure they are reporting with the information they need would lead to much better-informed journalism that would benefit the goals of both parties.

To their credit, some councils I worked with on my recent story for New Zealand Geographic, funded by a grant from the Scoop Foundation for Public Interest Journalism, realised exactly that, and were quick to offer more information than I asked for, along with supporting interviews.

Related: CAFR (Comprehensive Annual Financial Report) Collateral Accounts: Taxes And Government Fraud Against Citizens Around The World

As background, I was trying to find out what specific plans councils around New Zealand had drawn up, in writing, for the event of a natural disaster that specifically included vulnerable subsets of the community. I requested access to such plans whether they had been made public or not.

For the purposes of this exercise, vulnerable people might include groups such as homeless, transient, or rough-sleeping people; the elderly; children; those in social, Council, or emergency housing; people with intellectual or physical disabilities; and culturally and linguistically diverse community (non-English speakers and refugees or migrants included).

Basically, I wanted to know whether councils were recognising that some people in their communities would be more vulnerable than the general population in the event of a Civil Defence emergency, and what they had done in their planning to take into account those groups specifically.

I, in turn, always planned to acknowledge in my story – and I believe I have – that catering for all sections of a population in a probably chaotic crisis situation is never going to have a perfect, guaranteed solution.

Further, councils are only one part of a Civil Defence reponse and, as I discovered, many are increasingly turning the nuances of community safety over to communities themselves, recognising that communities are often better-placed to respond to their own unique vulnerabilities with specific local strengths and resources, as long as they are adequately prepared and equipped to do so.

Disclaimers aside, I really did just want to know whether councils had factored such vulnerable populations into their planning, and how, in order to paint a bit of a national picture.

Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

What I was able to conclude from the councils that did respond, is that a combination of different approaches, different social and geographical challenges, and different levels of funding and resourcing across the country has created a patchwork quilt of planning and preparedness for vulnerable groups in the event of natural disasters, which means that in some areas, marginalised people are at risk of falling through the cracks. You can read more about that here.

Some councils have publicly-available planning that caters for some or all of those vulnerable groups. Some have discussed it privately, but not publicly. Some have identified vulnerable people but have not planned specifically beyond, “Here’s their addresses in case we need to go and rescue them,” a top-down approach that is falling out of favour in New Zealand and overseas, as you can hear in this interview, because it runs the risk of vulnerable people waiting for help that never arrives, rather than being assisted by their neighbours.

A number of councils responded that they had no planning in place for any vulnerable groups specifically; while I am not publishing a roll call of each Council’s responses as some OIA requests are still in train, it seems this is something for planners nationally to address – via funding and resourcing particularly – as soon as is possible.

And some councils, of course, have not replied at all. Some tried to stick me with bills for hundreds or thousands of dollars they said it would take to answer my question.

This is a disconcerting practice which of course means access to information is limited (as a freelance journalist I could not afford to foot such bills, and honestly, I think organisations know that), although in the case of the council that had, it said, “three full-time staff,” I could understand why taking time to fill OIA requests might throw the workflow out a bit.

Related: Hawke's Bay Voters Reject Five-Council Amalgamation Proposal

I don’t think that’s an excuse for issuing a bill to a journalist – rather, it’s an example of another way that OIA rules need streamlining and improving – but it’s a scenario that should be considered in the case of any OIA reform.

In an interesting slice of New Zealand life, a few councils responsible for particularly small or remote parts of the country responded that they personally knew everyone who lived there, and there were no homeless, migrant or refugee people locally, so there had been no planning needed for such groups.

One emergency response manager told me it would be a mistake for such councils to think that meant they had no “vulnerable groups” – a single wheelchair user, elderly couple, or young family could be at extra risk in the case of a disaster – but it tickled me to think that some areas could answer such an OIA essentially off the tops of their heads.

Whether councils should be required to put plans for the vulnerable in writing, or whether they should instead be working up to shore up connections with marginalised sections of their communities ahead of a crisis – as Auckland and Wellington have, in recent years, become focused on doing – or a combination of both, is a judgement for someone with more expertise than me. I hope it is a conversation that continues among emergency response managers.

But it is important, when discussing big issues, to come to the table with the facts. Official Information Acts might feel painful and burdensome to councils, as well as triggering a suspicion that a journalist is out to “get” them, but at their best they can inform evidence-based reporting.

Related: Auckland Council’s $1.2 Billion IT Shambles

Some of the OIA responses pointed me to initiatives I would never have known about otherwise – Southland’s response referencing the Civil Defence workshops they run for ESL students at the local polytechnic, SIT, prompted a follow-up interview with a local emergency response planner there about the region’s unique challenges, stemming from a hugely diverse geography and society, that formed a key part of my story.

As usual, where the most eagerly responding councils often had initiatives they particularly wanted to show off, I have no doubt that some of the non-responders are sitting on information that the public should know about, around gaps in our Civil Defence readiness.

There’s little I can do about that; the Ombudsman is a recourse, but in some cases, that process can take years. But the information I was provided allowed me to report the mixed national picture with more confidence, and allowed me to approach the Ministry of Civil Defence and Emergency Management with greater boldness.

When a Ministry spokesman said*, “I’m not sure you could therefore say this approach is new to New Zealand,” because a legislative imperative to engage communities had been in place since 2002, I was able to challenge that somewhat.

Related: Local Councils, Medical Trials And GMOs: Call For Nick Smith’s Resignation

While the 2002 law does mandate councils consider and engage communities in their planning, emergency responders around New Zealand told me that (perfectly naturally and understandably) policy took time to flow into practice, and that they had only started investing deeply in community-driven planning over the past few years (in several cases, the past 18 months to two years). Some councils have not yet had the funding or staffing to invest in it at all.

Having the information from these OIAs was important because so often in journalism there’s a risk of being warned off a good story by someone acting like they just know more than you and claiming you’re wrong about a lead you’re following. Questioning that is partly down to journalistic skill, but it’s also about having the facts available to be informed.

For me, Scoop’s grant was invaluable in permitting that investigative work. Freelance journalism is not usually paid until after you have sold a story, and you’re paid per published word, not per hour invested - so everything up until the time of publication is conducted for free on your own time.

Although this job is a privilege, at their worst, such investigations can feel like an extremely stressful hobby. In this case, a grant from the Scoop Foundation for Public Interest Journalism helped fund some of the research and interviewing hours on my stories, allowing me to push out the scope of an investigation that initially was only going to focus on Wellington. I’m grateful for the opportunity.

Stories resulting from the grant are being published on scoop.co.nz this week, and a national picture of disaster resilience for our vulnerable communities is published in New Zealand Geographic’s January/February 2018 issue, which is out now.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
US War On ISIS Is The Biggest Lie Since The 2003 Iraq Invasion: Here’s The Proof
January 2 2018 | From: TheAntimedia

On November 13, 2017, the BBC dropped a bombshell report that exposed how the U.S. cut a secret deal with “hundreds” of ISIS fighters and their families to leave the Syrian city of Raqqa under the “gaze of the U.S. and British-led coalition and Kurdish-led forces who control the city.”

The convoys reportedly included some of ISIS’ “most notorious” members, as well as its foreign fighters and tonnes of weapons and ammunition.

Related: Bombshell Report Confirms US Coalition Struck A Deal With ISIS

Almost a month later, Reuters reported that a high-level defector from Kurdish-led forces in Syria had revealed that the number of ISIS fighters given safe passage by the U.S.-led coalition was actually in the thousands, not hundreds.

This account was seconded by a security official in Turkey despite the fact that Turkey and the Kurdish militia do not typically see eye to eye).

"Agreement was reached for the terrorists to leave, about 4,000 people, them and their families,” the defector said, as quoted by Reuters, adding that all but about 500 were fighters.

The defector also noted that the fighters were headed toward Deir ez-Zor, Syria’s most oil-rich region. The U.S. had been eager to bomb Deir ez-Zor for some time prior to the deal, and allowing ISIS safe passage to get there would merely give them the pretext to do so.

In June of this year, regional outlet Al-Masdar released a video that appeared to show convoys of ISIS fighters leaving Raqqa, as well, though the media paid very little attention to this.

All of this begs the question: If the U.S. allowed 4,000 ISIS fighters to leave Raqqa, who on earth were they bombing during their brutal siege? Donald Trump’s illegal air campaign killed well over 1,800 civilians [supposedly] and brought the city to ruin - to the point that Russia accused the U.S. of wiping Raqqa “off the face of the earth.” The U.S. government knew ISIS was leaving the city safely but kept on bombing it into devastation, anyway.

Raqqa Secret Deal Barely Scratches the Surface

Now that we know the U.S. is amenable to granting ISIS fighters safe passage, ISIS’ ability to take over huge swaths of Iraq and Syria in the first place start to make a bit more sense. In June 2014, ISIS effortlessly took the strategic oil-rich cities of Mosul and Baiji and almost made it as far as Baghdad.

Related: Massive Evidence Mounts Vegas Shooting Was An ISIS Attack

The U.S. sat on its hands and did nothing the entire time, even as the militants took massive loads of American military equipment as spoils and brandished it all over social media. While ISIS was flaunting its activities untouched by the American military in Iraq, the U.S. was busy launching drone strikes in Pakistan, instead.

Why would the Obama administration prioritize air strikes in a country that overwhelmingly disapproves of them when it could have prevented ISIS from setting up a mini-state in Iraq at the same time?

Over the last few years, we have seen this similar pattern occur over and over again. When it came to Obama’s grand offensive to retake Mosul in 2016, reports also began emerging that the U.S. was granting safe passage for ISIS fighters to move from Mosul into Raqqa.

Even if the U.S. hadn’t cut a formal deal with ISIS on this particular occasion, the reality on the ground was that the U.S. was allowing ISIS fighters to make their way into Syria from Mosul and doing little to stop them regardless. As Anti-Media documented at the time:

According to Army Lieutenant General Talib Shaghati, as reported by anti-Russian newspaper, the Guardian, ISIS militants are already fleeing Mosul to Syria. This was further confirmed by the Saudi foreign minister, Adel al-Jubeir, who said that if ISIS were forced out of Mosul, they would likely go on to Syria.”

Why weren’t they striking these traveling ISIS fighters before they made it to Syria? When viewed in its recent historical context and with the most recent reports in mind, the answer to that question should be clear.

The U.S. Has Also Provided ISIS With Direct Air Support

The Syrian government and its allies are the most heavily engaged entities fighting ISIS inside Syria – not the U.S. military (or its allies). Yet the U.S. military has struck these pro-government forces directly multiple times over the last year, even when these troops have proven to be very effective against the jihadist group.

Related: Russia Releases Photos Claiming To Show US Special Ops Equipment In ISIS Positions In Syria & Mossad Officer Leading ISIS As Mosque Imam Arrested In Libya

In September 2016, the U.S.-led coalition launched a barrage of airstrikes at Syrian government troops who were fending off the ISIS component of Deir ez-Zor at the time. Russia accused the U.S. coalition of providing air cover for ISIS because the terror group used the coalition strike to launch an offensive of their own. Over 60 Syrian soldiers died as a result of this illegal act of war, but no one was held accountable.

It has also been speculated that U.S. President Donald Trump’s Syria strike in April paved the way for an ISIS offensive, as well.

S Took Advantage of U.S. Weapons Transfers

So far, we know that ISIS has received safe passage from the U.S. on at least one occasion and that the terror group has also received free air support on a number of other occasions. We also know the U.S. either directly or indirectly allowed ISIS to gain territory in the first place only to provide the pretext for a military intervention.

But wait, it gets even better. Just this month, a report conducted by the U.K.-based Conflict Armament Research (CAR) group, which analyzed 40,000 items its investigators recovered along ISIS’ front lines between July 2014 and November 2017, found that the terror group was able to successfully arm itself by taking advantage of U.S. weapons transfers between Washington and its other allies in Syria. ISIS even garnered some of the more powerful anti-tank missiles through the CIA’s covert arms program.

“International weapon supplies to factions in the Syrian conflict have significantly augmented the quantity and quality of weapons available to IS forces - in numbers far beyond those that would have been available to the group through battlefield capture alone,” the report said.

Related: ‘ISIS Commander’ Arrested By Libyan Authorities Exposed As Israeli Mossad Agent

The U.S. didn’t need to wait for an official report for this horrifying development to come to light. As far back as October 2012, the New York Times reported the following:

“[M]ost of the arms shipped at the behest of Saudi Arabia and Qatar to supply Syrian rebel groups fighting the government of Bashar al-Assad are going to hard-line Islamic jihadists, and not the more secular opposition groups that the West wants to bolster…” 

Even if the U.S. had zero control over ISIS and the mayhem it has exacted over Iraq, Syria, and beyond - and was genuine in its bid to rid the world of its ideology and the horror the terror group has unleashed - there is one issue yet to be discussed: ISIS’ existence.

US Created Conditions for ISIS to Exist

ISIS evolved out of al-Qaeda in Iraq (AQI), which only became a formidable fighting force after the U.S. invaded in 2003. This was in part due to the Bush administration’s decision to fire close to 400,000 servicemen in Iraq, simply because of their affiliation with Saddam Hussein’s secular Baathist party. Some of these disgruntled servicemen now hold senior ISIS positions and are responsible for the terror group’s success.

History clearly demonstrates that al-Qaeda only exists in the first place because the U.S. actively trained, funded, and armed the mujahideen in Afghanistan as a means of bogging the Soviet empire down into a quagmire. The Independent even ran a story on Osama bin Laden at the time, portraying him as a heroic freedom fighter and “anti-Soviet warrior.”

However, since 9/11, the U.S. made a specific point of making aiding and providing material support to al-Qaeda and its affiliated organizations a crime under U.S. law. 

Yet the U.S. has openly aided Syria’s al-Qaeda branch, as well as al-Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula (AQAP) in Yemen, and now we have more than enough formal proof that the U.S. has knowingly continued a foreign policy strategy that essentially provided all manner of material support to ISIS, one of the most deadly terror groups in recent history, as well.

Related: Iran Confirms Kremlin Claim ISIS / Daesh Leader Baghdadi Died In Russian Airstrikes & Central European Nations Forming New Anti-Migrant Defense Coalition

It’s time for someone to be held accountable. There is a case to be made against the U.S. for some very serious criminal behavior here, and if anyone is serious about defeating “radical Islamic terror,” they should start by launching a court action against the U.S. government for its die-hard support for terrorism in the Middle East and beyond.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Current UFO Disclosures And The Incredible Edible New York Times
January 1 2018 | From: JonRappoport

The first thing to understand is that the New York Times broke the latest UFO story.

The story about: a secret Pentagon UFO research group; a US fighter jet that encountered a UFO off the coast of San Diego; and the recovery of “UFO metals.”

Related: Stunning New Briefings: Mass Indictments, Targeted Arrests and Disclosure

The Times broke the story, and then it quickly went global.

On the subject of UFOs, that never happens. But it did.

Furthermore, the Times expressed no doubts about the information it was disclosing. There wasn’t the usual “he said, he said” treatment. No detractors and harsh critics were quoted. This was a straight-from-the-Pentagon to the Times pipeline.

The Times story had all the earmarks of a government gift, not a leak. This, too, never happens. But it did.

The conclusion: the Pentagon wanted this story to come to light. Someone high up in the Pentagon, or someone outside the Pentagon, with major clout, gave the green light to the Times. He assured the Times the story was real. Perhaps he even gave an “order” to release the information.

As discussion and vetting of the UFO story occurred at the Times, before they went to print, the overriding and decisive factor was: “somebody big wants this to move forward.” Case closed. But we shouldn’t assume the motive for disclosure was, at the top, generous and benign and innocent. Because we’re talking about the Pentagon and the CIA, the people who always have a concealed agenda.

Related: What about the UFO metal no one can analyze?

If they give the public a few bread crumbs, or even a steak, there is a 15-course meal behind that, and the meal is never served.

Long-time UFO researcher, Grant Cameron, has pointed out that the American strategy for hiding secrets (for decades) has been: partial disclosure. Periodically, now and then—“Here’s a small piece. Chew on it.”

This is the US government approach.

Except - the recent Pentagon offerings haven’t been leaked via some small-press book published in a print shop - they’ve been shot out of information-guns directly to the most prestigious mainstream news outlet in the world: the New York Times.

That’s different. Very different. And just now, the Times has published two more UFO articles. The first, by senior reporter Dan Barry, is headlined: “Dad Believed in UFOs. Turns Out He Wasn’t Alone.” Barry’s father was a veteran UFO watcher. He died before the Pentagon finally admitted UFOs are real. That’s the hook of the article. It’s a human interest piece. And it’s overwhelmingly positive re UFOs. Again, you don’t see this sort of thing from the Times - not ever - but there it is.

“UFOs: Is This All There Is?” is the second Times piece, by Dennis Overbye. It’s a soft back and forth: something is happening in the sky but we don’t know what it is. No harsh naysaying. No nastiness.

Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

Both of these pieces lend support to the original Times blockbuster about the secret Pentagon UFO program.

All this could very well mean that what is being hidden, now, is much larger than what has been hidden in the past. For example, new technological discoveries and advances have been made in the areas of propulsion systems and energy production, beside which the old discoveries pale by comparison.

In that case, the latest partial disclosures needed to be stronger, in terms of their impact. Impact as diversion from the deeper truth. And the NY Times would carry the ball.

Who was the paper’s main source for the breaking UFO disclosure? Luis Elizondo, the man who headed up the Pentagon UFO program, until he resigned. Elizondo is now part of rock musician Tom Delonge’s team at his newly formed To the Stars Academy. Elizondo’s new association hardly qualifies as a “good source” for an outlet like the Times.

Further, anyone who reads Elizondo’s bio at the Academy website would have reason to pause for thought:

“Luis Elizondo is a career intelligence officer whose experience includes working with the U.S. Army, the Department of Defense, the National Counterintelligence Executive, and the Director of National Intelligence. As a former Special Agent In-Charge, Luis conducted and supervised highly sensitive espionage and terrorism investigations around the world. As an intelligence Case Officer, he ran clandestine source operations throughout Latin America and the Middle East.”

Excuse me? The number one mainstream news operation on the planet accepts what Elizondo is saying at face value? On the verboten subject of UFOs? When everyone knows career intelligence officers are trained to lie at the drop of a hat?

The Times has suddenly become a “UFO site?”

Having received Elizondo’s assertions, the Times would have gone to its long-time sources at the Pentagon, and the Word would have come back: this is rock solid fact. Which, again, tells you the Pentagon wanted this story to be published. Strongly wanted.

If Donald Trump holds a water bottle in two hands and puckers his lips as he takes a sip, the Times would wonder aloud whether he was suffering from Alzheimer’s. But all of a sudden, on the topic of UFOs, the story the Times is being fed is honest and accurate, and there is no need to consult the usual experts who provide “balanced” criticism and “negative reactions.” [Comment: the bottle water thing was a warning across the bow of the Illuminati that they are going down.]

One conclusion: the Times is prepared to publish more UFO stories. Quotes from other military/intelligence sources. Unless the blowback from rival news outlets is too severe.

Another inference: the Times already has other videos of UFOs and other “irrefutable” interviews in the can.

Related: Solar Warden: The Secret Space Program Built With Alien Technology

Whatever they eventually publish, no matter how shocking, it will be a very, very small fragment of what the government (and those who control the government) is hiding.

If, five years ago, you polled the most competent and knowledgeable independent UFO researchers, and asked them whether they thought the New York Times would ever publish a major positive UFO story, who among them would have predicted what we are seeing now?

Finally, this could now happen: someone at the Times, a senior editor, or even the publisher, goes to the Pentagon and says, “Look, we’re begging off. We’ve done our job. We did what you told us to do. But now, other news operations are going to have to carry the freight. We can’t afford to incur a stain on our reputation. We broke the barrier. You’ll have to find other people to move your story forward…”

But the Times will forever be remembered as the first - they took their marching orders and delivered. They fronted for, and sold, a limited hangout, against all odds.

Related: UFO Archive

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Tree: My 2017 Holiday Post
December 31 2017 | From: VigilantCitizen

2017 was a year ruled by politics. Every single fact and issue has become political. This year’s news was indeed monopolized by people on both sides of a widening and divisive gap, covering their ears, and shouting about how they’re right and good – and how the other side is wrong and evil.

Although there is nothing wrong with getting involved in politics, obsessing about social constructs can lead one to ignore universal truths.

Related: The Trees Will Teach You Telepathy + Now You Can Hear Chemistry?

The Vigilant Citizen was never about politics. Its scope goes way beyond trying to have a politician elected. It is about the unseen impact of culture and symbolism on the human psyche and realizing that our current environment is toxic and detrimental to the mind and soul.

Since 2008, I’ve been highlighting the many ways popular culture is toxic and how it constantly caters to our darkest impulses. In 2018, we are seeing consequences of such a culture: A generation excessively prone to anxiety, depression, and suicide.

People are so keen on numbing themselves from the world that they are dying by the tens of thousands (in the US alone) of opioid abuse – drugs created by pharmaceutical companies to numb pain. As celebrities sing about “popping pills”, people are literally numbing themselves to death.

The opioid crisis is symbolic in itself and, unfortunately, perfectly illustrates the state of mind of our generation. It is symptomatic of a palpable mal-de-vivre, a malaise of the soul that needs to be healed. Several factors are causing this climate and our constant exposure to media and its distorted messages is a big part of the equation.

As we’ve seen this year, the messages keep reaching new lows of depravity while attempting to reach children as young as possible.

Related: The Incredible Hidden Life Of Trees

This past June, I published an article titled “Something is Terribly Wrong With Many “Kids” Videos on YouTube” which exposed the disturbing content found in “children videos” on YouTube. The video platform has been flooded with thousands of videos aimed at toddlers filled with content that is either shocking, terrifying, sexual or all-out traumatizing.

Even worse, some videos are targeted by child predators. Dubbed “Elsagate” by some online communities (because they often feature popular children’s characters such as Elsa), these videos garner billions of views and expose babies and toddlers to a steady regiment disturbing media

Fortunately, some good has come from our collective vigilance. In response to the outrage, YouTube “terminated more than 270 accounts and removed over 150,000 videos” from their platform. YouTube also “removed ads from nearly 2 million videos and over 50,000 channels masquerading as family-friendly content” and “turned off comments on over 625,000 videos targeted by child predators”.

While this might be a step in the right direction, the same underbelly is still bubbling not so far below the surface, constantly churning out videos from stars and idols promoting self-destruction. This year alone, we’ve seen Katy Perry being eaten by elite cannibals, Selena Gomez torturing herself and calling it a fetish, and Lil Uzi Vert spinning around in a bloody, pill-induced Satanic haze.

The symbolism that is pointed out on The Vigilant Citizen is the outward, easily perceptible manifestation of a dark undercurrent, an underground philosophy that guides the actions of those in power. Understanding this mindset – as foul and disturbing as it can be – allows one to navigate the world with eyes truly open.

Related: The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?

There is a process in motion and every year it is more visible. Indeed, there is a conscious and deliberate effort to distance the masses from what is true and authentic in order to move them into an artificially created environment, custom-made to stifle the human spirit. The further away we are from truth, health, balance, and harmony, the easier we are to control.

For this reason, it is essential, more than ever, to stay grounded and connected to what life is truly about. We must reconnect with Life with a capital L. What is Life with a capital L might you ask? Well, like you, I am still finding out. However, I do know that, since the dawn of time, it has been represented by a simple yet powerful symbol: A tree.

Picture a great big tree, with its massive roots firmly gripping the soil that is full of nutrients and its tall branches reaching for the rays of the sun. Across all ages and across all cultures, the symbol of the tree represents Life … with a capital L.

Tree of Life

The Tree of Life can be found in the canons of countless religions and mythologies. It is an age-old archetype that symbolizes the connection between Earth and the heavens.

It is found in Christianity, Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, and Buddhism. The tree of life is also part of Egyptian, Persian, Chinese, Germanic, Celtic, Aztek, and Iroquois mythologies. In nearly every case, the tree is associated with knowledge of life and a described as a key to immortality.

For instance, at the beginning of the Bible, in Genesis, the tree of life is in Eden, guarded by two cherubims. Separated from the tree, Adam and Eve found themselves subject to physical and spiritual death.

A 19th-century painting depicting the tree of life in Eden guarded by two cherubims

At the very end of the Bible, in Revelation, the same tree is mentioned again: “To him who overcomes, I will give the right to eat from the tree of life, which is in the paradise of God”.

17th-century depiction of the Tree of Life in Palace of Shaki Khans, Azerbaijan.

An 1847 depiction of the Norse Yggdrasil – the tree of life

Although each culture has its own elaborate story surrounding their version of the Tree of Life, the core message is the same: It is through the essence of this tree, which is rooted in the true source of life, that one can truly flourish.

Today, most of us are completely disconnected from that tree. And those in power are doing their best to push us as far away from it as possible. Through a debasing and abhorrent agenda, they seek to disconnect us from the core of that tree and its wise, life-giving essence. They want us to be like dried up leaves, detached from the tree, and floating aimlessly at the mercy of the winds they choose to blow at us.

Instead, like a tree, we must be firmly rooted in grounds made of strong values, solid knowledge, and patient wisdom. Like a tree, we must reach for the heavens and allow our fruits to be ripened by the sun.

While the Tree of Life has a profound spiritual meaning, simple steps can be done to reconnect with it. Disconnect from the hypnotic light of screens and the nauseating sounds of media.

Related: Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

Reconnect with nature, with the elements, and with life on earth. Breathe fresh air, gaze at the stars, and admire the miraculous force that animates all living things.

Step back from the dizzying torment of society and resynch with the balancing rhythm of nature. Take the time to truly connect with your loved ones, with your neighbors and, of course, with yourself.

Because, although being aware of the evils of this world is all-important, we must not allow ourselves to be consumed by it. We must use this knowledge to identify what is toxic, not to obsess over it, but to clearly focus on what is healthy. Although we all want to change the world for the better, the true challenge of our lives is to change ourselves for the better. And this is what being a Vigilant Citizen is all about.

Thank you for reading my articles, for sharing them throughout the web, and for contributing your own thoughts through comments and messages. Today, more than ever, we need independent thinkers that rely on a solid moral compass – not a predetermined agenda – to understand the world, to speak up, and to fight for what is right.

Our work is far from done. See you in 2018!

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Facebook Admits Social Media Harmful To Mental Health
December 30 2017 | From: Infowars

Citing internal and academic research, Facebook admitted its users will feel worse about themselves after spending only 10 minutes absorbing content on the site.

In a company blog post on Friday, Facebook cited studies from the University of Michigan and UC San Diego that revealed how social media negatively impacts the mental health of users.

Related: Online Privacy Just Got a Lot Less Private

According to Facebook:

In general, when people spend a lot of time passively consuming information - reading but not interacting with people - they report feeling worse afterward.

In one experiment, University of Michigan students randomly assigned to read Facebook for 10 minutes were in a worse mood at the end of the day than students assigned to post or talk to friends on Facebook.

A study from UC San Diego and Yale found that people who clicked on about four times as many links as the average person, or who liked twice as many posts, reported worse mental health than average in a survey.

That said, the admission was part of a half-assed attempt at damage control by Facebook, which claimed “it really comes down to how you use the technology.”

Facebook is facing renewed criticism after a recent spat of ex-employees admitted social media was causing severe psychological damage to society, leading to a massive rift in real-life relationships.

“The short-term, dopamine-driven feedback loops we’ve created [including the hearts, likes, and thumbs up of various social media channels] are destroying how society works,” said former Facebook vice president Chamath Palihapitiya. “…There’s no civil discourse, no cooperation; [only] misinformation, mistruth.”

“And it’s not an American problem - this is not about Russians ads. This is a global problem.”

Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

In short, the more “connected” people are on social media, the more disconnected they are in real life, and some analysts even suggest this is contributing to low birth rates in the West when combined with the “soy boy” epidemic and third-wave feminism.

Fortunately, there’s a brewing backlash against dopamine addiction and smartphone dependency, especially amongst Generation Z youths.

“Almost two-thirds of schoolchildren would not mind if social media had never been invented, research suggests,” BBC reported. “A survey of almost 5,000 students, mainly aged between 14 and 16, found a growing backlash against social media – with even more pupils (71%) admitting to taking digital detoxes to escape it.”

“Some girls found fears of being offline were replaced by feelings of relief.”

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Only Trump Can Destroy Deep State
December 29 2017 | From: TheMilleniumReport

President Trump is the right man for the job who showed up at the perfect time.

Love him or hate him, Donald Trump was probably the only one in America who could begin the process of knocking down Deep State.

Related: Could Trump Presidency Prove to be a Godsend for the Palestinians?

SOTN was the first alternative news platform to call Trump exactly what he is - a wrecking ball.  Google it and it’s clear that this meme has been almost as prescient as “Drain the swamp!”

There is no other time in American history when a wrecking ball was more needed than in 2016… 2017… and 2018.  And, there is no one else who could have performed this function like The Donald.  Likewise, the swamp inside the Beltway needed to be drained like yesterday!

Of course, many still intensely dislike Trump because of his “wrecking ball” style. They all fail to realize that the System was in desperate need of such a wrecking, especially Deep State.

The political establishment is so deeply entrenched that only a one man wrecking ball like Trump could do the necessary job.

The salient point here is that a wrecking ball in action is not a very pretty sight.  It’s very loud and tumultuous and can swing any way at any time.  This is precisely why the Trump movement was formed; his supporters were thrilled with his ability to take the whole place down.  The Trumpsters knew that he was quite experienced at demolishing the old buildings before he could ever construct the new towers.

Related: Saudi "Deep State" Prince Bandar Among Those Arrested In Purge: Report

With this crucial understanding, the reader ought to apprehend that a bigger ego was needed to destroy all the other lesser egos in the Washington, D.C. swamp.  What better man for the job than a straight-talkin’, truth-tweetin’ New Yorker who cares not a whit about being politically correct - EVER!

Now there is a downside, and that is his foreign policy is also a bit mangled.  In this particular regard, it’s important to understand that one must take the bitter with the sweet.  And what could be sweeter than forever branding the mainstream media (MSM) with the meme: “fake news”?!

Of course, Trump’s has also exposed the FBI for being a taxpayer-funded protection racket for RICO criminals, the CIA for being a black-budgeted terrorist organization, the Democratic Party for being guilty of a multitude of crimes they accuse other of, the Republican Party for being full of traitorous RINOs, the Obama Administration for being guilty of treason and sedition, the Clintons for running an international crime syndicate, the NFL for being a haven for hypocritical beefcakes, the entire MSM as the propaganda arm of the U.S. Intelligence Community,  etc. etc. etc.

N.B.  The following excellent commentary further fleshes out the skeleton of this correct understanding.

Trump Is Winning Ugly

I had previously wrote in article detailing how the media was destroying political discourse due to the fact that it has become little more than a propaganda arm of globalists and corporatists directing a disinformation campaign against the American people.

In fact, I had deliberately voted for Trump specifically because he proved himself willing and able to challenge both the political and media establishment. Now I can clearly see that Trump is exactly the man for this time and place in history.

Related: Vegas Shooting: Official Scenario Crumbling & More False Flag Ops As Deep State Is Losing On Every Battlefront

While Trump has been criticized for his ego, I postulate that this type of ego is exactly what was needed to take on and defeat the deep state, its goblets operatives and a sycophant media. Trump’s ego is so big that often his genius, shrewdness and cunning are underestimated by his enemies due to their own egotism and an envious disrespect for Trump’s tenacity and courage demonstrated by his refusal to back down from a challenge.

All the Dems laughed as Trump destroyed his fellow Republican candidates that the GOP establishment had termed as being a “deep bench”, confident that Trump would self-destruct as spectacularly in the general election as he had destroyed the GOP field in the primary.

Obama mocked Trump by saying he would never be president and then laughed at the GOP’s supposed disarray while Trump spent only a fraction of what Hillary and the DNC pumped into the election to decisively beat her.

Obama promised to support the next president “no matter who she was.”

Obama again mocked Trump saying it was “impossible to hack an election” and that “no serious or credible person” would even make a statement such as that. Obama went on to further admonish Trump by telling him to quit whining and start campaigning.

CNN then went on to announce that Trump had no way forward in his election campaign four weeks before the election and kept telling the American people who Hillary would win with 95% surety. They maintained this meme up until everyone in the country knew it to be a lie.

Obama also alluded to Trump being weak by saying he was not tough enough to handle the job. However, Trump has shown he is not only tough enough to handle the job, but can also take on the NSA, the CIA, the FBI, the DOJ, the State Department, the Pentagon, the globalists, the DNC, the RNC, the media, and the Obama and Clinton crime cartel and have a good time while doing it. Trump has not only shown he has the toughness to take them all on, but he has shown again and again he has the intelligence and cunning to beat them at their own game.

Related: Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of

After Hillary lost the election, she had a difficult time accepting the fact that most Americans knew she was a crook, a liar, and a psychopath.

She could not only not accept defeat, but she proved herself willing to wage a scorched Earth policy utilizing Obama holdovers in the DOJ and FBI to wage a treasonous propaganda campaign against Trump that has backfired so violently that it has exposed what most thought to be merely irony and absurdity to actually be the crudest, most cynical and farcical exercise of political and legal self-immolation that could never have been devised by even the most devious and twisted mind.

Think about it. Trump has exposed the deep state and has discredited it to such an extent that the FBI and DOJ now stand naked and exposed for the corrupt, politicized, abusive, partisan and inept organization the perceptive always knew it to be. Those with some understanding always knew the FBI to be organizationally what Peter Strzok and Andrew McCabe are individually–powerful, arrogant, mostly unaccountable and stupid.

While even Trey Gowdy sings the praises of the DOJ and FBI, there are those of us who remember the FBI torture and murder of Kenneth Trentadue in a case of mistaken identity that was covered up by Eric Holder. The FBI thought that Kenneth Trentadue was John Doe #2 in the OKC bombing that occurred under Operation Patriot Conspiracy.

All logs and evidence were scrubbed and destroyed and justice was institutionally obstructed. So contempt of the constitution, perjury, evidence tampering and obstruction of justice is nothing new to the FBI, not to mention the torture and murder. Unfortunately for the FBI, this time they decided to mess with the wrong guy and who is not impressed by them.

Partisan FBI agents weren’t just satisfied with being able to obstruct justice in the Clinton email scandal in which tens of thousands of emails were destroyed along with handfuls of Blackberry phones and computer hard drives, but they also wanted the power to politically and legally destroy anyone who stood in the way of a Clinton election victory.

Related: Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public

While Hillary Clinton ran the State Department, the Clinton Foundation raked in literally billions of dollars. The State Department allowed Clinton to then destroy all the emails and schedules that clearly demonstrated quid pro quo and direct correlations between donors and their receiving State Department action.

Not only did the State Department do that, but the DOJ and FBI slapped a nondisclosure order on a witness to prevent Congress from learning about bribes, money laundering, racketeering and blackmail in relation to the Clinton Foundation getting $150 million as Hillary’s State Department approved a deal in which Uranium One was allowed to be purchased by Rosatom, a Putin-controlled business, effectively placing Putin in control of 20% of all US uranium deposits.

After Hillary having had promised Obama she would separate the Clinton Foundation from the State Department, the foundation went on to collect nearly $2 billion as donors received weapons deals, favorable legislation, special access and assorted business deals. Now that Clinton has no influence, donations to the foundation dropped to nothing and much of the foundation has ceased to exist.

It seems the DOJ and the FBI were perfectly prepared to allow Hillary to continue her global crime spree even if it meant engaging in politically motivated prosecutions and engaging in obstruction of justice thereby ensuring her crimes could continue while being hidden.

After Trump won the election, Clinton seemed obsessed with calling attention to a meeting between Donald Trump Jr. and a female Russian lawyer who promised to give the Trump team dirt on Hillary Clinton. The meeting was inconsequential. No dirt on Hillary ever came out as a result of the meeting. The Russian attorney claims the meeting was an offer to provide dirt on Hillary in exchange for help in getting the Magnitsky Act repealed.

Related: Trump, Putin Up Against The US Deep State + New Report: DNC Files Copied Locally - Not Hacked By Russia

While Hillary claims she had nothing to do with the Uranium One deal because she did not approve it herself, she suddenly wants everyone to buy into the belief that Don Jr. could personally get the Magnitsky Act dropped all by himself in exchange for getting some dirt on Clinton of dubious value, as if everyone didn’t already know Hillary was a crook.

But, considering Hillary paid foreigners to gather opposition research provided by Russian intelligence agents who were paid with funds provided by the DNC and the Clinton campaign, which we later learned was one in the same, how is it wrong for Trump Jr. to take a meeting in which nothing of value was promised or exchanged and yet Hillary can launder $10 million through a law firm to do exactly what she accused Trump of doing even though Trump did nothing?

Let’s not forget that there was no Hillary dossier gathered from Russian intelligence agents.

Which brings us to the next question. How did everyone know about the Trump Jr. – Russian attorney meeting? Well, it seems Hillary got John McCain to turn the Russian dossier, she paid a foreigner $12 million for, over to the FBI. Then, a group of anti-Trump pro-Clinton FBI partisans, who in emails stated they needed to “protect America from Trump”, “could smell Trump supporters at Wal-Mart” called the Trump family “douche bags”, and admitted in emails that they had a plan that was an “insurance policy” as Peter Strzok, a counter-intelligence agent with the FBI made treasonous statements of being able to “protect the country from Trump at many different levels”.

This same Peter Strzok changed the FBI report verbiage in an attempt to exonerate Clinton of crimes in relation to her email scandal. An FBI Inspector General’s investigation showed Peter Strzok and Lisa Page, an attorney for the FBI, relied on work phones to try to hide their romance from their respective spouses and made the bureau’s probe of Clinton’s private email server their cover story for being in such close contact, according to people familiar with the matter.

This same Peter Strzok took the Russian/Trump dossier that was bought from Russian agents by Hillary, dressed it up and put a gold ring on a pig’s nose so he could pass it off as legitimate FBI intelligence to a FISA court so as to get wire surveillance on everyone working for the Trump campaign and transition team. Strzok has, since being discovered, filed his resignation with the FBI.

Related: Deep History Of America’s Deep State

Another Trump investigator working for the DOJ and FBI, Agent Robert Ohr, was demoted after it was discovered that he hid the fact that he secretly met with Fusion GPS and also hid the fact that his wife worked on helping to put the Trump dossier together for Fusion GPS and was compensated many hundreds of thousands of dollars.

As if all this was not enough to taint the FBI investigation, Andrew McCabe, Deputy Director of the FBI, who was also working with this cabal investigating Trump, met with Peter Strzok and Lisa Page to strategize how they could formulate an “insurance policy” to attack Trump in the event he won the election. This plot was also discovered and exposed through the FBI’s Inspector General investigation.

The FBI IG also discovered that McCabe’s wife had received over $500,000 from long-time Clinton confidant Democratic West Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe. It is so well known about McAuliffe’s connection to Clinton that McCabe has now chosen to retire. He is now being investigated by the Inspector General of the FBI and is being subpoenaed by numerous legislative oversight committees for his failure to disclose his connection to the Clintons and his conspiracy to attack Trump.

While Special Investigator Robert Mueller and Deputy Director Rod Rosenstein assert that there are no conflicts of interest that were severe enough to warrant a special investigation of the Trump investigators, or misconduct that would taint the Trump investigation, neither Comey, Ohr, McCabe, Strzok or Rosenstein will answer questions put to them by congress or the FBI Inspector General. This has led to subpoenas being issued with threats of Contempt of Congress charges for any further obstruction.

The questions various agents are being asked do not imperil or undermine the FBI investigation into Trump-Russian collusion, but seek to verify who submitted the discredited Trump dossier to the FISA Court, a dossier paid for by Clinton, to obtain wiretaps on the Trump transition team and administration.

This leaves one to ask: How is a meeting by Trump Jr. which amounted to absolutely nothing a case of collusion or treason, but a dossier obtained from Russia containing nothing but lies which is used as fake intelligence and then misrepresented to a FISA Court to spy on the President and engage in treason.

Related: 238 Arrested In Major Hollywood Pedophile Ring Bust & The UN Is Normalising Pedophilia: The Deep State Is Free To Prey Upon Your Children

When President Trump stated he was being spied upon the media engaged in a 3-week disinformation campaign in an attempt to discredit Trump, but once again he turns out to be right beyond anyone’s wildest expectations.

The mainstream media has absolutely lost its mind. It refuses to report on even the most obvious misdeeds by Clinton and her minions, holdovers from the Obama administration, openly engaging in usurping the presidency by leaking false information to the media.

Meanwhile, everyone later finds out that the FBI and DOJ hid documents and then lied about their existence relating to Bill Clinton confronting Loretta Lynch on an airport tarmac during the whitewash of the Clinton email server crimes. How much was this mentioned by the MSM? Nada, zippo, zilch.

While the media is rabidly ant-Trump, often times Trump was shrewd enough to use this to his advantage. There was no funnier example of Trump making the media look like idiots than when he called a press conference he claimed was to make a statement regarding Obama’s citizenship.

The media bit on it hook, line and sinker. After using the media frenzy to make an exhibit of his receiving numerous endorsements, Trump then said he believed Obama was a citizen and correctly reminded everyone that the issue of Obama’s citizenship was brought up by Hillary during her primary when she ran against Obama.

Related: Anti-Deep State Gamechanger SCO Doubled Its Strength

He then thanked everyone for coming. The media stood stunned and played for the very fool they tried to play Trump as. It was classic Trump giving the media what it was trying to serve him.

As it now stands the Clinton cabal within the FBI has been exposed. Trump can now order Jeff Sessions to open an investigation by the FBI given what the Inspector General has now confirmed and is further investigating. Trump now has various oversight committees demanding answers to their questions, under the penalty of Contempt of Congress, answers that will be embarrassing and revealing.

What will be revealed is how this whole fiasco was a criminally contrived by Clinton, Obama and their impeccably placed deep state partisans and globalist media arm using a dossier that its author Christopher Steele has now been publicly disavowing since being hit with libel lawsuits. This Clinton-contrived dossier was used by her sycophantic followers to open up an investigation that has gone nowhere after a year of work and many millions of dollars wasted.

The Never-Trumpers want to cite supposed violations of the Logan Act because Trump told Lt. Gen. Flynn to tell the Russians to not retaliate against the US for Obama expelling Russian diplomats. So, how exactly does telling a supposed enemy to not take adverse retaliatory action against the US equate to treason, or for that matter even hurt the country?

Trump was not a private citizen carrying out a private foreign policy. He was the president-elect implementing a foreign policy he ran on and was elected for, so to use the words of Comey – “no reasonable prosecutor would prosecute this case”.

Related: Anonymous: De-Mystifying The Concept Of The Deep State + Doctor Explains Why The Public Is So Stupid - Trusting The Government & Fake News

How is it Comey and Mueller think Trump should be prosecuted for beginning to implement his foreign policy as president-elect, but yet believe Hillary should not be prosecuted for hiding and destroying emails, hard drives, Blackberry phones, appointment schedules showing quid pro quo with her customers buying foreign policy at the State Department, allowing foreign actors access to top secret and above top secret special action programs, illegally removing email and the allowing those emails to end up on convicted sex offender Anthony Weiner’s laptop computer?

How do people think Hillary ended up with $2 billion in her foundation? It sure was not the result of doing any work. Yet Comey thinks no prosecutor would prosecute Hillary while Peter Strzok and Andy McCabe go out of their way to entrap 3-star General Flynn.

How amazing it is that the FBI, under Comey, McCabe, Rosenstein and Strzok, granted everyone from Hillary’s team amnesty, failed to record any interviews, and allowed witnesses and attorneys of targets of the investigation to sit in on witness interviews so that all could coordinate their alibis and not get caught in a perjury trap of the type in which they had ensnared Lt. Gen Flynn? Former Deputy Directors of the FBI stated what they allowed in the Hillary email server investigation is simply unprecedented in the annals of all FBI history.

The next thing the Never-Trumpers cling to is the fact the DNC claims Russia hacked the DNC. Yet, intelligence experts concluded that it was not a hack because computer forensic experts have universally agreed that the only way the entire DNC server could have been downloaded at the speed it was if the download occurred within the system using a usb drive.

While it seems the DNC alleging that the Russians hacked the DNC would give this allegation some legitimacy, Donna Brazile, the DNC Chairwoman, exposed the fact that Clinton completely took over the DNC early in the primary and put the fix in against Bernie Sanders. So it should come as no surprise that the DNC came to the same self-serving conclusion as had Hillary Clinton because they were one in the same.

Related: Manchester, Berlin, Paris, Nice, London, New York: Passports And IDs Mysteriously Discovered In The Wake Of Terror Attacks & How The British Deep State Turned Manchester Into Al-Qaeda Town UK

Clinton then refused to allow the FBI to examine the DNC computers, but instead hired a DNC connected computer firm, Crowd Strike, paying them many tens of thousands of dollars to come to the conclusion that Hillary wanted and paid for extravagantly.

Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity, a group of retired CIA, NSA and FBI officials, all stated unanimously that the DNC computer breach was not a hack. But, in the politicized world of partisan skullduggery those without an ideological agenda are usually distrusted by both sides and ignored because the biggest fear in politics is that truth might rear its ugly head.

What is amazing about this whole Trump investigation situation is that none of this would be occurring if Sessions hadn’t recused himself only because he supported Trump during the election and was therefore worried about the appearance of impropriety.

Yet, those highly partisan political hacks that make up Mueller’s team have been so intent on wreaking havoc upon the Trump presidency that reason and logic have gone out the window.

While Sessions recused himself he has allowed Hillary partisans to engage in outright conspiracy and treason, directly exposed in email, while refusing to order the FBI to make documents and witnesses available to numerous senatorial and congressional oversight committees thereby committing treason to the US Constitution and allowing partisan deep state actors to subvert democracy itself.

Related: Attempted Political Coup Now Taking Place In D.C. With Effort To Impeach Trump For Fabricated “Obstruction Of Justice” & CNN’s Bash Admits Comey Memo Is “Deep State” Revenge Against Trump

The FBI is not a law onto itself and does not get to decide for itself with which law it will comply and which witness or documents it will provide to any particular legislative oversight committee. The US Constitution says these committees will get it all. It is ironic that the FBI believes it does not have to obey the law and can obstruct justice and oversight.

Another absurdity espoused by Clinton is that Russia stole the election from Hillary and thus interfered in the US election by buying Facebook and Twitter adds. Clinton’s experts have placed the amount of money spent on social media by groups peripherally connected to Russia at $300,000.

The overall money spent by both Clinton and Trump was $2.3 billion. This means that Russia won the election for Trump by spending 1/10,000 of what both campaigns spent. The US admitted to spending $5 billion in Ukraine alone to destabilize that country.

How much do you think the CIA fronts of USAID and National Endowment for Democracy spent in Russia? Let’s not forget the Voice Of America’s budget. Yet, now Hillary wants to scream about Russian interference and foreign interference as Israeli Zionists through AIPAC buy off the entire US legislature of both parties and have their partisan control entire committees and departments.

Why is it that AIPAC doesn’t have to filer as a foreign agent? The answer is: Because it wields so much influence in Washington it has managed to get itself exempted from our laws because it bought off our politicians and has its partisan in influential positions in the FBI, CIA, State Department, DHS, White House, US intelligence committees and armed services committees.

Related: The Deep State: It Is War, Not Peace That Pays

If you want to find foreign influence in US politics, one need look no further than the fact that our legislature invited and allowed a lunatic like Netanyahu to usurp Obama’s foreign policy in front of the entire world.

As far as Russia buying Facebook ads, we must remember that we live in an open society. If Russia wants to buy Facebook ads, why should a free society worry about being told the truth about it politicians? Have we become so sovietized that we now have to fear that Russia telling us the truth about Hillary Clinton and the DNC will destroy our democracy?

How bizarre that the USG is worried not that Russia lied to us, but that Russia hacked the DNC to give the unaltered emails to Wikileaks who then supposedly gave them to Trump so as to subvert the US election process by telling people the truth. Truth does not become less untrue because Putin or Assange exposed it. The DNC position is one of indignation that anyone should be allowed to know the truth about it.

The entire MSM falsely reported that Trump Jr. received the DNC emails 10 days before they were posted by Assange on Wikileaks and somehow this amounted to Russian collusion and treason. It was later discovered that the MSM as a whole purposely misreported a lie.

Glenn Greenwald exposed this lie here on the Intercept and exposed the entire MSM plot in his article here titled, “The US Media Suffered Its Most Humiliating Debacle In Ages and Now Refuses All Transparency over What Happened.” The extent of the collusion by the MSM to spread this lie was thoroughly documented by Greenwald, himself a famous progressive Democrat and media reformer.  Here he takes on the MSM, including Fox News.

While the MSM tries to push the narrative that the political pressure upon Mueller is nothing more than Trump and Fox News pushback, the actual fact is that former FBI and DOJ Deputy Directors and other retired former high-ranking officials, and even more importantly various chairmen of congressional and senate committees, are all are calling for prosecutions of Clinton, Lynch, Comey, McCabe, Strzok and Ohr.

Now the MSM is attempting to provoke Trump into firing Mueller with threats of resistance should he engage in such an act. However, Trump is now content to watch these Clinton partisans destroy themselves and play their fiddles as all of Rome burns.

The lies required pronouncements and support from all of Hillary’s minions, the deep state and the MSM, but it is appearing that truth can stand on its own and this terrifies Clinton and her supporters more than Russian ICBMs and ISIS jihadists wielding machetes.

I have finally concluded that Trump is guilty - of destroying Hillary’s crime syndicate, the deep state, the globalists’ agenda, entitled NFL players, and a corrupt mainstream media in on fell swoop. This is a guy Mr. Metrosexual Obama called weak. What an interesting time in which we live.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Roots Of New Paradigm
December 28 2017 | From: Geopolitics

In his Dec. 25 interview with RT, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov addressed the roots of the “multipolar world” now coming into being, as the dangerous fantasy world of the Bush/Obama years, of the U.S. as the “Only Superpower,” comes crashing down along with the western banking system.

Lavrov said: “I think that the concept of a multipolar world came into being not ten, but rather some 20 years ago. It was put forward by Yevgeny Primakov when he served as Russia’s Foreign Minister, in 1996-1998. He was also behind the initiative to set up the Russia-India-China (RIC) three-sided cooperation framework, which operates to this day…. The RIC framework paved the way to what we now call BRICS, when Brazil and later South Africa joined the Russia-India-China trio. I believe that this is indicative of the trend towards the emergence of what we call a polycentric world order.”

Related: Lavrov Dismantles UK-Led Sarin 'Investigation' In 30 Seconds + CIA Documents: Plans To Topple Assad Family Go Back Six Presidents

In December 1998, Primakov, who had become Prime Minister as of September 1998, visited India, where he called for the formation of a strategic triangle among the three giant nations of Eurasia - Russia, India, and China.

Then, in March 1999, Primakov scheduled a visit to Washington to meet with President Clinton, almost certainly to discuss his strategic triangle concept and appeal to the US to support it, or even to join it. Al Gore, then the Vice President (or President of Vice, as LaRouche called him), sabotaged the meeting by calling Primakov, who was already on his plane heading to the U.S., and telling him that the U.S. would be bombing Yugoslavia during his visit.

LaRouche responded in the EIR of April 2, 1999:

“The members of the Principals’ Committee, including Vice-President Al Gore, knew beforehand, that Russia’s Prime Minister would cancel his visit to Washington the instant he were informed that the bombing of Yugoslavia would begin during the period of his scheduled visit.

President Clinton had signalled to all with the brains to hear a clear Presidential signal, to the effect that there would be no bombing of Yugoslavia during the period of Primakov’s visit. Gore et al. were desperate to prevent the visit from occurring.

Gore, going behind the President’s back, intercepted the Russian Prime Minister, a mere two hours before his scheduled arrival in Washington, informing the Prime Minister that the bombing would probably occur during the time of the visit!”

Primakov ordered the plane to return to Moscow. LaRouche headlined his article: “Gore Provokes Total War!” That warning, regarding Gore and his fellow British assets Obama and Hillary, still stands today.

Related: Washington Launches Its Attack Against BRICS

A few months later, in October 1999, Lyndon LaRouche, speaking at the Rhodes Forum, expanded on Primakov’s vision, and his probable intention, by called for a “Four Powers” consortium, with Russia, China, India and the U.S., as the necessary basis for ending the British Empire and establishing a new paradigm embracing all sovereign nations, cooperating for peace and development.

LaRouche said:

“Therefore, the task, as I defined it, is, if Russia, and the United States, and China, and India, agree, as a group of countries to initiate and force a reorganization of the world financial and credit system, under these conditions, with long-term agreements, of the same type that Franklin Roosevelt had uttered before his death, in 1944, under key nations, the intention of Roosevelt all these years later, could have been realized, and we could do that today.”

This is the history which Lavrov is referring to today. Lavrov added (in RT’s paraphrase):

“A global financial reform that would account for new centers of economic growth and the dwindling role of the dollar is what drives the transition.

The G20 format is likely to be the driving force of the reform, with roughly half of the group sharing Russia’s goal of decentralizing world finances. As for a new set of rules, they will grow organically as the world transforms.”

As we head into the New Year, bringing about LaRouche’s vision for the “Four Powers” to collaborate in creating a new world order based on the common aims of mankind is urgent, and, more than at any time in the past, totally possible.

Related: BRICS Bank, AIIB To Strengthen Global Financial System - Putin

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Six Activities That Will Enrich Your Soul + The Benefits Of Mindfulness
From The Archives - July 15 2016 | From: USHealthCorps / AustralianNationalReview

Our busy lives often leave us with a giant list of things we must do and seemingly no time for things we actually want to do.

While it’s important to take care of our responsibilities, it’s also crucial to our overall well-being to take care of our spirits.

Here are a few activities that will enrich your soul and help you find inner peace amid the chaos of life.

Teach Someone Something New or Learn a New Skill

Teaching someone something new can be an incredibly rewarding experience, giving you the pleasure of not only enhancing another person’s knowledge or skill set but leaving a legacy that will remain long after you’re gone.

Whether you know how to knit or crochet, paint, play the piano, or something as simple as snapping your fingers, sharing your expertise is a soul-nourishing experience. If there’s something you’d love to learn, ask an expert to tutor or mentor you and devote some time to making a better you.

Spend Some Quality Time with Four-Legged Friends

If you have a friendly pet, you can enrich the lives of others while enriching your own soul by taking your furry friend to spend quality time with nursing home or assisted living residents or even hospital patients.

Of course, you should check with the facility to be sure that your pet has the required certifications. You might even consider getting your pet certified as a therapy animal so that you can spread the joy in more places.

If you don’t have a dog of your own, consider dog walking or dog boarding. It will allow you to get the mental and physical health boosts that come with spending time with animals, while also making a little extra money on the side.

Get Organized

A cluttered environment can add stress to your life, so give your home an organization overhaul. Clean out your closets and donate gently used items to charity, organize your home office, or invest in some storage baskets or cute containers to give your home an updated look while freeing up valuable space.

The sense of accomplishment you’ll get from taking care of these kinds of tasks (which, if you’re like many people, you’ve probably been procrastinating on for far too long) will result in less worry and anxiety, reduced stress, and greater peace.

Catch Up With Lost Connections

Our busy lives can often lead us to lose touch with faraway friends and family members. There’s no time like the present to fix that! Re-open the lines of communication with a phone call, an email, or even a handwritten letter.

Don’t be afraid to reach out – chances are, they’ve been thinking of you too and would love to hear from you. Whether it’s been weeks, months, or even years, reconnecting with a loved one will not only forgo feelings of loneliness, it’ll give you a chance to take a walk down memory lane and fill you with warm and fuzzies.

Curl Up with a Good Book

The busy pace of day-to-day life leaves most people with little time for recreational reading. Yet reading is one of the best ways to keep your mind sharp. You don’t have to read the Encyclopedia Britannica for your brain to benefit from reading; pick up that novel you’ve been itching to start since last year and cuddle up with a cup of tea. Whether you read a true account of a historical event or a fictional work, reading allows you to escape reality and visit faraway places from the comfort of your couch.

Create a Personal Growth Plan

We all have goals in life, both professional and personal, so start creating a plan to achieve them. Make a vision board, write down your goals, and develop a strategy for becoming the person you want to be. Creating a personal growth plan is a beneficial way to look toward the future and develop an optimistic mindset about what life has in store for you.

Our giant to-do lists may try to tell us otherwise, but there’s always time for a little soul therapy. Find an activity (or two, or three!) that makes you feel happy and incorporate it into your routine. You’d be surprised at the number of benefits you’ll see in all aspects of your life when you give yourself time for joy.

Eric Johnson’s own struggles with arthritis are what inspired him to volunteer to write for USHealthCorps.org. He hopes his work on the site can help others live healthy, happy lives despite their chronic illnesses.

The Benefits Of Mindfulness

Distractions are abounding and it affects the way we work - at home and at the office. A large number of people have trouble concentrating and this is where mindfulness comes in.

A form of meditation, mindfulness helps you develop stronger concentration powers. Large corporate companies such as Apple, Google and Starbucks amongst others offer training in mindfulness for their employees.

Forbes talks about this notion and shares how it can help boost your life and your career.

So What is Mindfulness?

A simple yet effective form of meditation, mindfulness makes you more focused, helping you to gain control over unruly thoughts. It is therefore a great way to reduce daily stress as it gives you control over your thoughts and prevents pondering on negative ones.

It makes you calm and allows you to go through the day in a productive manner. Ellen Langer, a psychologist at the Harvard University says;

“Mindfulness is the process of actively noticing new things. When you do that, it puts you in the present. It makes you more sensitive to context and perspective. It’s the essence of engagement.”

She adds that the "“mindless negative evaluations” that people make and the presumptions about problems they won’t be able to solve is what makes their day stressful."

Mindfulness and its Importance

Though there are many benefits of mindfulness, the main reason so many companies are banking on it is its ability to directly improve performance. The many studies which Langer has conducted in this regard have been accurate. Here are five other reasons why companies are focussed on mindfulness:

1. It relieves stress

Stress not only affects your performance but also your personality. Forbes explains “…it’s a people killer”. According to a research conducted by Centres for Disease Control and Prevention, 75% of healthcare expense is due to stress and two-thirds of hospital visits are for the same reason. Stress can increase your blood pressure, lead to cancer, insomnia, heart disease, anxiety, depression, autoimmune diseases and so on. Mindfulness makes you calm and takes you out of the stress mode.

2. It helps you concentrate

Mindfulness teaches you to focus on one thing at a time and this impacts everything you do. It teaches you to avoid distractions and complete one task at a time. Though we have all been subjected to multitasking, it is in fact a productivity killing practice and mindfulness lets you overcome this.

3. It makes you more creative

Creativity will depend on your mental state. Thus, when you are rid of negative thoughts and can focus, you are more likely to be creative. You can defeat the thoughts which cover up your creative skills. You can think creatively and freely because mindfulness lets you concentrate on the present.

4. It helps improve EQ

Something which cannot be perceived easily, emotional intelligence or EQ affects the way we behave, our social bonds, interactions and the decisions we make. It is your ability to understand emotions and use this knowledge to deal with relationships. Years of research have revealed that EQ is what sets star performers apart from mediocre ones. Forbes conducted studies at its workplace and found that the top performers were also high on EQ.

5. It makes you a better person

A study by the Harvard University revealed that there was in fact a link between ‘mindfulness and prosaical behaviour’. Those who practice meditation are 50% more likely to be compassionate towards others as compared to those who don’t.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Most Important Financial Meeting Since JFK’s Death Just Took Place
From The Archives - December 12 2015 | From: TheSpiritScience

If you have not heard of Neil Keenan or the Global Collateral Accounts, you soon will. The Global Collateral Accounts are the most prized financial secret of the banking cabal on this planet.

These accounts were originally intended for true humanitarian projects to revolutionize and transform our world for the better, but have been fraudulently abused by this banking cabal.

JFK signed the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement along with President Soekarno of Indonesia to use these accounts as a way to expose and legally end The Federal Reserve as well as the CIA by issuing gold-backed Treasury Notes, among other legal actions.

These accounts hold much more gold than has ever officially been reported. You can read more about these accounts in the article The Connection Between 9/11, JFK and the Global Collateral Accounts.

Neil Keenan is about to do what JFK and President Soekarno were nearly completed with: Opening the global collateral accounts. These accounts have major ties to 9/11 and are the reason for JFK’s death. 8 days after signing the Green Hilton Memorial Agreement (which was to open the global collateral accounts), JFK was murdered.

Neil Keenan is not just working alone on this either, as he has openly stated in previous updates there are many countries involved in this process as well as certain positive elements inside the Pentagon and the U.S. Military that are to finally set this planet free…and soon.

On December 3rd, Neil Keenan issued an update on his process of opening these accounts for their intended purpose:

‘Today we received the following information from an anonymous individual going by the name “Asian Insider”:’

“After spending the past week discussing matters with Neil about the earth-shaking meeting that we attended, I have decided, with Neil’s permission, to construct an update regarding what can be classified as an imminent major change in the financial system.

For security purposes, we agreed that I would withhold my name in order to protect me and my family. You can post this if you like, or keep it to yourselves and wait until Neil completes the deal and returns to Jakarta. But I thought it would be kind to keep everyone abreast of the sweeping financial changes that are now shifting into place.

I hope you enjoy the news:

Late in the evening on November 25th, a meeting took place in an Asian country (not Indonesia) with: the Elders, who represent the largest depository of the Global Collateral Accounts (GCA) assets (worth Quadrillions); the Spiritual Advisor to the Elders; Jo, who served as the translator; and Neil Keenan. Security was very tight – what seemed like an “army” of guards safeguarded the home where the meeting was being held.

Realizing that many such meetings in the past had resulted in nothing but empty promises, Neil was cautiously optimistic. Still he voiced his thinking that “maybe this time it’s different, maybe this is ‘it,’ the doors are opening and the Global Collateral Accounts (GCA) at long last would start flowing to humanity,” — as it was all originally meant to be.

After catching up with one another, the meeting kicked off with the startling revelation that the Elders have been holding a cache of assets for Neil for over a year now, waiting for a “safe” time to transfer them to him.

With bands of mercenaries relentlessly patrolling the bunker areas in hopes of stealing the assets for their bosses (George Soros and the Rothschild family), the transfer of the cache to Neil poses mortal danger for every single person involved. So far four Elders have been murdered by these maniacal mercenaries.

It’s become common knowledge there about the mercenaries being severely cruel and merciless with anyone found in the vicinity of the bunkers. Their prime directive is to block Neil and his team from getting to the assets. The mercenaries follow no rules on how this gets accomplished.

After briefing Neil about the assets that are waiting for him, and that the “safe” time for their release is at hand, he was further surprised to learn that a year ago the Elders had also drawn up “letters” for him to sign.

Upon his signature, Neil Keenan would be known as Number 1 (N1) - or, as the position is more commonly known, M1.

It was by unanimous consent among all of the Elders that they elected Neil as N1. Had there been even one dissenting Elder, he would not have been elected.

Presently the documents are being finalized and sent to Neil for his signature. He will be given full Power of Attorney over their depository of GCA assets and officially become the Elders’ sole representative and spokesperson for all dealings and the release of the funds to implement the Humanitarian Projects.

Should he accept the responsibility of being N1, Neil will control the issuing of the assets to 132+ Nations. To this he held some objections because after all, governments are criminal corporations that would simply pocket the asset funds rather than implement any humanitarian projects.

But Neil came up with an acceptable solution. A Foundation will be established with the GCA and his “umbrella” organization through which the funds would flow for worldwide humanitarian projects.

No banks, governments, corporations nor individuals will have direct access to these funds without going through the Foundation.

The funds will be distributed first to Indonesia and then to each of the 132+ Nations for projects such as the release of free energy and suppressed technologies, the cleaning of our water and the restoration of our oceans and lands, rebuilding infrastructure, education programs, etc. etc.

However, this designation of N1 did not seem to enthuse Neil, and immediately he discussed the group that he would like to set up to oversee such matters. Neil stated that he would direct his professional team to ensure that the distribution of funds and resulting projects are successfully initiated and maintained for their intended purpose.

As the meeting came to a close, the Elders made one additional point clear - that Neil is free to venture forth with his own undertakings but with one provision: that he never loses sight of Indonesia. There was no contention on this provision because Neil wants the Spiritual Advisor by his side and the support of the Elders.

And since it is well-known that Neil’s intent has always been to see that Indonesia becomes the “Jewel of Southeast Asia,” this strong alliance with the Elders guarantees the most positive outcome possible.

At this point, the meeting ended, and Neil and Jo returned to their hotel.”

So there it is - should Neil Keenan sign the documents, he will be N1 (= M1) for the worldwide distribution of the GCA assets.

Meanwhile on the other side of Asia, Nelu had met with a group of Elders who will assist in opening the Accounts and getting Neil and the team set up. I must say that this has surely been a double-barrel effort by both of them to get things rolling!

For nearly 100 years the Indonesian Elders have held these notes on behalf of the depositors. They have not been able to make use of any of the notes because the Western banking system has shut them down every step of the way.

It cannot go without saying that the Elders have not been given any remuneration for what they have safeguarded for so long. Some have been assassinated, and some have been imprisoned for their roles in spite of the fact that each and every move the Elders have made has been entirely legal.

Yet in Europe the Western banking system has illegally managed to get hold of notes and use them as “casino bonds,” freely gambling them on anything they chose – they never worry about losing what they don’t own.

But now it cannot be denied that the game is changed. Drastically. Not only does Neil have the old codes from the Book of Codes, he also has all of the New Codes. Once the accounts are opened and audited, the codes will reveal precisely who played with the depositors’ notes.

They can continue to ignore the consequences at their own peril. It is no secret that solid arrangements are being set up where all of these criminals will be held accountable for their atrocities and then “quarantined” to a place where they can never again control and decimate another planet.

They never foresaw such an outcome. They never believed that this day would ever come. But it has.

Last-Ditch Ploys of the FED - Last month a group representing the Federal Reserve arrived in Indonesia and approached several Elders. This group claimed they would cash in or monetize the assets that the Elders were holding but only on one condition: the Elders could do no business whatsoever with Neil Keenan.

Of course the Elders are well aware of the crimes that the Federal Reserve foisted upon humanity since its very inception in 1913. They’re well aware of what President Sukarno and President Kennedy tried to do 52 years ago.

In fact, the Elders are well aware of a lot more than what wealth will do for this planet. They know their legacy is ultimately a spiritual one, the only eternal value.

That even such a proposal would be presented to the Elders reflects that the FED is in such deep denial as to be inconceivable.

No normal human being wants perpetual war and planetary destruction. No normal human being wants more pain and disease. No normal human being wants any more of the darkness that the Cabal has created on this planet.

But it still remains an all-out, high-stakes game for the Cabal. Their massive desperation is evident everywhere, more than ever. Their desperation is no longer just internet “hopium” chatter.

Pathetically, this escalated “theater of terror” orchestrated by the Cabal is hardly a dignified swansong. A reminder for them: it does not have to be this way.

The truth is that in every single moment a new choice can be made. The change is upon us all now and instead of events that sweep the world with devastation, we will now see events that sweep the world with positive creation.

Once Neil gains access to the GCA and the funds start flowing, it means the utter dismantling of the Cabal. This is the catalyst we have been working for. The playing field will now tip in our favor, and their insane reign comes to an end. It can be no other way.

As one group of Elders has repeatedly told Neil: “We have been waiting for you for 30 years Mr. Keenan, and now you are here.”

The nations of the world elected President Sukarno as M1, the monetary controller of the GCA. Now the Elders have elected Neil Keenan as N1.

Neil has been responsible for the protection of the GCA for more than six years, and like the Elders, there has been no remuneration for their efforts. They have selflessly laid the groundwork for what is to come. Who can say what untold millions of lives, or even future generations, have been saved due to their groundwork. Without a doubt, Keenan stands as a one-man wrecking crew.

John Lennon taught us to Imagine. Ahead of us, we as a collective have meaningful, fulfilling jobs to do for the betterment of mankind and the planet.

I am sharing the big picture of what I’m seeing now because I feel compelled to have as many as possible imagine and embrace the concept that we will now being given the means to rebuild our world. We ALL need to be thinking about this and envisioning what we want because it is the only way to make it happen.

We will evolve. We will live up to our potential as a species. What is happening is On Time. Our Time. Believe it.”

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

In Harmony With All Life: The Open Source Way + Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality
From The Archives - November 7 2016 | From: RobertDavidSteele / KosmosJournal

We do not need a new paradigm but rather a return to the original indigenous paradigm that treated the Earth as a sacred Mother and understood that God was all of us, in harmony with one another and the cosmos, living by one principle (do no harm) and one practice (seventh generation thinking).

The Industrial Era has been both a blessing and a curse. It has radically altered the quality and diversity of life for a billion humans but it has also come at a great cost: the repression in extreme poverty of the other five billion; the eradication of thousands of species; and the destruction almost to a tipping point of the Earth.

Changes to the Earth that used to take ten thousand years now take three years or less. In combination, colonialism, militarism, and capitalism have squandered the wealth of the Earth, creating an elite 1% that profits from the misery, enslavement, and deception of the 99%.

A revolution is in the making, aided by the Internet. Pockets of cultural and ecological wisdom, both indigenous and modern, are now connected at the same time that the lies - such as the 935 lies that led us into the elective war on Iraq - more easily detected.

Still absent is a precipitant of revolution - our Tunisian fruit seller - and a groundswell of demand for the fundamentals of conscious evolution, the tools for information-sharing and sense-making as a collective, a new civilization, one without corruption and waste, both made possible by transformative politics, which is to say politics with integrity, based on evidence, and in the public interest.

How are we to achieve this mass elevation of humanity in the face of what some call the looming ‘sixth extinction?’ I offer three visual interventions for reflection.

Electoral Reform

With a humble apology to all of those fighting for climate change and other worthy causes, I will tell you what I told Tom Steyer: no amount of money or protest will lead to an honest hearing for any single issue as long as we continue to have a rigged system in which two parties control the public treasury and 70% percent of all eligible voters are disenfranchised. While I speak of the US in this instance, the same conditions apply in most countries, where virtual dictatorships and virtual fascism (control by banks) is the common standard.

Electoral Reform Act of 2016

I tried eight times over two years to connect with Bernie Sanders. Note that point twelve would have assured him the nomination and he, not Hillary Clinton, would be facing off against Donald Trump today, at the same time that Gary Johnson and Jill Stein would be viable nominees given the Instant Run-Off reform (point ten) as well as all the others.

The current effort to re-ignite a race war in the US, with leftist billionaires funding Black Lives Matter protests and fascist billionaires funding white paramilitary shooters killing cops and seeking to place the blame on blacks, will fail. To their credit, black leaders have identified the twin elements of this strategy.

The race war is intended to distract us from the fact that it is now clear to most that we are in a fight between the 1% who have destroyed the Earth and the hopes of humanity for their own selfish profit, and the 99% capable of creating infinite wealth.

Open Source Everything Engineering (OSEE)

I wrote the book itemizing over sixty opens, The Open Source Everything Manfesto: Transparency, Truth, and Trust, and subsequently developed, with Michel Bauwens and Marcin Jacubowksi, the below starting point for radically expanding public appreciation for what an open source everything mindset can accomplish.

Open Source Everything

Using this approach, I was able to document how one million Somalis could be moved from ghastly United Nations resettlement camps in Ethiopia, Kenya, and Uganda, back to an uncontested portion of Somalia (the northeast) with three things only in abundance: dirt, sunlight, and seawater.

For a one-time cost per person of $500 (i.e., $500 million total), I documented how we could provide them all with free energy, water, housing, food, and communications.

End All Waste

We can not only lift up the five billion poor, we can eradicate waste, now documented at 50% on average across agriculture, energy, housing, health, and security, among the one billion ‘rich.’ The below diagram shows how we do that, with a tip of the hat to co-creator Bojan Radej of Slovania.

The Waste Eradication Tri-Fecto

We do not lack for money on Earth. We lack for applied collective intelligence with integrity. We lack the precipitating event that will spark the revolution in which we all say “ENOUGH!” to predatory capitalism, unilateral militarism, and virtual colonialism.

What we have in abundance, what we have repressed for centuries, is the human imagination. Electoral Reform and Open Source Everything Engineering are the twin pillars of our liberation.

Lifting The Veil: Merging Science And Spirituality

Something miraculous is happening. The invisible is becoming visible. Human consciousness is taking a quantum leap into territory previously unknown as what began with just a few saints, sages, gurus, and a Savior is awakening in the hearts and minds of millions around the globe.

Human evolution is undergoing a profound shift; the proof can be seen with the naked eye. This shift is causing millennia-old beliefs and social structures to be scrutinized like never before - perhaps for the very first time.

Even world-renowned physicist Dr. Stephen Hawking has ditched his prior position in his book, The Grand Design: “belief in a creator was not incompatible with science” and now concludes that the Big Bang was as inevitable as gravity.

As science moves closer toward solving the Unifying Theory of Everything, will Dr. Hawking change his mind one more time?

Unifying Everything

What is presently emerging out of a weary world filled with very little practical value is a new and quantifiable reality being built by those already embodying a more expansive understanding of who we are and why we are here.

Most of us without a doubt have begun to ask questions - perhaps for the first time in our life. Whether you view current events as the end of the world or a new Golden Age is entirely dependent on whether you are bound by separation consciousness or have expanded beyond it into something new.

“There are only two ways to live your life. One is as though nothing is a miracle. The other is as though everything is a miracle.”

– Albert Einstein

What is currently crumbling around us is the fruit of humanity’s misguided labor, along with a planet stressed by an outdated and unsustainable human belief system. Most human suffering is self-created and derived out of inherent ignorance and limitation found in separation consciousness.

Separation consciousness is the belief that we are separate from one another, our environment, and even God. Separation consciousness is the veil itself.

Separation Not Real

Just as its definition implies, a veil obfuscates a sun hidden by clouds, yet the sun remains ever present. Until recently, only a small number of people have transcended separation consciousness for humanity’s next stage of evolution: unity consciousness.

Whether you/we destroy ourselves is dependent on our ability to make the evolutionary leap from separation to unity consciousness where human suffering ends.

This is both the warning and reward contained within a universal prophecy spanning many cultures in various forms. The prophecy lends itself to both the physical and metaphysical planes of our lives.

With media focus on humankind’s struggle to emerge out of our collective cocoon of separation, we may be left blind to the miracle that is taking place right under our noses. The biggest story of the millennium is the reality that millions are waking up to the realization that all life is irrevocably interconnected as the One - it always was. Most of humanity was still too unevolved to “get it” until now.

The Veil is Lifting

What unifies us and all of Creation is contained within the very air that we breathe. The all-pervasive answer to the riddle of the mystery of Life is hidden within the question, enigmatically lingering within reach. It is both the tangible and intangible aspects of our world as the scientific and unscientific.

Call it by any name you wish and you’ll find it there. The secret key that unlocks the end of human suffering is contained within you as your desire to know. Have you discovered it yet?

If you believe in a higher power or organizing force - and even if you don’t - when you awaken, you will be struck with the realization that the power that fuels and binds all of the Universe is not an outside intelligence.

What not even famous cosmologist, Dr. Stephen Hawking, biologist, and atheist Richard Dawkins or even Pope Francis have yet grasped (publicly) is that the creative power that unifies us is Creation itself. There is no separation.

'God' is Creation

Creation was not a singular event, but by self-definition, it will continue into perpetuity. What is so shocking is that this means that science and religion are not in opposition of one another, but are simply left- and right-brain interpretations of the One.

Our quest for knowledge of the One is the quest for reunion with and as the One. Joining hands in a way that has been all but forgotten, darkness turns to light. Fear becomes love. Competition changes to cooperation so that lack becomes abundance. Unworthiness becomes value that ends racism, genocide, and slavery. Our planet is restored to good health.

Personal peace and of Peace on Earth depend on a new, more evolved understanding of God. It’s our time to thrive!

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
David Wilcock: The Ascension Mysteries
From The Archives - August 13 2016 | From: DivineCosmos

Enjoy our epic new two-hour YouTube video investigation into The Ascension Mysteries - Revealing the Cosmic Battle Between Good and Evil! The so-called New World Order consider themselves to be the descendants of extraterrestrial humans who crash-landed to Earth some 55,000 years ago.

They were giants with elongated skulls who set up control systems and "royal bloodlines" all over the earth. They are the "Fallen Angels" from ancient texts. Even after multiple events wiped them out, they are still here. This information is some of the most jealously guarded data in the classified world.

Related: Signs Of Cabal Defeat Are Now Obvious But, Expect One Last Big Push For War - Fulford / Wilcock / Keenan

Watch David combine never-before-seen insider testimony with surprising scientific evidence of giants and giant skeletons that were once widely seen on Earth. If all of this story is true - and it does appear to be thanks to multiple insiders' testimonies - it is perhaps the single greatest cover-up in Earth's history.

Even those who are heavily entrained by the mainstream view are finding the final 45 minutes of the video undeniably compelling due to the proof David offers.

Awesome Scope of the Investigation

The video you are about to see has already gone viral, racking up nearly 30,000 unique views in just over three days since it launched on August 2nd, 2016.

It is important to note that this is NOT a video in which David holds back information and says "If you read the book you will find out that (blank.)"

Instead, this is a full presentation from Conscious Life Expo on February 7th, 2015, which directly led to the signing of the book deal for The Ascension Mysteries.

The public response to this information was overwhelmingly positive, despite its incredibly sci-fi implications. The crowd that had lined up to see this event was literally spread throughout five different hallways at the LAX Hilton Hotel that Saturday night.

Cabal symbols appear in various places in sudden and creepy ways, showing the deeper, hidden context of these historical events. With the testimony of William Tompkins, we now have independent insider verification of Corey Goode's testimony that Nazis cut a deal with negative ETs.

Last week's episode of Cosmic Disclosure revealed our first introduction to Tompkins, with Wilcock and Goode discussing the implications.

Photographic Evidence

A variety of NASA photos provide indirect verification of a truly awesome story that multiple insiders have revealed to us.

Some of these photos are in the book. Others are not. Still other images were discovered after this presentation and made it into the finished product. Taken together, this is the story of the cosmic history of our solar system.

At the time this was done, David was still missing many elements that now appear in Cosmic Disclosure and in the book, but this is a great starting point.

Giants on Earth

David traces through the story of how a vast intelligent civilization in our solar system ended up living on the surface of Earth's Moon. From there, they suffered awesome attacks that destroyed their habitable zones, forcing a small number of them to crash-land on Earth.

At this point the story becomes much easier to track, with much more evidence behind it. Our research for the book created a variety of wonderful new leads that we had missed in this presentation.

Nor did we understand the difference between the Ancient Builder Race and what we are now calling the Empire at the time this was done. The book contains a "grand summary" of all insider information we have gathered over the years, with particular emphasis on our solar system's cosmic history.

When these refugees arrived on Earth, they were significantly taller than the rest of us, and yet they still managed to survive and spread across the globe.

Undeniable Evidence

The evidence in favor of giants is overwhelming. The final portion of this video is a guided tour through all the best surviving photographic evidence that exists.

You will also see many different excerpts from credible papers like the New York Times, documenting huge discoveries of giant skeletons. In some cases, the skulls are so large you could slip them over your head.

A discovery on Catalina Island, next to Los Angeles, found over 3,000 giant skeletons all in one burial site alone. These skeletons can often be as tall as 11 to 12 feet -- clearly dwarfing any type of humans we now see on earth.

Much of this data ended up being cut from the book, since we had so much to say that we ran out of space by the time we had hit 500 pages. Therefore, this video is a valuable companion piece to the book - which can now be yours in just over three weeks!

The Illuminati believe they are the descendants of a half-million-year-old race that had originally colonized much of our solar system. See the original NASA photos of the ruins they left behind in this video!

When they first arrived here, they were giants - 12 to 14 feet tall - and had elongated skulls. They quickly took over the planet and interbred with native humans, creating a red and blonde-haired, blue-eyed, white-skinned race.

This civilization originally found ruins from an "Ancient Builder Race" that was much older. Our latest intel is that the Builder ruins may be over two billion years old, and are usually made out of a transparent aluminum alloy.

This video contains a great deal of data and images of giant skeletons that did not make it into the book due to size constraints. There is also significantly more intel in the book than we had time to cram into this one video -- so the two work very well together as companion pieces.

The footage is from David's first professionally-filmed conference in February 2015, where the material for a possible new book was tested in front of a live audience. The talk went over so well that David and the publisher decided to turn it into The Ascension Mysteries!

Related: Cosmic Perspective On The Defeat Of The Cabal - Wilcock

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Art Of Word Magic And Its Connection To Freedom And Christmas
December 25 2017 | From: Omnithought

In the late 1700s, freedom was a very important and popular topic on people’s minds, especially on the minds of the people living in the 13 colonies.

Today that passion for freedom is burning strong again, causing many people to once again become interested in their freedom.

Related: Why Words Can “Cut” Your Soul And Are More Powerful Than Swords

This is a wonderful thing, however, when people do not “innerstand” what freedom is, it can lead them down a dangerous path.

To innerstand what freedom is on a deeper level, you need to investigate the word freedom meticulously by studying its origins and different definitions. Furthermore, you need to investigate the words that have a strong connection to freedom, such as liberty.

You also need to study how word magic is used to hide the deeper meaning of words, allowing you to see their hidden meaning.

The Origins and Definitions of the Word Freedom

One of the origins of the word freedom is the Old English word freodom, meaning “power of self-determination, state of free will; emancipation from slavery, deliverance”.

Dictionary.com defines the word freedom using these exact words:

“The state of being free or at liberty rather than in confinement or under physical restraint: He won his freedom after a retrial.

exemption from external control, interference, regulation, etc.

the power to determine action without restraint.

political or national independence..”

Black’s Law Dictionary (5th edition) defines the word freedom using these exact words:

“The state of being free; liberty; self-determination; absence of restraint; the opposite of slavery.

The power of acting, in the character of a moral personality, according to the dictates of the will, without other check, hindrance, or prohibition than such as may be imposed by just and necessary laws and the duties of social life..”

According to Webster’s Complete Dictionary of the English Language (1886), the word freedom means “the state of being free; exemption from the power and control of another; liberty; independence; frankness; openness; liberality; separation; unrestrictedness.”

Related: Lawful And Legal: Why You Need To Know What They Mean & It Is All A Word Game: Why “Persons” Are Not Real

Based on the definition in this paragraph and all the previous definitions, the word freedom strongly expresses “the state of being free from the power and control of another.”

Here is an excerpt from NaturalLawMatters.com that explains what freedom is in more detail:

“In vibrant contrast to ‘liberty,’ ‘freedom’ does not connote a social position or status. Freedom is not a legal concept. Its origins belong to the field of natural law studies, specifically those concerning order and disorder in person-to-person or convivial relations.

The aforementioned differs widely from order and disorder in social structures or organisations where individuals are occupants of socially defined positions.

Freedom derives from its etymological roots in the word ‘free’, an old Indian word ‘priya,’ meaning friend. Its Latin forms included ‘privus’ meaning exceptional or standing apart.

Altogether these meanings in proper context refer to someone or something having no burdens of any type; no external imposed obligations or interferences. Freedom defines a state in which one is capable of doing according to his or her wishes without any external obligations.”

What Is Liberty?

A word that has a strong connection to freedom is liberty. The word liberty is defined by Dictionary.com using these exact words:

“Freedom from arbitrary or despotic government or control.

Freedom from external or foreign rule; independence.

Freedom from control, interference, obligation, restriction, hampering conditions, etc.; power or right of doing, thinking, speaking, etc., according to choice.

Permission granted to a sailor, especially in the navy, to go ashore.”

Black’s Law Dictionary (5th edition) defines the word liberty using these exact words:

“Freedom; exemption from extraneous control. Freedom from all restraints except such as are justly imposed by law. Freedom from restraint, under conditions essential to the equal enjoyment of the same right by others; freedom regulated by law. The absence of arbitrary restraint, not immunity from reasonable regulations and prohibitions imposed in the interests of the community..”

It is interesting to know that in Black’s Law Dictionary (5th edition), three short paragraphs are used to define the word Freedom, taking up less than 20 percent of the page. As for the word liberty, over 10 paragraphs are used to define it, taking up more than one page.

When you study the definitions of freedom and liberty in Black’s Law Dictionary (5th edition) deeply enough, you may notice that the word liberty has many definitions and a strong connection to artificial laws. When a word has many definitions, it can easily be used to trick you to agree to give up your natural rights to the State.

Related: The Secret And Hidden Agenda Of Language: Why Many Words Are Magic Spells

This art of using words and definitions to trick you to do something is known as word magic.

In one of the Dictionary.com definitions of liberty, it says “permission granted to a sailor, especially in the navy, to go ashore.” A sailor is defined by Black’s Law Dictionary (5th edition) as “seamen; mariners.” The word seamen is defined by the same law dictionary using these exact words:

“Sailors; mariners; persons whose business is navigating ships, or who are connected with the ship as such and in some capacity assist in its conduct, maintenance or service. … One whose occupation is to navigate vessels upon the sea including all those on board whose labor contributes to the accomplishment of the main object in which the vessel is engaged.”

The word liberty has a strong connection to the ancient Roman goddess Libertas. In fact, the word for liberty in Latin is Libertas. Dictionary.com defines Libertas as “the ancient Roman personification of liberty”. In Roman mythology, the name Libertas was used to represent the goddess of freedom.

This goddess was the female personification of liberty and personal freedom. Libertas was the Roman version of the ancient Egyptian goddess Isis. This Egyptian goddess was sometimes called the goddess of marriage and protector of sailors at sea. In other words, she was the protector of sailors/seamen.

Below is an excerpt from NaturalLawMatters.com that describes liberty in more details:

“From the etymological source, ‘liberty’ denotes the legal status of a full member in a tribe or society. Membership may be an inherited status, alternatively one that is acquired through adoption or as an official favour.

The word liberty is from the Latin word ‘libertas,’ which means a ‘descendent,’ being one who enjoys the same social position enjoyed by their predecessors.

In todays political society, it typically is an attribute of citizenship, which is a construction of government. Liberty refers to permissions shared by people of a community or a state as they apply to its government.

In general, liberty is a fundamental attribute that provides one the ability to do what he or she wants. The real issue is, who exactly is to provide this attribute.

It surely is not a natural gift, a natural right to do as one wants. For any given government controlled society it is necessary to examine its legal codes to ascertain the extent of one’s liberty. Liberty in one society may be very different from that in another.”

The Art of Word Magic and Its Connection to Freedom and Christmas

Word magic is the art of using word play, definition and magic (magick) to transfer and/or hide information. All words have magic power because they were created based on sacred sound and sacred geometry, allowing them to direct and control energy to produce certain desired effects. One of the most powerful word magic spells is the name.

The Name Spell is one of the most powerful spells for deceiving and controlling you, which is why it is so effective for tricking you to believe that you and your name are one and the same. Your name is made up of letters which are symbols that represent ideas or objects.

Related: How Words Can Be Used As Magic Spells: Contracts, Law And Enslavement

Because of this, in law, your name is not living and breathing. On the other hand, you (the living man or woman) are breathing and made of flesh and blood. As a result of that, you and your name are NOT one and the same. This short example shows you how the power of word magic can easily trick you to live in an artificial reality.

Once you innerstand that you and your name are different, you should feel the Name Spell slowly losing its effect on you, causing you to wake up and remember who you truly are.

Below are some examples of how word magic is used to hide certain important information. These examples will show you the connection between word magic, freedom and Christmas.


When you separate the word freedom into two words, it transforms into the words free and dom. One of the origins of the word free is the Old English word freo, meaning “exempt from; not in bondage, acting of one’s own will”. Another one of its origins is the Old English word freogan, which means “to free, liberate, manumit”.

As for the word dom, it comes from the Old English word dom, which means “statute, judgment”. Based on the definitions in this paragraph, the word freedom means “to be free or exempt from statute and judgment“. Today, there is no country in the world that has true freedom because the laws in every country are based on statue and/or judgment made by man.


The word Christmas is made up of two words which are Christ and Mass. The word Christ comes from the Greek word khristos, meaning “the anointed”. As for the word Mass, it is defined as “public celebration of the Eucharist in the Roman Catholic Church and some Protestant churches.”

Based on these definitions, the word Christmas means “a religious celebration for the anointed.” Be aware that the word mass has a strong connection to magic rituals that acknowledge and worship the dead.

Christmas is the modern day version of the ancient Roman holiday called Saturnalia, an orgiastic festival that honored the god Saturn. One of the symbols of the god Saturn is the cube. When you unfold a 3D cube in a specific way and put it on a flat surface, it transforms into a cross.

Related: Occult Holidays And Sabbats: Why Holidays Are Satanic Rituals

This is the cross that is used to symbolize Christianity. It is also the cross that the biblical character Jesus Christ died on. Hence, the word Christ-Mass/Christmas. In its original sense, Christmas is a pagan holiday for worshiping the god Saturn.

The examples above are only a few examples of how word magic is used to hide information from the public. To learn more about word magic, visit my website EsotericKnowledge.me and become a member.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Occult Origins Of Christmas
December 21 2017 | From: OmniThought

What most people do not know about Christmas is that it is a ritual contract created by the Dark Forces to trick people to give them their consent.

What you need to know about rituals is that they have energetic binding forces attached to them.

These binding forces are not dependent upon personal knowledge or beliefs. By simply taking the ACTION to perform the ritual, the effects and results are achieved, and therefore the people who performed the ritual are bound to whatever the ritual is designed to do.

Christmas is saturated with occult symbolism linked to dark magic that is designed to bind you to the Christmas contract. This contract is used by the Dark Forces to drain your energy and enslave your soul.

However, when you become aware of it and remove your consent and stop performing the ritual known as Christmas, the magic spells of the Christmas contract cannot harm you anymore. Be aware that magic can be used for good or evil purposes.

If you have a hard time believing that magic is real, read my informative article titled How Words Can Be Used as Magic Spells. This article gives you a short introduction to how magic works. If you plan to celebrate Christmas, it would be wise to mediate before doing so.

During meditation, tell the Universe that you refuse to give your consent to the Dark Forces. Furthermore, tell the Universe that you are getting together on December 25th to spend time with your family and friends, not to celebrate Christmas.

When you say these things, your mind generates energy signatures and then projects them out into the Universe. These energy signatures tell the Dark Forces that you are aware of their Christmas contract and refuse to give them your consent.
If the Dark Forces do not honor your decision and harm you, they would violate your free will and therefore would have to face the consequences for their actions. All thoughts, intentions, and actions are known by the Universe and there is no escaping its laws.

I will be writing my own article about the hidden secrets of Christmas in about a week, so if you are interested in the occult version of Christmas, keep an eye out for it. - PL Chang

Is Christmas really magic mushroom, sun and Saturn worship in disguise?

Christmas has come around again, and as we all scurry about hanging lights and stars everywhere, and adorning our trees with red and white ornaments, how many of us reflect on the occult origins of Christmas? How many of us realize that this merry festival has roots, in fact, in ancient traditions of magic mushrooms, Saturn worship and sun worship?

Jesus again pictured in religious artwork with magic mushrooms [beneath his feet]

Today’s Christmas is truly a hodgepodge of ancient rituals and celebrations, with roots as far back as 4000 years to the Mesopotamians. This is not surprising, for Christianity itself is a borrowed religion, built on top of previous Coptic (Egyptian), Mesopotamian and Babylonian religions.

Christmas really has nothing to do with the alleged historical birthday of a human called Jesus. Let’s take a look at some of the traditions which have formed Christmas, so we can gain a deeper understanding of its symbolism.

The Christmas-Magic Mushroom Connection

John Allegro was a free-thinking Dead Sea Scrolls scholar and archeologist. In 1970 he wrote a fascinating and highly controversial book entitled The Sacred Mushroom and the Cross, whose subtitle was A Study of the Nature and Origins of Christianity within the Fertility Cults of the Ancient Near East. In it he put forth the unique idea that Christianity was an expression of an ancient cult which worshipped sex and mushrooms.

To straight-laced scholars and prim-and-proper Christian apologists, this idea was simply too much for them to contemplate, but Allegro (left) provided an impressive amount of evidence to back his claims.

He showed how the mushroom – specifically the red-and-white magic mushroom Amanita muscaria – came up again and again in Christian art.

He explained how the Eucharist – where Christians believe the bread wafer is transformed into the body of Christ – is a re-enactment of the sacred ceremony of ingesting the flesh of the Amanita magic mushroom.

Allegro argued that the entire story of the Jesus in the Gospels was a code for the ancient journey of conscious self-exploration, the hallucinogenic “trip”.

You can imagine how the majority of people reacted to his “sex-and-mushroom cult” theory in 1970 in England!

Yet his ideas have merit. James Arthur and others after Allegro further developed the idea of the Christmas-magic mushroom connection. 

Amanitas are also linked to fertility and sex; they have a sexual appearance, representing both the male and female. At different stages of their growth life cycle, they resemble a phallus, breast and yoni.

It is interesting to note that Jesus pictured in religious artwork with amanita mushrooms around him. Is the red-and-white Santa Claus or St. Nicholas a modern representation of the village shaman who had the knowledge of pharmacopeia? Is the holy grail actually the mature Amanita with its edges curled up? 

Is the Amanita magic mushroom the fabled Holy Grail?

Were Amanitas the source of power and insight for the old ruling class of priests? And perhaps most importantly, what part does the Amanita play in humanity’s origins and the extraterrestrial Annunaki who were mining for “gold”? These are interesting questions to ponder as you decorate your tree in red-and-white with mushroom ornaments this year.

Note: Masonic and other insider have stated that the 'Holy Grail' actually has nothing to do with a cup or grail, that it is a veiled reference to the 'Royal Bloodlines'.

The Christmas-Sun Worship Connection

Thanks to groundbreaking research of investigators like Jordan Maxwell (whose work was the basis of one major segment of the hit movie Zeitgeist), people have begun to become aware of the link between Christmas and sun worship.

At its core, the Illuminati and secret societies that run the world are deeply into black magic, which, defined, is the use of mostly unseen and unknown forces to gain power and control over others. The Illuminati are black magicians.

They utilize certain powers and then, through their control of the media and academia, put out disinformation and lies to prevent people from believing in and accessing those very powers, lest their power base be eroded.

A typical Christian art interpretation of Jesus. Note the sun cross at the back

Christmas is all about the birth of the “son”. But what if it is actually the birth or rebirth of the “sun”? A sun that goes through a “spring”, ascends to a height (summer solstice), then goes through a “fall” (autumn)? Christianity tells us that Jesus the son is our savior. Yet literally speaking the “sun” is our savior; without the sun there would be little or no life on Earth.

So it is only natural that sun worship was practiced by early cultures all over the world, especially in the keys days following the winter solstice, when the sun disappears over the horizon in northern latitudes for 3 days. Jesus was dead for the 3 days. Is this the symbolic “death” of the sun?

December 25th is the first day when the son or sun makes his triumphant return. Many people make fun of early religions and brand them as primitive, without actually realizing that Christianity itself has either stolen or built upon (depending on your viewpoint) these exact traditions.

Is it purely a coincidence that the date of Christmas is always December 25th every year, exactly 3 days after the 22nd (or night of the 21st), the date of winter solstice? Is it another coincidence that Jesus is pictured everywhere throughout Christian art on top of a sun cross, showing the sun’s journey through the 4 seasons every year? Is Christmas an elaborate ritual to lure back the “prodigal sun” from death?

The Christmas-Saturn Worship Connection

Finally, we come to the Saturn connection. The Christmas-Saturn connection is far from the only connection Saturn has with many modern (dark) activities. Saturn is the ancient roman god of time, harvest, law, tyranny and death. In the ancient Greek pantheon he was Chronos, meaning time, and from which we get words like chronological.

Saturnalia was an ancient Roman festival in honour of the deity Saturn, held on 17 December of the Julian calendar and later expanded with festivities through to 23 December. The holiday was celebrated with a sacrifice at the Temple of Saturn, in the Roman Forum, and a public banquet, followed by private gift-giving, continual partying, and a carnival atmosphere that overturned Roman social norms: gambling was permitted, and masters provided table service for their slaves.[1] The poet Catullus called it "the best of days."

For those investigating the global conspiracy, Saturn has particular significance. Why? Because Saturn – and what it represents – is the object of worship of some of the secret societies that are running the planet today. Indeed, the worship of Saturn is a theme running through the priest, the lawyer and the academic classes, as can be seen by the use of gowns and square mortarboards in the color of black – Saturn’s color.

To quote Jordan Maxwell:

“When you graduate from high school you come out processionally with a black robe … and wear the square mortarboard on top of your head. The square mortarboards are, of course, used by the Freemasons for their plaster, so that is why you wear a square mortarboard when you graduate, ultimately becoming an Alumni. It all has to do with Freemasonry; it all has to do with the control of education in this country.”

In the early first centuries A.D., Saturn had a very strong presence in the most powerful city in the world: Rome. Every year from December 17th to 25th, there was a wild, licentious festival in his honor, named Saturnalia. For these 8 days of the year, people would cut loose in a period of utter lawlessness; Roman courts were closed and Roman law dictated that no one could be punished for damaging property or injuring people during the festival. 

There was widespread intoxication, people running around naked, rape and orgies. There was even human sacrifice – a theme that continues to underly some of the strange, dark rituals practiced by today’s ruling elite at places like Bohemian Grove.

According to some sources, Christmas was invented to compete with the pagan celebrations like Saturnalia, because it was just so popular. It was a successful strategy. Over time, the Church adopted many pagan rituals in their attempt to make Christianity more attractive to converts.

What Does Christmas Mean to You?

Ultimately, we all imbue our lives and activities with our own sense of meaning. You can decide what Christmas means to you.

However, it is always good to be aware of the occult origins and hidden symbolism of traditions and events, for as Confucius said, the world is ruled by signs and symbols, not words or law. Symbols communicate directly with our subconscious and guide our lives from behind the scenes, so choose consciously to which things you give your attention and energy.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Top Ten Conspiracy Theories That Turned Fact In 2017
December 24 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject

2017 was a year that vindicated those who the media has constantly referred to conspiracy theorists, exposing the establishment in the process.

In 2013, Professor Lance Dehaven-Smith - in a peer-reviewed book published by the University of Texas Press - showed that the term “conspiracy theory” was developed by the CIA as a means of undercutting critics of the Warren Commission’s report that President Kennedy was killed by Oswald.

Related: Yesterday’s Conspiracy Theory Is Today’s News + Spies Tell Lies, Spying Is Lying & Wikileaks Says Less Than 1% Of Vault 7 Released

The use of this term was heavily promoted in the media by the CIA. And - up until recently - it has served its purpose.

Now, however, in 2017, those who were once called “conspiracy theorists” are being vindicated as they watched instance after instance get exposed all year long.

To be clear, we are not talking about outlandish, unprovable, and off the wall theories that completely lack evidence. We are talking about well-researched cases that were deliberately dismissed and ridiculed by the mainstream as a means of oppressing the information and protecting the establishment.

Ironically enough, 2017 is the year the conspiracy theorists were proven right as the mainstream media and government began pushing wild conspiracy theories without evidence to back them up.

To show just how vindicated the well-informed are, below is a list of the top 10 conspiracy theories that were proven as real in 2017.

1. Hollywood and the Political Elite Have Been Exposed for Their Rampant and Horrifying Sex Abuse Against Men, Women, and Children Alike

Just last year, as good people tried to point out that although Pizzagate may not have taken place in some restaurant in DC, the idea of sex abuse among the elite was no laughing matter. However, anyone who mentioned sex abuse among the elite was scoffed at and ridiculed by those in the mainstream.

Related: Corey Feldman Calls LAPD To Out Pedophiles During Dr. Oz Appearance & ‘House Of Cards’ Star Kevin Spacey

This ridicule was in spite of the fact that the former speaker of the house admitted to raping multiple little boys and was sentenced to prison last year. This ridicule was also in spite of the fact that whistleblowers have been shouting from the mountain tops about the rampant abuse - for decades - only to have their cries fall on deaf ears.

This year, however, it was different. With Harvey Weinstein as the catalyst, former victims came forward and began publicly naming their abusers and even getting the police involved. The American people also learned that their ostensible representation in D.C. was spending millions to silence the victims of their apparent uncontrollable sex abuse.

No longer will companies like Disney be able to hire convicted pedophiles as the world looks the other way - nor will sicko politicians be allowed the immunity to rape and pillage as they see fit. 2017 will be known as the year the victims fought back.

2. Weather Modification Just Jumped From “Chemtrail” Conspiracy Theory into MainstreamReality, as Congress Began Holding Hearings on Geoengineering

Geoengineering is finally going mainstream as the U.S. House Subcommittee on Environment and Subcommittee on Energy Hearing, in November, held the first House hearing about the science that until now has generally been considered a “conspiracy theory” and relegated to the fringe’s of society by the Praetorian Guard mainstream media - controlled by the ruling power-elite oligarchy.

Related: Dane Wigington Exposes The Globalist Geoengineering Weather Control Agenda In Fascinating Interview
With The Health Ranger

The controversial subject of climate engineering or weather modification – which was popularized, and oversimplified with the term “chem-trails” – is stepping from the shadows and into the light of public scrutiny for the first time.

The congressional hearing, titled “Geoengineering: Innovation, Research, and Technology,” was attended by members of the House committees as well as representatives of think tanks, academics, and researcher scientists to discuss the future of geoengineering research.

During the first hearing, the potential need to set up a regulatory structure within which experiments would be allowed, at a set scale, was discussed. Now, those who deny the fact that government is involved in geoengineering will be the conspiracy theorists.

3. 20,000 Documents Were Released in August Proving the EPA Conspired With Chemical Companies to Unleash Deadly Toxic Substances on the Public

Highly toxic chemical compounds made by Dow, Monsanto, DuPont and other companies were being developed and marketed in ever greater quantities, and federal agencies were rubber-stamping their approval based on fraudulent safety testing.

Related: Draining The Swamp: Top EPA Official Resigns Over Climate Change Hoax + Australia ‘Weather-Experts’
Falsify Climate Change

The Poison Papers reveal that, instead of acting to protect the public and reassess the chemicals, EPA held a secret meeting with chemical companies to assure them that their products would continue being sold.

The secret meeting between EPA and chemical companies is the most poignant example of a long history of collusion at the expense of human and environmental health.

4. US Media Giant Sally Quinn Admitted She Practiced the Occult to Murder People - And She Was Praised for it

Although her husband Ben Bradlee died in 2014 - who was good friends with former President John F. Kennedy, and executive editor of the Washington Post from 1968 to 1991 - Quinn has since taken the time to give insight into the glamorous life lived by the media’s royal couple.

Some of the practices she describes are ones that would normally be written off as crazy conspiracy theories by outlets such as their beloved Washington Post.

Related: Conspiracy Fact: US Media Royalty Admits To Practicing Occult To Kill Three People

However, WaPost actually praised it.

In her latest publication titled, “Finding Magic: A Spiritual Memoir,” Quinn reveals that she believes she has killed at least three people in her lifetime. She claims that while she did not harm anyone physically, she believes strongly in the occult, and has used hexes on people who got on her bad side.


5. Mainstream Media Finally Admitted the United States Has Been Aiding Terrorists in Syria

In November, the BBC released a bombshell report confirming that the US and Syrian Defense Forces knowingly aided thousands of ISIS fighters.

According to the bombshell BBC report:

“The BBC has uncovered details of a secret deal that let hundreds of Islamic State fighters and their families escape from Raqqa, under the gaze of the US and British-led coalition and Kurdish-led forces who control the city. 

A convoy included some of IS’s most notorious members and – despite reassurances – dozens of foreign fighters. Some of those have spread out across Syria, even making it as far as Turkey.

Related: Russia Releases Photos Claiming To Show US Special Ops Equipment In ISIS Positions In Syria & Mossad Officer Leading ISIS As Mosque Imam Arrested In Libya

Then in December, an investigation concluded that 97 percent of the weapons used by the Islamic State were supplied illegally by the U.S. and Saudi Arabia.

The weapons and ammunition were originally purchased by the United States and Saudi Arabia and then distributed to rebel groups. While the U.S. claimed to be fighting ISIS, the fact is that ISIS was one of the Syrian rebel groups opposing Assad, and as the report noted, nearly all of their weapons came from those purchased by the U.S. and Saudi Arabia.

6. The Federal Reserve Bank Was Exposed in June to be a Working Arm of US Intelligence

Confidential accounts within the Federal Reserve have been used by the U.S. Treasury and other departments “several times a year to analyze the asset holdings of the central banks of Russia, China, Iraq, Turkey, Yemen, Libya and others,” according to a report from Reuters that cites more than a dozen current and former senior U.S. officials.

Related: Liens Filed Against The Federal Reserve: The Key To Trump Ending The Fed & Returning The Gold Standard?

“The U.S. central bank keeps a tight lid on information contained in these accounts. But according to the officials interviewed by Reuters, U.S. authorities regularly use a ‘need to know’ confidentiality exception in the Fed’s service contracts with foreign central banks.”

7. Declassified Document Proved the Conspiracy That the CIA Planned and Carried out the 1953 Iranian Coup

The newly declassified documents, titled “Foreign Relations of the United States, 1952-1954, Iran, 1951–1954,” provide a notable difference from the State Department’s 1989 version of the coup, which left out any involvement from American and British intelligence.

Related: USAID And Wall Street: Conflicts, Coups, And Conquest

A memorandum from Director of Central Intelligence Allen Dulles to President Eisenhower, dated March 1, 1953, serves as a reminder that internally, the elimination of Mossadeq by assassination or otherwise,” was used as a method in repairing ties with Iran, restoring oil negotiations, and stopping a “Communist takeover.”

8. Billionaire Elitists Openly Admit to Ingesting the Blood of Young Children 

Once the talk of conspiracy theorists - the rich ingesting the blood of the young to foster longevity - is now a reality and an actual business in the United States. Not only is it a business but billionaires are actually admitting their interest in it.

Related: No Longer A Conspiracy Theory: Elite Openly Paying To Ingest The Blood Of The Young

As Vanity Fair reports. Ambrosia, which buys its blood from blood banks, now has about 100 paying customers. Some are Silicon Valley technologists - like Peter Thiel, the billionaire co-founder of PayPal and adviser to Donald Trump.

9. CIA Drug Trafficking Conspiracy Was Blown Wide Open in an Explosive History Channel Series

A&E Networks addressed the government’s role in the drug war in a four-part documentary series on the History Channel, titled, “America’s War on Drugs.”

“America’s War on Drugs” is an immersive trip through the last five decades, uncovering how the CIA, obsessed with keeping America safe in the fight against communism, allied itself with the mafia and foreign drug traffickers.

Related: How Can We Stop Drug Trafficking When It’s The CIA That’s Running The Show / The Philippines Fight The

In exchange for support against foreign enemies, the groups were allowed to grow their drug trade in the United States.

10. Mainstream Science Showed Vitamin C’s Ability to Fight Cancer

According to researchers from the University of Iowa, ascorbate, derived from Vitamin C, was successfully observed increasing hydrogen peroxide levels in cancer cells, which in turn had a toxic result with cancer cells, killing the cancer cells in lab rats yet not damaging normal cells in the process. The researchers concluded that Vitamin C might, indeed, be lethal to some cancers. 

According to the scientists, “These results indicate that an in vivo measurement of catalase activity in tumors may predict which cancers will respond to pharmacological ascorbate therapy.”

Related: Is Your Multivitamin Toxic? + Is Your Multivitamin Supplement A Multi-Waste Of Your Money?

Once the exact cancers are identified, which are killed by vitamin C, the researchers concluded, “this information can also be used in finding combination therapies that may increase the efficacy of treatment for those tumors with higher catalase activities.”

In other words, extremely high doses of the Vitamin C derivative may potentially be added to conventional cancer therapies to help kill more cancer cells.

In 2017, the world has learned that truth is indeed stranger than fiction as the light continues to shine into the darkness. With all the proven conspiracies in 2017, we can’t help but remain optimistic for 2018 to become the year the world begins to wake up.

"All truth passes through three stages. First, it is ridiculed. Second, it is violently opposed. Third, it is accepted as being self-evident."

- Arthur Schopenhauer

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Importance Of Having A Breakdown
December 24 2017 | From: TheBookOfLife

One of the great problems of human beings is that we’re far too good at keeping going. We’re experts at surrendering to the demands of the external world, living up to what is expected of us and getting on with the priorities as others around us define them.

We keep showing up and being an excellent boy or girl – and we can pull this magical feat off for up to decades at a time, without so much as an outward twitch or crack.

Related: Seven Signs You May Be Experiencing A Dark Night Of The Soul

Until, suddenly, one day, much to everyone’s surprise, including our own, we break. The rupture can take many forms. We can no longer get out bed. We fall into a catatonic depression. We develop all-consuming social anxiety. We refuse to eat. We babble incoherently. We lose command over part of our body.

We are compelled to do something extremely scandalous and entirely contrary to our normal selves. We become wholly paranoid in a given area. We refuse to play by the usual rules in our relationship, we have an affair, ramp up the fighting – or otherwise poke a very large stick in the wheels of day-to-day life.

Breakdowns are hugely inconvenient for everyone and so, unsurprisingly, there is an immediate rush to medicalise the problem and attempt to excise it from the scene, so that business as usual can restart.

But this is to misunderstand what is going on when we break down. A breakdown is not merely a random piece of madness or malfunction, it is a very real – albeit very inarticulate – bid for health.

Related: The Trap Of Romantic Love

It is an attempt by one part of our minds to force the other into a process of growth, self-understanding and self-development which it has hitherto refused to undertake. If we can put it paradoxically, it is an attempt to jumpstart a process of getting well, properly well, through a stage of falling very ill.

The danger, therefore, if we merely medicalise a breakdown and attempt to shift it away at once is that we will miss the lesson embedded within our sickness. A breakdown isn’t just a pain, though it is that too of course; it is an extraordinary opportunity to learn.

The reason we break down is that we have not, over years, flexed very much. There were things we needed to hear inside our minds that we deftly put to one side, there were messages we needed to heed, bits of emotional learning and communicating we didn’t do – and now, after being patient for so long, far too long, the emotional self is attempting to make itself heard in the only way it now knows how. It has become entirely desperate – and we should understand and even sympathise with its mute rage.

What the breakdown is telling us above anything else is that it must no longer be business as usual – that things have to change or (and this can be properly frightening to witness) that death might be preferable.

Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem – Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry +
Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

Why can’t we simply listen to the emotional need calmly and in good time – and avoid the melodrama of a breakdown? Because the conscious mind is inherently lazy and squeamish and so reluctant to engage with what the breakdown eventually has to tell it with brutality.

For years, it refuses to listen to a particular sadness; or there is a dysfunction in a relationship it is in flight from or there are desires it sweeps very far under the proverbial carpet.

We can compare the process to a revolution. For years, the people press the government to listen to their demands and adjust. For years, the government makes token gestures but shuts its ears – until one day, it is simply too much for the people, who storm the palace gates, destroy the fine furnishings and shoot randomly at the innocent and the guilty.

Mostly, in revolutions, there is no good outcome. The legitimate grievances and needs of the people are not addressed or even discovered. There is an ugly civil war – sometimes, literally, suicide. The same is true of breakdowns.

Related: Another Natural Remedy For Alcoholism And Depression? South American Psychedelic Herb Promotes Feelings Of Well-Being, According To New Study

Yet a good mental physician tries hard to listen to rather than censor the illness. They detect within its oddities a plea for more time for ourselves, for a closer relationship, for a more honest, fulfilled way of being, for acceptance for who we really are sexually…. That is why we started to drink, or to become reclusive or to grow entirely paranoid or manically seductive.

A crisis represents an appetite for growth that hasn’t found another way of expressing itself. Many people, after a horrific few months or years of breakdown, will say: ‘I don’t know how I’d ever have gotten well if I hadn’t fallen ill’.

In the midst of a breakdown, we often wonder whether we have gone mad. We have not. We’re behaving oddly no doubt, but beneath the surface agitation, we are on a hidden yet logical search for health.

We haven’t become ill; we were ill already. Our crisis, if we can get through it, is an attempt to dislodge us from a toxic status quo and an insistent call to rebuild our lives on a more authentic and sincere basis.

Related: Developing A Non-Judgmental Attitude

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Hannity On Hillary-DNC Revelations: 'This Disgrace Will Follow Her the Rest Of Her Life'
December 23 2017 | From: FoxNews

In his opening monologue tonight, Sean Hannity reacted to former Democratic National Committee chairwoman Donna Brazile's bombshell claim that the DNC rigged the Democratic presidential primary to ensure that Hillary Clinton won the nomination over Bernie Sanders.

Brazile alleged that Clinton entered into an agreement with the Hillary Victory Fund, Hillary for America and the DNC that in exchange for raising funds for the cash-strapped DNC, Clinton “​would control the party’s finances, strategy, and all the money raised.”

Related: Judicial Watch Taunts Deep State – Imminent Release of New Clinton-Lynch Tarmac Meeting Docs Will Rock DOJ/FBI

"This shows just how low the Clintons will go to get what they want," Hannity said, calling it a "rigged and stolen election."

He noted that President Donald Trump responded to Brazile's revelations, saying this represents the "real collusion and dishonesty" in the 2016 election.

Related: FBI Official Admits: Russia Probe ‘Insurance Policy’ To Derail Trump + This Video Destroys The Clintons And The Russia Investigation

"This Clinton crime family - because that's what they really are - and their political machine [were] willing to put all ethics aside, do nothing, anything, everything they could do to mow down ... anybody that stood in their way," Hannity said.

He said if evidence emerged that Trump rigged the Republican primary, there would be unbelievable outrage from the "alt-left mainstream media" and calls for investigations.

"This is by far the worst thing - and I've covered the Clintons for years - they have ever done," Hannity said, calling Hillary Clinton "the most unethical person I have ever seen in my entire life."

"This disgrace will follow her the rest of her life."

Related Articles:

Goldberg: Revelations Prove Bernie Wasn't 'Paranoid' About DNC & Hillary

Tomi Lahren: 'Hillary Thinks She Can Get Away With Everything'

Charles Hurt: Clintons Now Involved in 3 'Watergate-Level' Scandals

Watters on Brazile's DNC Revelations: Clinton Was 'Pulling all the Purse Strings'

Hannity: There's One Justice System for Clintons & Another for Everyone Else

Watters: What Papadopoulos Did, Hillary Did 'Ten Times Worse'

Jarrett on Clintons: 'They Are Escape Artists That Would Make Houdini Proud'

After Bribing GOP Senators with $4 Million, Rosie O’Donnell Gets Life-Shattering News from Long Arm of the Law

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Intel Officer Reveals Investigation Likely To Result In Obama Being Charged With Felony Indictment
December 23 2017 | From: PoliticalVelCraft

After months of the liberal media ridiculing Trump over his claim that Obama spied on him during the election, Trump finally got vindication this week.

America learned the truth recently that Obama did in fact unconstitutionally spy on Trump throughout the presidential election, leaving Barack Obama with his pants down yet again.

Related: Ex-CIA Agent: H.R. McMaster Authorized NSA To Spy On Donald Trump Jr. - Sent Intel To Facility Owned By George Soros + Laura Ingraham Reminds America Why Obama Was Worst President In US History

Now former intelligence officer Lt. Col Tony Shaffer just revealed that Obama’s wiretapping was not only a federal crime, but says that the results of this investigation will likely result in Obama being brought up on FELONY CHARGES.

The colonel’s dire prediction about Obama’s future is sending shock-waves through the black hearts of liberals all across America today, as it’s now thrown a monkey wrench into Obama’s plans to stage his “political comeback” this fall.

In a a recent interview with Trending Today USA,  Lt. Col Tony Shaffer called ‘Obamagate’ an “order of magnitude” even bigger than the Watergate scandal because the incident included “using nation-state resources for purposes of political gain.”

Related: NSA Documents Prove Surveillance Of Donald Trump & His Family + Documents Show Obama Surveiled Entire Trump Family For 8 Years

When asked if Obama could be arrested for violating the law, he said that it would be the “first time a former president could be indicted for a felony.”

“…I think it is very possible that he acted outside of the scope of his duties, responsibilities and authorities to turn the resources of a nation-state on a candidate. This is, as I’ve said before, [Rothschild Deep State] soviet-dictator level wrongdoing,” he added.

Shaffer said that Obama using government resources to spy on Trump was for the sole purpose of getting Hillary into office, as Obama hoped the wiretapping would produce enough “dirt” on Trump to sabotage his presidential run.

Given Shaffer’s lengthy military career, his rise to the top of the American intelligence community, and his current senior position at the prestigious London Center for Policy Research, his prediction about Obama shouldn’t be scoffed at. 

Being brought up on felony charges would completely destroy Obama’s plan of making his political comeback this year, as he’d be trying to figure out a way to keep himself out of prison instead of spending his hours obsessing with ways to bring Trump down.

Related: Confirmed: Obama Had His Own ‘Back Channel’ To Moscow & Harvard Analyst Accuses The Clintons Of 'Largest Charity Fraud In History'

The Hill reported on just how extensive Obama’s spying truly was, as this unconstitutional move wasn’t just limited to listening in on Trump’s calls. They reported:

“If these reports are accurate, it means U.S. intelligence agencies secretly surveilled at least a half dozen Trump associates. And those are just the ones we know about.".

Besides Manafort, the officials include former Trump advisers Carter Page and Michael Flynn. Last week, we discovered multiple Trump “transition officials” were “incidentally” captured during government surveillance of a foreign official. We know this because former Obama adviser Susan Rice reportedly admitted “unmasking,” or asking to know the identities of, the officials.

Spying on U.S. citizens is considered so sensitive, their names are supposed to be hidden or “masked,” even inside the government, to protect their privacy.

In May, former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper and former Acting Attorney General Sally Yates acknowledged they, too, reviewed communications of political figures, secretly collected under President Obama.

Related: Evidence of CIA Role in Forging Obama’s Birth Certificate

After getting away with whatever the hell he wanted over the past 8 years and wiping his butt with the Constitution, it looks like Obama’s cockiness might just be his undoing. He might have gotten away with his antics in the past, but things are vastly different now that Obama doesn’t have all his minions blocking all investigations into his crimes, as was the case when he was president.

If this colonel’s predication is in fact true, Obama’s little plan to keep trolling Trump with his little shadow government from the headquarters of his D.C. home could soon be coming to an abrupt end.

How poetic would it be that after spending 8 years pandering to terrorists and trying to destroy America that Obama could live out the rest of his life behind bars in an orange jumpsuit? Sounds like perfect justice for America!

Related Articles:

The Real Russiagate: Obama’s Stasi State

CIA Whistleblower Leaks 47 Hard Drives Exposing Obama Administration Spying

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Liberty Or Freedom
December 22 2017 | From: Omnithought

The phrase ‘Liberty or Freedom’ implies distinction, in particular, that liberty does not mean freedom. Today there tends to be a little difference between the two.

Freedom describes one’s ability to act according to his or her wish without any external pressure.

Related: The Hidden Agenda of Bonds, Birth Certificates & the Cestui Que Vie Trust

Liberty is the more commonly used word, which presumes to mean freedom, but seldom is recognised as contingent upon a legal framework.


From the etymological source, ‘liberty’ denotes the legal status of a full member in a tribe or society. Membership may be an inherited status, alternatively one that is acquired through adoption or as an official favour.

The word liberty is from the Latin word ‘libertas,’ which means a ‘descendent,’ being one who enjoys the same social position enjoyed by their predecessors.

In todays political society, it typically is an attribute of citizenship, which is a construction of government. Liberty refers to permissions shared by people of a community or a state as they apply to its government.

Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

In general, liberty is a fundamental attribute that provides one the ability to do what he or she wants. The real issue is, who exactly is to provide this attribute.

It surely is not a natural gift, a natural right to do as one wants. For any given government controlled society it is necessary to examine its legal codes to ascertain the extent of one’s liberty. Liberty in one society may be very different from that in another. Thus statism enters the picture.


"Statism is the idea that the ruler should have not only the power to rule (as supreme commander in times of war, as diplomat, and as judge in some but not necessarily all disputes among his subjects) but also the power to govern.

A medieval ruler ruled his realm but did not govern anything within it except his own household or «economy».

Government (as distinct from rule) was a matter of private housekeeping. Every household had its own government. However, political or public government originated in the cities, when patrician families and, later, professional associations began to think of their city as a single household or economy under their management."

Richard Storey

That quotation explains the origins of statism and the foundations of what we call liberty.


In vibrant contrast to ‘liberty,’ ‘freedom’ does not connote a social position or status. Freedom is not a legal concept. Its origins belong to the field of natural law studies, specifically those concerning order and disorder in person-to-person or convivial relations.

The aforementioned differs widely from order and disorder in social structures or organisations where individuals are occupants of socially defined positions.

Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Freedom derives from its etymological roots in the word ‘free’, an old Indian word ‘priya,’ meaning friend. Its Latin forms included ‘privus’ meaning exceptional or standing apart. Altogether these meanings in proper context refer to someone or something having no burdens of any type; no external imposed obligations or interferences.

Freedom defines a state in which one is capable of doing according to his or her wishes without any external obligations.

"Freedom is freedom among likes. A free man is ‘his own man’; he belongs to himself and to no other natural or artificial person. Hence, a natural person, being free by nature, is a free person everywhere, even where his freedom is not respected. One’s nature does not change merely because others fail to respect it, but one’s liberty is nothing else than what the rule makers in one’s society declare it to be."

Frank van Dun

Liberty or Freedom?

Only now can freedom and liberty be equated. On the one hand, we have natural persons and their convivial order. Otherwise are artificial persons and legal orders.

Related: Eye-Opening Survey Shows No.1 Fear For US Citizens Is Government, Not Terrorism

This difference exposes the fundamental divide in the philosophy of the human world, namely whether ‘society’ should be a fit place for humans to live freely. Alternatively, human nature must bow and be moulded to a social correctness that prescribes liberty.

Apathetic Indifference

Much as the word ego is falsely ascribed all too often, as mentioned in my last post, so the words liberty and freedom are used ambiguously, notwithstanding that freedom is the highest form of liberty to exist.

"In a high-tech age that has seen the creation of artificial intelligence by computers, we are also seeing the creation of artificial stupidity by people who call themselves educators.

Educational institutions created to pass on to the next generation the knowledge, experience and culture of the generations that went before them have instead been turned into indoctrination centers to promote whatever notions, fashions or ideologies happen to be in vogue among today’s intelligentsia.’"

Thomas Sowell

To be consciously aware these days is sufficient for many. Beliefs are held as knowledge, even understanding. Slowly but surely the populace is being intellectually dumbed down.

Related: Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The

Critical thinking and inquiry are dying. We suffer from inattention, and lack of intention, lack of critical focus. So-called leaders, encourage indifference. AI fosters apathy and disconnection. The less we think and the less we challenge the status quo, the easier it is to further poison thought, and deplete critical analysis.

What exactly do we want - freedom or apathetic endurance of permission to exist? At whose cost?

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Banned In Most Countries And Classified By The WHO As ‘Highly Hazardous': 1080 Is A Broad-Spectrum Poison That Kills All Oxygen-Breathing Animals And Organisms – Dr Meriel Watts
December 22 2017 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / Various

“1080 … falls within the category of Highly Hazardous Pesticides for which the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO) is seeking a global phase out”

In April 2010 Dr Meriel Watts from the Pesticide Action Network NZ (PANANZ) wrote to Environment Waikato regarding 10-20 year consents for the dispersal of 1080 poison.

Related: Truth & 1080

At the grafboysblogspot.com her letter is recorded:

“As you are no doubt aware,” she wrote … “1080 is classed by the World Health Organisation as an Extremely Hazardous pesticide (Class 1a WHO). You may not be aware that as such it falls within the category of Highly Hazardous Pesticides for which the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO) is seeking a global phase out.

That Environment Waikato is contemplating 10 or 20 year consents to use, let alone aerially disperse, 1080, when a UN agency is promoting a global phase out of all such pesticides is extraordinary. I can only assume that you officers are not aware of the situation.

Related: Community Groups, Farmers, Doctors, Scientists And Individuals Are Actively Working Toward A Complete Ban Of 1080 Poison Use In NZ

To issue consents of 10 or more years duration also flies in the face of ERMA’s concern about such on-going widespread dispersal of 1080 in the environment, and their support for more research into alternatives. There will be no room for introduction of alternatives in the EW region if these consents are granted.

"1080 is a broad-spectrum poison: it kills all oxygen-breathing animals and organisms. This alone is reason enough to cease dispersing it into the environment. It indiscriminately kills and contaminates everything from the insects that underpin the native fauna food chain to precious native birds, dogs and farm animals."

There are so many recorded instances that there is no need to elaborate on them here. Nor the fact that the suffering of these animals on the way to death is extremely inhumane.

That New Zealand has such a history of poisoning its indigenous species, livestock and companion animals is a shame we have to live with. But we do not need to perpetuate it. Thankfully the era of poisoning everything we don’t like is passing, and intelligent new, targeted approaches to pest management are taking its place.

It is time now for Environment Waikato to move forward with the rest of the world, and introduce alternatives. Trapping has been shown to be an effective method of controlling possums, at the same time utilising a valuable resource for the benefit of the national economy, and trapping technology is continually improving.

On the other hand, years of experience of 1080 dispersal has shown that this approach is not sustainable, it has to be repeated at regular intervals, each time with its negative consequences for the

Pesticide Action Network therefore urges you to reject the idea of extended resource consents for aerial dispersal of 1080, and to instead focus your resources on rapid introduction of sustainable, environmentally friendly, and socially supportive alternatives such as trapping.

Yours sincerely,

Meriel Watts, PhD,

Pesticide Action Network

Yet still NZ advertises itself as clean and green. How far from clean and green can a country get one would have ask? All that aside from the cruel death these animals die. It is a slow agonizing death.

If you can stomach watching, see what happens to them in this clip from the Poisoning Paradise doco by the Graf Boys. Why are these authorities not charged for cruelty to animals? 

See the 
TheGrafBoys YT channel and website for more videos. Educate yourself on 1080 poisoning. See also 1080science.co.nz

Our 1080 pages also provide info & links … search ‘categories’ for related articles. Follow our blog or if you’re on FB follow our page and stay informed … use the share buttons to help spread the word on all the untruths we have been told – we are about exposing corruption and lies!  

Jack Patchet experiences the effects after a 1080 poison drop

Related Articles:

1080 threat suspects shocked to discover their house was bugged

NZ pest tech catching Larry Ellison's rats

NO to 1080 use in NZ (a facebook page)

Update from a Neuroscientist on the Waikato family poisoned by wild boar meat .. the anomalies surrounding the official diagnosis

1080: A Senior Man Is Assaulted By DoC Employees In A Public Car Park

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

CNN Mounts New Attack On President Trump & The Evening News And The Gunslinger Called Trump
December 21 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / JonRappoport / Various

Now that CNN’s fake news story of Russiagate has collapsed, CNN is demanding Trump’s resignation as President on the basis of sexual harassment charges.

The charges are suspect. Billionaires do not need to sexually harass women. Women are abundantly available to them.

Related: Anti-Trump Lawyer Sought Payments For Women to Accuse Trump of Sexual Harassment

Mud-slinging is all American politics is about. How about a hearing for real issues, such as war, collapsing middle class, environmental destruction?

Why does CNN want to get rid of a president who wants to reduce the chance of nuclear war by normalizing relations with Russia and who wants to bring offshored jobs back to Americans?

In whose pay is CNN? Why does CNN harass Americans with fake news?

Related: The Elite Are Doing Their All To Ensure Americans Only Have Fake News

The Evening News And The Gunslinger Called Trump

Every television newscast: staged reality.

The news is all about manipulating the context of stories. The thinner the context, the thinner the mind must become to accept it.

Related: The Collapse of Major Media

If you want to visualize this, imagine a rectangular solid. The news covers the top surface. Therefore, the mind is trained to work in only two dimensions. Then it can’t fathom depth, and it certainly can’t appreciate the fact that the whole rectangular solid moves through time, the fourth dimension.

Focus on the network evening news. This is where the staging is done well.

First, we have the studio image itself, the colors in foreground and background, the blend of restful and charged hues. The anchor and his/her smooth style.

Then we have the shifting of venue from the studio to reporters in the field, demonstrating the reach of coverage: the planet. As if this equals authenticity.

Actually, those reporters in the field rarely dig up information on location. A correspondent standing on a rooftop in Cairo could just as well be positioned in a bathroom in a Las Vegas McDonald’s. His report would be identical.

The managing editor, usually the elite news anchor, chooses the stories to cover and has the final word on their sequence.

The anchor goes on the air: “Our top story tonight, more signs of gridlock today on Capitol Hill, as legislators walked out of a session on federal budget negotiations…”

The viewer fills in the context for the story: “Oh yes, the government. Gridlock is bad. Just like traffic on the I-5. A bad thing. We want the government to get something done, but they aren’t. These people are always arguing with each other. They don’t agree. They’re in conflict. Yes, conflict, just like on the cop shows.”

The anchor: “The Chinese government reports the new flu epidemic has spread to three provinces. Forty-two people have already died, and nearly a hundred are hospitalized…”

The viewer again supplies context, such as it is: “Flu. Dangerous. Epidemic. Could it arrive here? Get my flu shot.”

The anchor: “A new university study states that gun owners often stock up on weapons and ammunition…”

The viewer: “People with guns. Why do they need a dozen weapons? I don’t need a gun. The police have guns. Could I kill somebody if he broke into the house?”

The anchor: “Doctors at Yale University have made a discovery that could lead to new treatments in the battle against autism…”

Viewer: “That would be good. More research. Laboratory. The brain.”

If, at the end of the newscast, the viewer bothered to review the stories and his own reactions to them, he would realize he’d learned nothing. But reflection is not the game.

Related: CNN Admits Trump Has Kept Most of His Promises

In fact, the flow of the news stories has washed over him and created very little except a sense of (false) continuity.

Therefore, every story on the news broadcast achieves the goal of keeping the context thin—night after night, year after year. The overall effect of this staging is: small viewer’s mind, small viewer’s understanding.

Next we come to words over pictures. More and more, news broadcasts are using the rudimentary film technique of a voice narrating what the viewer is seeing on the screen.

People are shouting and running and falling in a street. The anchor or a field reporter says: “The country is in turmoil. Parliament has suspended sessions for the third day in a row, as the government decides what to do about uprisings aimed at forcing democratic elections…”

Well, the voice must be right, because we’re seeing the pictures. If the voice said the riots were due to garbage-pickup cancellations, the viewer would believe that, too.

We see Building #7 of the WTC collapse. Must have been the result of a fire. The anchor tells us so. Words over pictures.

Staged news.

It mirrors what the human mind, in an infantile state, is always doing: looking at the world and seeking a brief summary to explain what that world is, at any given moment. Since the dawn of time, untold billions of people have been urging a “television anchor” to “explain the pictures.”

The news gives them that precise solution, every night.

“Well, Mr. Jones,” the doctor says, as he pins X-rays to a screen in his office. “See this? Right here? We’ll need to start chemo immediately, and then we may have to remove most of your brain, and as a follow-up, take out one eye.”

Sure, why not? The patient saw the pictures and the anchor explained them. Eventually, people get the idea and do it for themselves. They see things, they invent one-liners to explain them.

Related: Washington Intends to Control the Explanations You Receive

They’re their own anchors. They short-cut and undermine their own experience with vapid summaries of what it all means.

And then, of course, when the news cuts to commercial, the fake products take over:

“Well, every night they’re showing the same brand names, so those brands must be better than the unnamed alternatives.”

Which devolves into: “I like this commercial better than that commercial. This is a great commercial. Let’s have a contest and vote on the best commercial.”

For “intelligent” viewers, there is another sober mainstream choice in America, a safety valve: PBS. That newscast tends to show more pictures from foreign lands.“Yes, I watch PBS because they understand the planet is interconnected. It isn’t just about America. That’s good.”

Sure it’s good, if you want the same thin-context or false-context reporting on events in other countries. Instead of the two minutes NBC might give you about momentous happenings in Syria, PBS will give you four minutes.

PBS’ experts seem kinder and gentler. “They’re nice and they’re more relaxed. I like that.” Yes, the PBS experts are taking Valium, and they’re not drinking as much coffee as the CBS experts. Anchors deliver the long con every night on the tube, between commercials.

Related: CNN Exposed As Propaganda Ministry For The DNC And Military/Security Complex

Staged. They’re marketing thin context.

There are various forms of mind control. The one I’m describing here-the thinning of context-is universal. It confounds the mind by pretending depth doesn’t exist and is merely a fantasy.

The mind, before it is trained away from it, is always interested in depth. Another way of putting it: the mind naturally wants more space, not less. Only constant conditioning can change this.

Eventually, when you say “mind,” people think you’re referring to the brain, or they don’t know what you’re talking about at all.

Mind control by eradicating the concept of mind. That’s quite a trick.

But now, on the national evening news, something has changed. The quality of the elite anchors has plummeted. These mind-control pros are less and less capable of delivering: the voice of authority.

In the old days, you had Water Cronkite, Harry Reasoner, Chet Huntley, Tom Brokaw, and (before he crashed and burned) Dan Rather. Big-time fakers.

Related: Trump: Russian Uranium Deal "Is The Biggest Story That Fake Media Doesn't Want To Follow" + Putin:
Hillary Behind “Russian Collusion” Hysteria And Elites Disrespect Trump Voters

Eventually, this devolved into a B-team of bench players: Dianne Sawyer, Brian Williams, Scott Pelley. Less believable—but still fairly effective. However, now, at the three major networks, it’s androids on parade. Two pretty boys, David Muir and Jeff Glor, and the NBC cadaver, Lester Holt.

The ship is sinking.

Instead of trying to label their competition Fake News, the networks should look to themselves and try to figure out why they can’t find father figures to deliver their no-context broadcasts.

The audience is wising up. The correct notes on the scale of mind control aren’t being struck. The system is falling apart.

When I named this site No More Fake News 16 years ago, I could see a fatigue factor setting in—not only in the mainstream news audience, but in the networks themselves. They were playing out the string, hoping to coast on their prior reputations. They weren’t just putting their viewers to sleep (their covert goal), they were slowly falling asleep themselves.

In the following years, the situation grew worse. The networks were moving on auto-pilot. And now, they’re reaching the end of the line. They’re focusing on the only story that can deliver them ratings: Trump.

They fear him, they hate him - and they love him, because he gives them the numbers that justify their advertising rates with sponsors. It’s always problematical when the only thing maintaining your survival is your enemy. Especially an enemy whose whole method of attack is to accuse you of subverting your basic mission, which is telling the truth.

And it’s far worse when he’s right. No matter what you think of Trump, he’s delivering hammer blows to the foundation of network news.

Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

I’ve been aware of every president since Roosevelt, and nothing like this has happened in that time span. A sitting president is virulently going up against The News. Not just the content - which would be bad enough - but the people delivering it.

Since the dawn of time on this planet, news has been controlled, for good reason. It’s the source of supposed fact. Important objective fact. The people who own the news have therefore been able to paint an overall portrait of reality for the masses. Which has been their intent.

In this age of science, the news has donned that cloak. “We’re recording events in the lab. We only relay confirmed results, checked and double-checked.”

And now this crazy cowboy hustler comes along, swaggers into the spotlight, and demeans the whole enterprise. IT’S FAKE!

And millions of people, who have long believed that very thing in the recesses of their minds, sit up straight in their couches and say THAT’S RIGHT!

Overnight, the situation turns surreal. Up is down, down is up. The bull is wandering through the china shop, deciding which object to crash next.

Related: Ex-Spy Chief: We Shouldn’t Have Targeted Trump

Naturally, the networks call him crazy, mentally ill, unfit for office, a Russian agent - while they’re reaping ratings from going to war with him. They have to strike back, and it‘s good for their desperate business to do so. Whether Trump is, in fact, unfit for office is beside the point of the war.

The truth about Trump, whatever it may be, went out the window a long time ago. It was never in the house. As the network news business was in a long slide from its former prominence, Trump showed up and stepped on its neck and ground in his heel. Impolitely, he spat in its face.

If you think the total effect was to draw people to Trump’s side, or to the networks’ side, think again. People began swimming out of their hypnotic attachment to The News. The spell broke. Rudely. The swaggering gunslinger was showing up in their living rooms, accusing and laughing and setting off explosions.

And yes, you can separate that from everything else Trump has been doing or not doing, saying or not saying, committing or not committing.

And you should. Because The News is supposed to be the ears and eyes and mouth and brain of the public. And now - for several reasons, Trump very much included - it no longer is. Which is a good thing, a very good thing. Even if your hatred of Donald Trump knows no bounds.

President Donald Trump at Massive Rally in Florida

Related Articles:

The Biggest Loser in Trump’s High-stakes Jerusalem Embassy Decision - Netanyahu

Robert Steele: The President Strikes Back

WSJ Editorial Board Calls for Robert Mueller to Step Down After FBI Agent’s Anti-Trump Texts

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Richest 1% Capture Twice As Much Income Growth As The Bottom Half
December 21 2017 | From: Geopolitics

The inaugural World Inequality Report published recently by economists Thomas Piketty, Emmanuel Saez, Gabriel Zucman, Facundo Alvaredo and Lucas Chancel documents the rise in global income and wealth inequality since 1980.

The report covers up to 2016, leaving out the last year, in which the stock market has soared on the expectation that the US will enact massive tax cuts, providing yet another windfall for the rich.

Related: The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth

The report found that between 1980 and 2016 the world’s richest one percent captured twice the income growth as the bottom half of the world’s population, contributing to a significant rise in global inequality.

Top 1 percent vs. Bottom 50 percent national income shares in the US 1980 – 2016

The data shows that the world’s top 0.1 percent alone captured as much growth as the bottom half, and the top 0.001 percent, just 76,000 people worldwide, received 4 percent of global income growth.

Meanwhile those in the 50th to 99th percentiles worldwide, which the report refers to as the “squeezed bottom 90 percent in the US and Western Europe,” encompassing the working class in the world’s advanced economies, experienced anemic growth rates.

The report is based on tax data and other financial information collected for the World Wealth and Income Database by more than 100 researchers in 70 countries. It shows that income inequality has either risen or remained stable in every country.

Related: The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults

Additionally, the report found that concentration of wealth in the hands of the top one percent has risen sharply, particularly in the US, Russia and China.

In the US, the wealth share monopolized by the top one percent rose from 22 percent in 1980 to 39 percent; in China it doubled from 15 percent to 30 percent; and in Russia it went from 22 percent to 43 percent.

In terms of income, the top ten percent captured 37 percent of national income in Europe, 41 percent in China, 47 percent in the United States-Canada, 54 percent in Sub-Saharan Africa, 55 percent in Brazil and India, and 61 percent in the Middle East.

Top 1 percent wealth shares across the world, 1913 – 2015

Notably, Russia, when it was still part of the Soviet Union, had the lowest level of inequality in 1980, with the top ten percent accounting for 20 percent of income.

There was a sharp spike in inequality following the dissolution of the Soviet Union in 1990-91, with half of all national income going to the top ten percent in less than five years. Russia has now reached parity with the United States, returning to levels of inequality that prevailed a century ago under the rule of the tsar.

The report also shows that there has been a significant divergence in inequality levels between the United States and Europe since 1980, when the top one percent claimed 10 percent of income in both regions.

Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

As of 2016, the top one percent in Europe claimed 12 percent of income, while in the United States its share had doubled to 20 percent.

The top one percent and the bottom half of the American population have essentially flipped positions. While the bottom 50 percent received 20 percent of national income in 1980, that figure declined steadily to just 13 percent by 2016.

Conversely, the top one percent steadily increased their claim on national income, from 10 percent to 20 percent in less than two generations.

Average annual income for the bottom half of the US population, adjusted for inflation, has remained at $16,500 for the last 40 years, while the top one percent have seen their average income triple from $430,000 to $1.3 million.

Top 10 percent income shares across the world, 1980 – 2016

The report’s authors note in an op-ed published in the Guardian that the United States is an outlier among the advanced economies, with a surge in income and wealth inequality over the last four decades that has developed into a “second Gilded Age.”

The authors attribute the dramatic difference between the US and Europe to a “perfect storm of radical policy changes” in the US.

They argue that the growth of inequality in the US has been exacerbated by a number of factors, including a tax system that has become less progressive over time, a federal minimum wage that has not kept up with inflation, shrinking unions, deregulation of the finance industry and increasingly unequal access to higher education. They warn that the Republican tax cuts will “turbocharge” the further rise of inequality.

Despite its explosive content, the latest report on inequality was buried by the media, relegated to a small headline in the Business Day section of the New York Times and posted well down the Guardian’s front page in the world news section.

Related: What Is Real Wealth?

The vast and ever-growing level of social inequality around the world is not what the ruling classes in the US, Europe and elsewhere want to talk about.

Social inequality in the United States is being ignored and covered up by the political system. The Democrats are entirely focused on issues of sex and the anti-Russia campaign, even as the Republicans are pushing to finalize tax cuts for corporations and the wealthy by the end of the year.

However, under the surface of official life, class conflict is growing. The World Inequality Report reveals that the contradictions of the capitalist system find expression in every country.

In concluding their report, the authors refer to policy decisions that could be adopted to reverse the growth of social inequality, promoting the illusion that a fair distribution of resources can be achieved under capitalism through various liberal reform measures and appeals to capitalist governments to enact progressive tax measures.

There is, however, no “reform” faction in the ruling class. The growth of inequality in the US has been carried out under both Democrats and Republicans, aided and abetted by the trade unions.

Related: Jimmy Carter: The U.S. Isn’t A Democracy, It’s An Oligarchy + Evo Morales: Imperialism And Capitalism Are
The Root Causes Of Issues Humanity Is Facing

In Europe, the ruling elite is moving rapidly to catch up to the United States through the implementation of labor “reform” measures, the destruction of social programs and the redistribution of wealth to the rich.

The response of the ruling class to growing social opposition is not reform, but repression.

A movement against inequality requires the building of a socialist movement of the international working class on the basis of a socialist program to appropriate the wealth of the corporate and financial oligarchy, transform the banks and giant corporations into democratically controlled public utilities, and reorganize economic life on the basis of social need.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

$21 Trillion Of Unauthorized Spending By US Government Discovered By Economics Professor
December 20 2017 | From: Geopolitics

The US government may have misspent $21 trillion, a professor at Michigan State University has found. Papers supporting the study briefly went missing just as an audit was announced.

Two departments of the US federal government may have spent as much as $21 trillion on things they can’t account for between 1998 and 2015. At least that’s what Mark Skidmore, a Professor of Economics at MSU specializing in public finance, and his team have found.

Related: The Missing Money – $21 Trillion in Undocumentable Adjustments and Counting with Dr. Mark Skidmore

They came up with the figure after digging the websites of departments of Defense (DoD) and Housing and Urban Development (HUD) as well as repots of the Office of the Inspector General (OIG) over summer.

The research was triggered by Skidmore hearing Catherine Austin Fitts, a former Assistant Secretary in the HUD in the first Bush administration, saying the Inspector General found $6.5 trillion worth of military spending that the DoD couldn’t account for.

She was referring to a July 2016 report by the OIG, but Skidmore thought she must be mistaking billion for trillion. Based on his previous experience with public finances, he thought the figure was too big even for an organization as large as the US military.

"Sometimes you have an adjustment just because you don’t have adequate transactions… so an auditor would just recede. Usually it’s just a small portion of authorized spending, maybe one percent at most. So for the Army one percent would be $1.2 billion of transactions that you just can’t account for,he explained in an interview with USAWatchdog.com earlier this month.

After discovering that the figure was accurate, he and Fitts collaborated with a pair of graduate students to comb through thousands of reports of the OIG dating back to 1998, when new rules of public accountability for the federal government were set and all the way to 2015, the time of the latest reports available at the time. The research was only for the DoD and the HUD.

"This is incomplete, but we have found $21 trillion in adjustments over that period. The biggest chunk is for the Army. We were able to find 13 of the 17 years and we found about $11.5 trillion just for the Army,” Skidmore said.

The professor would not suggest whether the missing trillions went to some legitimate undisclosed projects, wasted or misappropriated, but believes his find indicates that there is something profoundly wrong with the budgeting process in the US federal government. Such lack of transparency goes against the due process of authorizing federal spending through the US Congress, he said.

Skidmore also co-authored a column on Forbes, explaining his research.

The same week the interview took place the DoD announced that it will conduct its first-ever audit. “It is important that the Congress and the American people have confidence in DoD’s management of every taxpayer dollar,” Comptroller David Norquist told reporters as he explained that the OIG has hired independent auditors to dig through the military finances.

Related: After Trillions Mysteriously Go “Missing,” DoD Getting Audited for First Time in History

“While we can’t know for sure what role our efforts to compile original government documents and share them with the public has played, we believe it may have made a difference,” Skidmore commented.

Interestingly, in early December the authors of the research discovered that the links to key document they used, including the 2016 report, had been disabled. Days later the documents were reposted under different addresses, they say.

This is probably where the Deep State government called CIA and State Department took their extra fund to topple uncooperative governments around the world. The bulk, of course, may have gone to the military industrial complex.

The United States has double the military budget of the combined military spending of Russia, China and G7 countries. Said military spending remains unauditable due to “widespread material internal control weaknesses, significant uncertainties, and other limitations” according to a GAO report in 2010.

So, how can a government spread its wings beyond its own borders, and demand democratic ideals elsewhere when it is not practicing the same values at home?

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

GCSB And NZSIS Bring New Minister Up To Speed With NZ's State Of Security
December 20 2017 | From: ITBrief

The Government’s new Minister responsible for the GCSB and NZSIS, Andrew Little, has been briefed on his new role by the agencies, according to an unclassified and heavily redacted briefing document released publicly.

Yet again the New Zealand Government Corporation is feeeding the chickens. Anyone who has taken the effort to learn how the Five Eyes network works - understands the legal loopholes that this surveillance sytem implements. While mass surveillance of NZ citizens by the NZ security agencies is a foregone conclusion - the nations involved all conduct mass surveillance on eachothers citizens, sharing the 'intelligence' with one another - under the nice cozy blanket of 'we didn't do it.'

Related: How Did America Get Unaccountable Police With Absolute Power Over US Citizens?

The Briefing to the Incoming Minister document includes the purpose of both the Government Communications Security Bureau (GCSB) and the New Zealand Security Intelligence Service (NZSIS), as well as a look at the threat landscape, key international partnerships and agency functions.

Both agencies, along with the Security and Intelligence Group, work together as the New Zealand Intelligence Community (NZIC).

Related: Keith Locke: Hard To Spy Gains From Five Eyes

The briefing says that the NZIC started a ‘transformational change’ programme in 2016. The four-year project will focus on how to rebuild itself as a “modern, connected, customer-centric, and effective security and intelligence agencies that have earned the trust and confidence of New Zealanders”.

The briefing mentions four key national security threats, of which three are revealed in the unclassified document: cyber threats, violent extremism and espionage.

"New Zealand faces both direct and indirect cyber threats. Direct threats deliberately target New Zealand, such as cyber espionage targeting New Zealand government departments. Indirect threats include, for example, indiscriminate cyber operations that do not target New Zealand but can harm us nonetheless,” the briefing says.

Related: The US Government Is Being Sued For Info On The Secretive Five Eyes Intelligence Group

Cyber threats mentioned in the briefing include NotPetya and WannaCry, as well as ‘indiscriminate phishing and scanning by state-sponsored actors’. The details are not revealed in the unclassified briefing.

"In these instances, the impact on New Zealand was limited but the potential for future events of this kind to have a domestic impact is high.”

Violent extremism directly references the Islamic State of Iraq. It mentions that between 30-40 people have been listed on the NZSIS’s counterterrorism register at any one time.

Very little was revealed about the state of espionage in New Zealand, except for hints that show it is happening.

"Such activities in New Zealand over the past year have included attempts to access sensitive government and private sector information, and attempts to unduly influence expatriate communities,” the briefing states.

Related: GCHQ Hired New Zealand Firm For Mass Hack Capabilities - Snowden Leak

While little public information is revealed about the GCSB and NZSIS’s international partnerships, the briefing clearly states that they must act within New Zealand law, human rights obligations and the country’s national interests.

The briefing mentions the Five Eyes partnership, which has been a significant force in intelligence since World War II.

The GCSB’s Security Operations Centre explicitly states that it does not conduct mass surveillance on New Zealanders.

“New Zealand does not undertake any “mass surveillance” of New Zealanders, such as the active monitoring of emails, phone calls and internet use of the populations. We do not have the legal authority, capability or interest to undertake such activity. Both the 2015 Independent Review of Intelligence and Security in New Zealand, and the IGIS have looked at the matter and confirmed this to be the case.”

“The previous legal position, under the GCSB Act 2003, was that in pursuing its foreign intelligence function, GCSB could not do anything for the purpose of intercepting the private communications of New Zealand citizens or permanent residents, except where they were acting as agents or representatives of a foreign person or organisation. The ISA amends this position but puts in place strict warranting requirements before this can occur.”

Related: Unleashing GCSB To Spy On Kiwis One More Step On Road To Police State

As for the health of the GCSB and SIS as government agencies, the briefing describes GCSB as being an agency that provides fulfilling career options to its 400 employees.

It notes that in a recent staff engagement survey, the GCSB was positioned in the top 25% of public sector agencies, but there is still work to do in the areas of gender equality.

“While women are well represented in GCSB at senior level, and our gender pay gap is less than the wider State sector average, overall only 36% of our workforce is female. We recently agreed an action plan to increase female representation in GCSB and reduce our gender pay gap by half within a year,” the briefing notes.

Related: The Raid: In Bungled Spying Operation, NSA, GCSB & SIS Targeted Pro-Democracy Campaigner

The NZSIS is described as, “Now better positioned to deliver on investment committed in 2016, and meet the challenges of New Zealand’s evolving national security environment. The nature of our work, and the significant amount still to be done, mean however that risks will always remain.”

It has close to 300 full time equivalent staff, but is ‘less ethnically diverse’ than the wider Public Service.

The document goes on to explain many of the GCSB and NZSIS's core functions, concerns and achievements.

Read the unclassified Briefing to the Incoming Minister Responsible for the GCSB and SIS document here.

Related Articles:

GCSB 'Had No Idea' Spy Gear Was Still Targeting Kim Dotcom

Snowden Smashes The Police State In Most Epic Rant Ever, ‘Terrorists Don’t Take Our Rights, Government Does’

Top Canadian Court Permits Worldwide Internet Censorship & Five-Eyes Nations Want Communications Providers To Bust Crypto For Them

Waihopai Spy Base Protesters Talk GCSB, Five Eyes And Democracy In Marlborough

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Big Pharma’s Control Over The News & How Big Pharma Controls Medical Schools
December 19 2017 | From: JonRappoport / TheTruthAboutCancer

Over the last 11 months, pharmaceutical companies have spent a stunning $3.2 billion on TV ads for drugs.

That much money buys you influence. It buys you control.

Related: Ginger: 10,000x Stronger Than Chemo (Taxol) In Cancer Research Model

If a major network suddenly decided to set its hounds loose and investigate the overall devastating effects of medical drugs on the public, there would be hell to pay at the network. Drug companies wouldn’t stand for it.

Robert F Kennedy, Jr., whose film, Trace Amounts, about toxic mercury in vaccines, was getting no media coverage, made this comment:

"I talked to Roger Ailes [then CEO of FOX News], who I have known since I was 17 years old, he’s very sympathetic with this issue and saw the film Trace Amounts. I said to him, ‘I just want to go on one of your shows. Nobody will allow me to talk about this or debate me.’

He said to me, ‘I can’t allow you on any of them. I’d have to fire any of my hosts that allowed you on my station.’ Because he said, ‘My news division gets up to 70% of advertising revenues during non-election years from the pharmaceutical companies’.”

That’s called control.

There is a wider sphere to consider. Through octopus foundations like Rockefeller and Gates, for example, the medical/pharma agenda is part and parcel of the Globalist agenda. That is key. Gathering in the world population under the umbrella of “humanitarian health care” is a covert op of the highest order.

Related: Fraud, Exploitation And Collusion: America’s Pharmaceutical Industry

How can you control billions of people, erase national borders, destroy untold numbers of communities and their traditions, wage senseless wars, send millions of jobs out of industrial countries to Third World backwaters, and build a de facto global management system - unless you can also debilitate, weaken, confuse, toxify, and thus pacify those billions of people?

Accomplishing this is the work of the pharmaceutical empire.

I have produced, many times, open-source mainstream reviews of the death and damage numbers wrought by “Rockefeller medicine.” In the US, 106,000 deaths every year from government-approved medicines. In the US and Europe, 330,000 die, every year, from correctly prescribed drugs. 6.6 million hospitalizations occur. 80 million adverse effects occur. These are conservative estimates.

So…what is the likelihood that pharma-controlled mainstream news will dig deeply into the issue of Globalism, the major tyrannical movement of our time? The likelihood is zero.

The influence of pharmaceutical interests on the news is, therefore, much greater than most people can fathom, in their wildest dreams.

Most people, when confronted with these pharmaceutical death-and-destruction reports, will immediately dismiss them as impossible. Others, who accept the reports, will claim the “unfortunate” facts show no intention to harm whatsoever.

However, the reports are public knowledge. They’ve been available to one and all. Government officials—and particularly, pharma princes - know the truth. And they’re doing nothing about it.

This is called a clue.

Related: Fake Pharma - The Ghosts In A Very Big Machine & If Drug Companies Were Honest - Honest Ads

If you were in charge of a juggernaut operation that was causing this much horrific damage, and you knew it, would you stand by and let it keep happening? Would you foster the development of new drugs whose effects would only add to the ongoing tragedy? And would you exert such powerful control over major media that the truth could not be told?

I didn’t think so. The pharma princes are not like you. You can’t see who they are if you look through the lens of your morality. They don’t share that morality. They don’t resemble you. Don’t ascribe your qualities to them. They don’t respond to life as you do. Their capacity for self-deception is awesome. Your good is not their good.

It is as if they were born freezing and never recovered. They come from an Ice Age and their blood is still cold.

They are rigid robots. Muscular truth can take them down.

How Big Pharma Controls Medical Schools

Ty Bollinger: First of all you mentioned the fact that we’ve got the pharmaceutical industry. We’ve got kind of an industry driven by money, and we’ve got doctors that are really smart people today, brilliant medical doctors. They’re using treatments that really don’t seem to work as well as some of these natural things. Why is it?

Can you go back into the history of the medical association, The American Medical Association (AMA), and maybe take us back 100 years and stair-step people to current day and explain why that is. Because I’ve heard you talk about this in the past and your explanation is fascinating, and I want the listeners to be able to hear this.

Related: The Tide Is Turning: Big Pharma Billionaire Arrested, Charged With Conspiracy And Bribery Of Doctors

G. Edward Griffin: Well thank you for that. It is a fascinating story. It’s an important story, and I suppose we don’t have time to go into all of it, but maybe the best way here is to kind of back into it to start with where we are and then go back and see how we got there. Where we are today is that, just as you described, these very smart doctors.

Let’s face it, there’s a very selective process there. You just don’t get into med school unless you’ve got a pretty good brain on top of your shoulders, so yeah, it’s the cream of the crop. The best students go into these schools, these medical schools, but they’re not taught anything about natural cures.

They’re taught only about drugs, primarily, and drug reactions and the chemistry of this and the chemistry of that. And they have to become really pharmacists in a way; they have to become chemists before they can even make it through pre-med.

So that’s not necessarily bad, but it is a bias. I have come to know a lot of doctors in the last couple of decades since we’ve been working in this field. Many doctors who came from that lair of education and who gradually and sometimes very painfully had to break away from that and go back and re-examine some of these fundamental issues.

Related: Jeff Bezos Wants To Be Your Medication Dealer: Amazon Goes All-In With Big Pharma To Take Over The Drug Retail Industry & The Myth Of Drug Expiration Dates

Many of them have made the transition and they speak quite openly about it now. For instance, they’ll say, “when I went to medical school we never learned anything about vitamins except we had maybe two hours of instruction on the structures of vitamins and minerals and so forth.”

Two hours compared to hundreds and hundreds of hours about pharmacies and chemical reactions and so forth.

I remember there was one doctor, he said, “you know my wife knows more about nutrition than I do when I came out of school.” And that is not surprising when you realize - now we start to go backward in time. How did that happen? The fact that these great medical teaching universities and teaching centers are so great is because they’ve had a lot of money given to them.

Where did the money come from? Now we’re on the trail. You know the old saying “follow the money.” And usually that’ll take you right to it. Well, if you follow the money you’ll find out that most of it came from the pharmaceutical industry.

Related: The Ten Most Evil People In The World Today Who Lie About Science, Pharmaceuticals And GMOs

The pharmaceutical industry knows that if they give large grants to these universities they have a double benefit. First of all they have the appearance of being philanthropists. You know they’re doing good things and that’s always - that’s good for public relations. I’m not saying that they’re not doing good things. They probably think they are. But anyway that’s one advantage to giving tax exempt or tax free deductible donations to universities.

The other advantage is far more important, because once you have financed a research project you now have sort of a “first right” to whatever comes out of that research and consequently you can determine in what areas the research will go.

I can assure that if I’m a big pharmaceutical company and I give a twenty million dollar grant to a research group I’m not going to be very happy if they start to research whether or not dandelions can be used in the control of cancer.

I want to make sure they’re going to research a drug that I am working on in the laboratories right now. That’s where I want the research to go. So they realize that they can take their own research budget and transfer it to a university or some research laboratory and get a tax deduction for it, knowing full well that if that’s what they’re researching, that’s what the data is going to be.

So I don’t need to go any further. You can understand when the money is coming from a source which has a vested interest in the outcome, what’s going to happen is the outcome is going to be what the donor wants it to be generally.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Stolen History Of Australia And New Zealand
December 19 2017 | From: Megaliths

Another researcher has put together a great vide on the subject of the hidden history of New Zealand and Australia. Links to related material are below.

This video is part 14 of 14: A playlist with all the episodes of "When The Survivors of Atlantis and Hyperborea Wake Up" is available on Youtube here.

Related: "Under The Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary

Related: Maori Artifacts Point To Early Polynesian Settlement In New Zealand

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Left Threaten Assassination Over Net Neutrality Vote & FCC Votes To Repeal Net Neutrality Rules
December 18 2017 | From: Infowars / TheHill / Various

Once again liberals resort to violence when they don’t get their way.

Does net neutrality cripple innovation or encourage it?

Related: That Net Neutrality Op-ed in the Wall Street Journal Was Written By a Comcast Attorney

Ultimately the FCC would vote to release the internet back to its pre-Obama days in the wild, but more death threats against FCC Chairman Ajit Pai weigh in on Twitter. It’s the way the left operates now as they embrace domestic terrorism unchecked in the face of our Republic.

FCC Votes To Repeal Net Neutrality Rules

The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has voted to repeal its landmark net neutrality protections, capping off a months-long campaign by the agency’s Republicans to deregulate the broadband industry.

The FCC voted 3-2 along party lines Thursday to scrap its 2015 Open Internet Order as Democratic lawmakers and dozens of activists protested outside.

Related: Trump To Reverse Obama Era Net Neutrality

In a dramatic moment, the meeting was abruptly evacuated in the middle of FCC Chairman Ajit Pai's remarks ahead of the vote.

Reporters and attendees were forced to exit the hearing room and leave their belongings as police brought in K-9 units to sweep the room. Attendees were allowed to re-enter the room within 15 minutes of the evacuation. 

The FCC declined to comment on the reasons for the evacuation.

Democrats, consumer groups and tech companies have been rallying for months to try to stop the repeal plan, arguing that the rules are essential for preventing companies like Comcast and Verizon from abusing their powers as internet gatekeepers.

"As a result of today’s misguided action, our broadband providers will get extraordinary new power from this agency," said Jessica Rosenworcel, a Democrat on the commission who voted against the repeal.

"They will have the power to block websites, throttle services and censor online content. They will have the right to discriminate and favor the internet traffic of those companies with whom they have pay-for-play arrangements and the right to consign all others to a slow and bumpy road," Rosenworcel said.

Despite the outcry surrounding his repeal proposal, Pai was unwavering in his opposition to the 2015 rules. Since his time as a minority commissioner under the Obama administration, Pai has argued the FCC overstepped when it imposed the restrictions.

Related: Net neutrality comments top 20 million

"Following today’s vote, Americans will still be able to access the websites they want to visit.  They will still be able to enjoy the services they want to enjoy," Pai said during Thursday's open meeting.

"There will still be cops on the beat guarding a free and open internet. This is the way things were prior to 2015, and this is the way they will be once again."

The rules required internet service providers to treat all websites equally, banning them from blocking or throttling certain content or creating internet “fast lanes."

Under the new regime, broadband companies will have to disclose publicly whether they engage in those practices. And, as Pai argues, the industry will not have a free pass because the Federal Trade Commission will have the authority to sue providers that deceive their consumers or use their powers to abuse competition on the web.

"Today’s vote represents a departure from more than a decade of broad, bipartisan consensus on the rules governing the internet,” said Michael Beckerman, CEO of the Internet Association trade group, which represents tech giants like Facebook, Google and Amazon.

“Relying on [internet service providers] to live up to their own ‘promises’ is not net neutrality and is bad for consumers.”

Pai said that his decision would require internet service providers to be transparent in how they treat web traffic, arguing that those companies will be subject to tougher disclosure requirements than any faced by internet giants. The FCC chairman has argued that companies like Facebook, Google and Twitter are greater threats to an open internet than broadband providers.

Related: Is It the Demise of Online Digital Democracy?

In recent weeks, Pai has defended his plan by arguing that Silicon Valley titans represent a bigger threat to the open internet, noting their opaque decisionmaking processes when it comes to moderating users’ content.

“Oh, that’s absurd,” Rep. Ro Khanna (D-Calif.), whose district includes much of Silicon Valley, said in response to that during an interview with The Hill this week. He called Pai’s arguments “disingenuous.”

“There’s a total difference in terms of the essential necessity of having access to the internet, versus having access to a particular platform. Facebook and Google aren’t providing the gateway of access to the internet, that’s a whole different thing,” he said.

Thursday’s vote is unlikely to end the fight over the popular consumer protections. Public interest groups have already vowed to challenge the move in court and Democrats plan to push legislation that would block it from going into effect as Republicans renew their calls for a legislative compromise that would put the issue to rest.

Minutes after the vote, multiple state attorneys general, including those from Washington and New York promised to sue the FCC to overturn the ruling.

Donald Trump’s FCC made an historic mistake today by overturning its net neutrality rules, and we cannot let it stand,” said Sen. Ed Markey (D-Mass.), who on Thursday introduced legislation that would reinstate the rules. “We will fight the FCC’s decisions in the courts, and we will fight it in the halls of Congress.”

Related: Net Neutrality Affects Us All

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Harvard Immunologist: Unvaccinated Children Pose Zero Risk To Anyone And Here’s Why + New York Times Confirms Natural News Investigation: Mumps Now Spread Mostly By Vaccinated Children
December 18 2017 | From: TruthStreamMedia / NaturalNews / Multitudinous

Dear Legislator: My name is Tetyana Obukhanych. I hold a PhD in Immunology. I am writing this letter in the hope that it will correct several common misperceptions about vaccines in order to help you formulate a fair and balanced understanding that is supported by accepted vaccine theory and new scientific findings.

Do unvaccinated children pose a higher threat to the public than the vaccinated?

Related: U.S. Now Leads the Industrialized World in Infant Mortality Due to Toxic Vaccinations

Comment: One elements within the following piece was covered in a 2015 aricle on this website: Dr. Andrew Moulden: Every Vaccine Produces Harm & An Open Letter To Legislators Currently Considering Vaccine Legislation From Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD In Immunology. This material has been included with what has become a non-stop barrage of information / studies / medical testomony in terms of the truth about vaccines. Only the controlled medical establishment / mainstream media narrative and their sheeple followers remain deluded.

It is often stated that those who choose not to vaccinate their children for reasons of conscience endanger the rest of the public, and this is the rationale behind most of the legislation to end vaccine exemptions currently being considered by federal and state legislators country-wide.

You should be aware that the nature of protection afforded by many modern vaccines – and that includes most of the vaccines recommended by the CDC for children – is not consistent with such a statement.

I have outlined below the recommended vaccines that cannot prevent transmission of disease either because they are not designed to prevent the transmission of infection (rather, they are intended to prevent disease symptoms), or because they are for non-communicable diseases.

People who have not received the vaccines mentioned below pose no higher threat to the general public than those who have, implying that discrimination against non-immunized children in a public school setting may not be warranted.

IPV (inactivated poliovirus vaccine) cannot prevent transmission of poliovirus. Wild poliovirus has been non-existent in the USA for at least two decades. Even if wild poliovirus were to be re-imported by travel, vaccinating for polio with IPV cannot affect the safety of public spaces.

Related: How The US Government Is Hiding Vaccine-Related Deaths + MIT Scientist Shows What Can Happen To Children Who Receive Aluminum Containing Vaccines

Please note that wild poliovirus eradication is attributed to the use of a different vaccine, OPV or oral poliovirus vaccine. Despite being capable of preventing wild poliovirus transmission, use of OPV was phased out long ago in the USA and replaced with IPV due to safety concerns.

Tetanus is not a contagious disease, but rather acquired from deep-puncture wounds contaminated with C. tetani spores. Vaccinating for tetanus (via the DTaP combination vaccine) cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is intended to render personal protection only.

While intended to prevent the disease-causing effects of the diphtheria toxin, the diphtheria toxoid vaccine (also contained in the DTaP vaccine) is not designed to prevent colonization and transmission of C. diphtheriae. Vaccinating for diphtheria cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is likewise intended for personal protection only.

The acellular pertussis (aP) vaccine (the final element of the DTaP combined vaccine), now in use in the USA, replaced the whole cell pertussis vaccine in the late 1990s, which was followed by an unprecedented resurgence of whooping cough.

An experiment with deliberate pertussis infection in primates revealed that the aP vaccine is not capable of preventing colonization and transmission of B. pertussis. The FDA has issued a warning regarding this crucial finding.

Related: The Occult Archetype Called Vaccination

Furthermore, the 2013 meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors at the CDC revealed additional alarming data that pertussis variants (PRN-negative strains) currently circulating in the USA acquired a selective advantage to infect those who are up-to-date for their DTaP boosters, meaning that people who are up-to-date are more likely to be infected, and thus contagious, than people who are not vaccinated.

Among numerous types of H. influenzae, the Hib vaccine covers only type b. Despite its sole intention to reduce symptomatic and asymptomatic (disease-less) Hib carriage, the introduction of the Hib vaccine has inadvertently shifted strain dominance towards other types of H. influenzae (types a through f).

These types have been causing invasive disease of high severity and increasing incidence in adults in the era of Hib vaccination of children. The general population is more vulnerable to the invasive disease now than it was prior to the start of the Hib vaccination campaign.

Discriminating against children who are not vaccinated for Hib does not make any scientific sense in the era of non-type b H. influenzae disease.

Hepatitis B is a blood-borne virus. It does not spread in a community setting, especially among children who are unlikely to engage in high-risk behaviors, such as needle sharing or sex. Vaccinating children for hepatitis B cannot significantly alter the safety of public spaces.

Related: Global Vaccine Cartel Wreaks Destruction: The Evidence

Further, school admission is not prohibited for children who are chronic hepatitis B carriers. To prohibit school admission for those who are simply unvaccinated – and do not even carry hepatitis B – would constitute unreasonable and illogical discrimination.

In summary, a person who is not vaccinated with IPV, DTaP, HepB, and Hib vaccines due to reasons of conscience poses no extra danger to the public than a person who is. No discrimination is warranted.

How often do serious vaccine adverse events happen?

It is often stated that vaccination rarely leads to serious adverse events. Unfortunately, this statement is not supported by science. A recent study done in Ontario, Canada, established that vaccination actually leads to an emergency room visit for 1 in 168 children following their 12-month vaccination appointment and for 1 in 730 children following their 18-month vaccination appointment.

Related: Science Paper Documents the Depopulation Chemical Covertly Spiked into Vaccines

When the risk of an adverse event requiring an ER visit after well-baby vaccinations is demonstrably so high, vaccination must remain a choice for parents, who may understandably be unwilling to assume this immediate risk in order to protect their children from diseases that are generally considered mild or that their children may never be exposed to.

Can discrimination against families who oppose vaccines for reasons of conscience prevent future disease outbreaks of communicable viral diseases, such as measles?

Measles research scientists have for a long time been aware of the “measles paradox.” I quote from the article by Poland & Jacobson (1994) “Failure to Reach the Goal of Measles Elimination: Apparent Paradox of Measles Infections in Immunized Persons.” Arch Intern Med 154:1815-1820:

"The apparent paradox is that as measles immunization rates rise to high levels in a population, measles becomes a disease of immunized persons.”

Further research determined that behind the “measles paradox” is a fraction of the population called low vaccine responders. Low-responders are those who respond poorly to the first dose of the measles vaccine. These individuals then mount a weak immune response to subsequent RE-vaccination and quickly return to the pool of “susceptibles’’ within 2-5 years, despite being fully vaccinated.

Re-vaccination cannot correct low-responsiveness: it appears to be an immuno-genetic trait. The proportion of low-responders among children was estimated to be 4.7% in the USA.

Related: Vaccine Ingredients - A Comprehensive Guide

Studies of measles outbreaks in Quebec, Canada, and China attest that outbreaks of measles still happen, even when vaccination compliance is in the highest bracket (95-97% or even 99%). This is because even in high vaccine responders, vaccine-induced antibodies wane over time. Vaccine immunity does not equal life-long immunity acquired after natural exposure.

It has been documented that vaccinated persons who develop breakthrough measles are contagious. In fact, two major measles outbreaks in 2011 (in Quebec, Canada, and in New York, NY) were re-imported by previously vaccinated individuals.

Taken together, these data make it apparent that elimination of vaccine exemptions, currently only utilized by a small percentage of families anyway, will neither solve the problem of disease resurgence nor prevent re-importation and outbreaks of previously eliminated diseases.

Is discrimination against conscientious vaccine objectors the only practical solution?

The majority of measles cases in recent US outbreaks (including the recent Disneyland outbreak) are adults and very young babies, whereas in the pre-vaccination era, measles occurred mainly between the ages 1 and 15.

Related: European Court Issues Common Sense Ruling On The Link Between Vaccines And Disease + Robert Kennedy, Jr. Is Right About Vaccines: A Medically Induced 'Holocaust' Is Now Upon Us

Natural exposure to measles was followed by lifelong immunity from re-infection, whereas vaccine immunity wanes over time, leaving adults unprotected by their childhood shots. Measles is more dangerous for infants and for adults than for school-aged children.

Despite high chances of exposure in the pre-vaccination era, measles practically never happened in babies much younger than one year of age due to the robust maternal immunity transfer mechanism.

The vulnerability of very young babies to measles today is the direct outcome of the prolonged mass vaccination campaign of the past, during which their mothers, themselves vaccinated in their childhood, were not able to experience measles naturally at a safe school age and establish the lifelong immunity that would also be transferred to their babies and protect them from measles for the first year of life.

Luckily, a therapeutic backup exists to mimic now-eroded maternal immunity. Infants as well as other vulnerable or immunocompromised individuals, are eligible to receive immunoglobulin, a potentially life-saving measure that supplies antibodies directed against the virus to prevent or ameliorate disease upon exposure.

In Summary:

1. Due to the properties of modern vaccines, non-vaccinated individuals pose no greater risk of transmission of polio, diphtheria, pertussis, and numerous non-type b H. influenzae strains than vaccinated individuals do, non-vaccinated individuals pose virtually no danger of transmission of hepatitis B in a school setting, and tetanus is not transmissible at all;

2. There is a significantly elevated risk of emergency room visits after childhood vaccination appointments attesting that vaccination is not risk-free; 3) outbreaks of measles cannot be entirely prevented even if we had nearly perfect vaccination compliance; and 4) an effective method of preventing measles and other viral diseases in vaccine-ineligible infants and the immunocompromised, immunoglobulin, is available for those who may be exposed to these diseases.

Taken together, these four facts make it clear that discrimination in a public school setting against children who are not vaccinated for reasons of conscience is completely unwarranted as the vaccine status of conscientious objectors poses no undue public health risk.

Sincerely Yours,

Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD

Related Articles:

I Surveyed More Than 200 Parents Who Don’t Vaccinate – See The Results

Informed Consent: Why mandatory vaccines are a blatant violation of medical ethics and fundamental human rights

Professor Mary Holland Vaccination Policies Speech At United Nations

Del Bigtree Discusses Vaccine Safety at The Truth About Cancer

Australia vaccination; all doctors under the gun; minister of health keeps lying

Child vaccination exemption letters from doctors banned in Victoria under No Jab, No Play crackdown

Two Huge Current Vaccine Scandals the Press Isn’t Covering

Pharma Dogs Hunt Down Vaccine Disruptors in California

Vaccine court confirms healthy 13 year-old boy was made tetraplegic by the chicken pox vaccine

Vaccination: A Mythical History ~ by Roman Bystrianyk and Suzanne Humphries MD

10 Reasons MDs Should Sign Vaccine Medical Exemptions

Vaccine Pioneer Doctor Admits Polio Vaccine Caused Cancer

Vaccine Horror: Mother breaks down while telling her child's story

Nationwide Investigation To Look Into Thousands Of Pet Vaccine Deaths

Pig Virus DNA Found in Rotavirus Vaccine

How To Legaly Refuse A Vaccine, Dr Rima Laibow

MMR and DPT Vaccines Utterly Destroy This Child’s Life Forever

I was a scientist and will now never vaccinate my children

Family to Receive $1.5M+ in First-Ever Vaccine-Autism Court Award

Related Articles - Influenza:

Why Your Flu Shot Won't Work Well This Year

The Great Fu Vaccine Hoax: New Evidence

Dr. Oz Show: Thimerosal in Flu Shots – What He Got Wrong & What You Need to Know

New York Times Confirms Natural News Investigation: Mumps Now Spread Mostly By Vaccinated Children

The New York Times is now confirming that Natural News has been right all along about the real cause of mumps outbreaks in America. In a bombshell article entitled, “Mumps Makes a Comeback, Even Among the Vaccinated,” the NYT admits that vaccinated children are spreading mumps. Via the NYT:

Most of the recent cases occurred in outbreaks, including a large one in Arkansas, rather than as a sporadic here-a-case, there-a-case disease.

Meanwhile in New Zealand the retared establishment push on: Mumps outbreak: Vaccination catch-up campaign floated for 10-29 year-olds

And most of the outbreaks were among people 18 to 22 years old, most of whom had had the requisite two doses of mumps vaccine in childhood. “We are seeing it in a young and highly vaccinated population,” Dr. Routh said.

New York Times in 2017 Confirms What Natural News Has Been Reporting for a Decade

Natural News, of course, has repeatedly warned that mumps outbreaks occur predominantly among children who have been vaccinated against mumps, thereby proving that mumps vaccines don’t work. This realization is fully aligned with the shocking science discovery publicized last week that solved the riddle of why flu shots don’t work, too.

Earlier this year, Natural News scooped the New York Times, reporting,Mumps outbreaks reported among vaccinated children … Is the vaccine causing the outbreaks?

Related: NZ Media Calls For Compulsory Vaccinations & Sweden Bans Mandatory Vaccinations Over ‘Serious Health Concerns’

Even before that, Natural News has been trailblazing truth-based journalism on the topic of vaccines with all the following stories that further support what the New York Times has only now discovered… that mumps vaccines don’t work.

Some of the stories we’ve published over the last decade include:

Mumps stupidity: After vaccines fail to stop mumps outbreaks, brain dead journalists call for a THIRD round of injections - Soon it will be a fourth!

Measles outbreak likely caused by vaccinated children, science shows

85% of measles outbreak victims already received vaccinations

Soccer star gets mumps after being vaccinated with Merck’s fraudulent MMR vaccine

Mumps outbreak spreads among people who got vaccinated against mumps

Forty people contract mumps at Harvard … all were vaccinated … mumps vaccines based on scientific fraud

Once again, the news you read on Natural News five or ten years ago is now today’s news in the New York Times. (If you want to stay 5 – 10 years ahead of the game, read Natural News daily.)

When the First Vaccine Doesn’t Work, Try a Second or Third Shot, Vaccine Quacks Insist

Pathetically (and predictably), the New York Times is pushing the same old quackery the vaccine industry has historically invoked to try to cover up the fact that their products were only approved based on systematic scientific fraud (see below for details).

Related: Labour May Target 'Extremist' Views On Vaccination & Brave Australian Doctor Attacked After Telling Truth About Vaccines

Essentially, they’re all claiming that the way to stop vaccinated people from spreading mumps is to vaccinate them over and over again with the same vaccine that didn’t work the first time.

Via the NYT: (bolding added)

"Dr. Patricia Quinlisk, the medical director and state epidemiologist for the Iowa Department of Public Health, dealt with an outbreak at the University of Iowa and surrounding area in 2015 to 2016 of more than 450 cases of mumps. The students involved had all had their childhood M.M.R. shots, she said, as required by the university, and the decision was made to hold a series of clinics offering a third dose of vaccine.

Indeed, when the first round of mumps vaccine quackery doesn’t work, the answer from the corrupt and scientifically inept vaccine industry is to push a second vaccine, a third vaccine and soon even a fourth mumps vaccine. This, we are told, will magically make them work if we only have ourselves injected enough times.

Mumps vaccines, in other words, generate their own repeat business by not working. This would be the equivalent in the car industry of a car dealer selling you a lemon vehicle that breaks down on the highway, then claiming you need to buy a second or third vehicle to “reinforce” the first car you bought, because that first car was a total piece of junk.

In no other industry, by the way, are people so frequently pushed to buy and consume failed products based on such obvious quackery and junk science.

Related: Vaccination in New Zealand - A Kiwi GP Perspective

Remember, too, that the whole idea of immunization is that once your body is exposed to the virus, it builds antibodies for life. But in an attempt to explain why mumps vaccines don’t work, the vaccine industry has fabricated a whole new concept rooted in complete fiction:

The idea that vaccines “wear off” and need to be repeated over and over again to make sure they “stick.” This anti-science bunk is, of course, peddled for the sole purpose of selling more vaccines even when they don’t really work as claimed.

Here’s the Real Reason Why Mumps Vaccines Don’t Work

The real reason why vaccinated people keep spreading the mumps, of course, is because the mumps vaccine is a complete fraud.

This fact has been openly admitted by two virologists who worked for Merck, one of the largest manufacturers of the MMR vaccine. As detailed in the Natural News article, Merck vaccine fraud exposed by two Merck virologists; company faked mumps vaccine efficacy results for over a decade, says lawsuit“:

"According to two Merck scientists who filed a False Claims Act complaint in 2010 - a complaint which has just now been unsealed - vaccine manufacturer Merck knowingly falsified its mumps vaccine test data, spiked blood samples with animal antibodies, sold a vaccine that actually promoted mumps and measles outbreaks, and ripped off governments and consumers who bought the vaccine thinking it was “95% effective.”

The PDF document detailing this False Claims Act is posted here.

Related: Harvard Study Proves Unvaccinated Children Pose No Risk & Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan
Compulsory Vaccination

From the Natural News story:

According to Stephen Krahling and Joan Wlochowski, both former Merck virologists, the Merck company engaged in all the following behavior:

Merck knowingly falsified its mumps vaccine test results to fabricate a “95% efficacy rate.”

In order to do this, Merck spiked the blood test with animal antibodies in order to artificially inflate the appearance of immune system antibodies.

As reported in CourthouseNews.com:

"Merck also added animal antibodies to blood samples to achieve more favorable test results, though it knew that the human immune system would never produce such antibodies, and that the antibodies created a laboratory testing scenario that “did not in any way correspond to, correlate with, or represent real life … virus neutralization in vaccinated people,” according to the complaint.

Merck then used the falsified trial results to swindle the U.S. government out of “hundreds of millions of dollars for a vaccine that does not provide adequate immunization.”

Merck’s vaccine fraud has actually contributed to the continuation of mumps across America, causing more children to become infected with mumps. (Gee, really? This is what NaturalNews has been reporting for years… vaccines are actually formulated to keep the outbreaks going because it’s great for repeat business!)

Merck used its false claims of “95 percent effectiveness” to monopolize the vaccine market and eliminate possible competitors.

The Merck vaccine fraud has been going on since the late 1990’s, say the Merck virologists.

Testing of Merck’s vaccine was never done against “real-world” mumps viruses in the wild. Instead, test results were simply falsified to achieve the desired outcome.

This entire fraud took place “with the knowledge, authority and approval of Merck’s senior management.”

Merck scientists “witnessed firsthand the improper testing and data falsification in which Merck engaged to artificially inflate the vaccine’s efficacy findings,” according to court documents (see below).

Following the unsealing of this 2010 False Claims Act, Chatom Primary Care, based in Alabama, smelled something rotten. Three days ago, Chatom filed a lawsuit against Merck. That lawsuit record is available here.

It alleges, among other shocking things:

"[Merck engaged in] …a decade-long scheme to falsify and misrepresent the true efficacy of its vaccine."

Merck fraudulently represented and continues to falsely represent in its labeling and elsewhere that its Mumps Vaccine has an efficacy rate of 95 percent of higher.

Related: Dale and Mary Henderson Vaxxed NZ

In reality, Merck knows and has taken affirmative steps to conceal - by using improper testing techniques and falsifying test data - that its Mumps Vaccine is, and has been since at least 1999, far less than 95 percent effective.

Merck designed a testing methodology that evaluated its vaccine against a less virulent strain of the mumps virus.

After the results failed to yield Merck’s desired efficacy, Merck abandoned the methodology and concealed the study’s findings.

Incorporating the use of animal antibodies to artificially inflate the results…

Destroying evidence of the falsified data and then lying to an FDA investigator…

Threatened a virologist in Merck’s vaccine division with jail if he reported the fraud to the FDA…

T he ultimate victims here are the millions of children who every year are being injected with a mumps vaccine that is not providing them with an adequate level of protection. And while this is a disease that, according to the Centers for Disease Control (‘CDC’), was supposed to be eradicated by now, the failure in Merck’s vaccine has allowed this disease to linger, with significant outbreaks continuing to occur.

Related: The Relationship Between Compulsory Vaccination, Suicide & Euthanasia

Chatom Primary Care also alleges that the fraudulent Merck vaccine contributed to the 2006 mumps outbreak in the Midwest, and a 2009 outbreak elsewhere. It says, “there has remained a significant risk of a resurgence of mumps outbreaks…”

Read Vaccines.news to Stay Years Ahead of the Mainstream Media

What all this proves is that if you really want to stay informed and ahead of the curve on why vaccines fail — and the total science fraud and medical quackery behind them - you need to get your news from independent media sources that aren’t funded by the pharmaceutical industry.

Vaccines.news is one of the best sources on the ‘net to get accurate, honest information that keeps you informed about vaccines. We also cover disease outbreaks at Outbreak.news.

Related Articles:

State Vaccine Legislation in America 2015 to 2017: What the Media, Medical Trade and Pharma Don’t Want You to Know

Your Success Blueprint – How to recover your autistic child- detoxify from heavy metals

Case of diphtheria confirmed at Edmonton elementary school

Agnotology in Vaccines: Agnotology is the study of culturally induced ignorance or doubt, by the publication of inaccurate or misleading scientific data

Safe Vaccine Debate 1. WHO Faux Pas About Adverse Events & Deaths 2. Dr Judy Wilyman Report – ABC Misreporting 3. Elizabeth Hart’s Overvaccination Report: Ethics, Conflict of Interest, GSK & Meningococcal B Vaccination

React: Bus tour stirs up vaccination debate

Child Vaccinations - The Doctors Debate

Here’s the shocking REAL reason why aluminum is added to vaccines

MD: I’ve seen cases of vaccine injury for 40 years

Dr. Meehan's reaction to the documentary "Vaxxed: From Cover-up to Catastrophe."

Vaccines Revealed

Family of Danish girl shares post-HPV-vaccine experience

Del Bigtree Discusses Vaccine Safety at The Truth About Cancer LIVE 2017 in Orlando Prominent doctor and vaccine researcher says we are almost a medical police state

Toxic Mechanism of Vaccine Aluminum

Prominent doctor and vaccine researcher says we are almost a medical police state

BMJ Papers Spotlights Questionable Funding and Industry Ties of CDC and ‘Independent’ Vaccine Advocacy Groups

Vaccine Excipients

Vaccines Before Vaccines After

Ep110- Bombshell Study: Aluminum and Autism

U.S. Autism Rates Jump 30% From 2012

Vaccine Syndrome - June 7 2017

Related Articles - Autism:

New Research Proves Brains of Children with Autism are Loaded with Aluminum

Super-high levels of toxic aluminum found in the brains of autistic patients: aluminum is present in many vaccines

Autism Rises to 1 in 36: More Parents Should Start Asking WHY?

Tyler - from before he was autistic, to becoming autistic, to recovery.

It's Time to Believe Autism Mothers Too

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

FBI Official Admits: Russia Probe ‘Insurance Policy’ To Derail Trump + This Video Destroys The Clintons And The Russia Investigation
December 17 2017 | From: Infowars / Various

Suggests Russia collusion investigation is a sham.


Thousands of text messages between two top FBI investigators have been turned over to lawmakers on Capitol Hill, including anti-Trump messages that reveal a desire to start the probe into Russian collusion as an “insurance policy” should Donald Trump win the presidency.

Related: Trump To Hire Private Spies To Counter Deep State Attacks

Among the damning texts between investigator Peter Strzok and FBI lawyer Lisa Page is an excerpt describing the Russia investigation as an “insurance policy” meant to ensure Trump’s overthrow should he win the presidency.

"I want to believe the path you threw out for consideration in Andy’s office” - an apparent reference to Deputy FBI Director Andrew McCabe - “that there’s no way he [Trump] gets elected - but I’m afraid we can’t take that risk,” Strzok told Page in a text from August 15, 2016.

“It’s like an insurance policy in the unlikely event you die before you’re 40 . . . . ”

Strzok was removed from special counsel Robert Mueller’s Russia investigation last summer without explanation.

But reports surfaced earlier this month showing Strzok was dismissed after text exchanges with FBI lawyer Lisa Page revealed a deep anti-Trump and pro-Hillary Clinton bias.

Trump To Hire Private Spies To Counter Deep State Attacks

POTUS makes key move in battle against globalists.

Related: Trump White House Weighing Plans for Private Spies to Counter “Deep State” Enemies

The Deep State, or Surveillance State, has become so correct, so politicized, that President Trump is reported to be setting up his own private spies to counter them.

Related: President Donald Trump Is About To Start Kicking Ass

Upon learning that this information had been withheld from Congress despite multiple subpoenas, House Intelligence Committee Chairman Devin Nunes (R-Calif.) threatened FBI Director Christopher Wray and Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein with contempt-of-Congress citations.

"We now know why Strzok was dismissed, why the FBI and DOJ refused to provide us this explanation, and at least one reason why they previously refused to make [FBI] Deputy Director [Andrew] McCabe available to the Committee for an interview,” Nunes said in a statement.

It’s important to note that Strzok played a significant role not only in Mueller’s Russian probe, but also in Hillary Clinton’s email investigation when he changed the wording of Clinton’s crime from “grossly negligent” to “extremely careless.”

He also conducted the interview with Clinton and her top aides Huma Abedin and Cheryl Mills, who it was later revealed lied to the FBI about when they learned about Clinton’s secret server.

Additionally, he also conducted the interview with Former National Security Advisor Mike Flynn which subsequently led to his recent indictment for lying to the FBI.

President Trump commented that the damning reports explain why Hillary was not prosecuted.

Related: Project Veritas’ ‘Most Powerful’ Sting Operation Underway

Rosenstein, who appointed Mueller as special counsel, was grilled by the House Judiciary Committee Wednesday morning in light of the damning evidence of conflict of interest surrounding both the Russian collusion investigation and Clinton’s email investigation, and insisted that he’s “not aware of any impropriety,” and added Mueller would allow “no bias” in the any of the investigations.

“It’s our responsibility to make sure those opinions do not influence their actions,” Rosenstein said. “I believe Director Mueller understands that, and recognizes people have political views but that they don’t let it [affect their work.]”

This Video Destroys The Clintons And The Russia Investigation

Alex Jones Plays The Video That Destroys The Clintons And The Russia Investigation.

Related: Washington Intends to Control the Explanations You Receive

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Tom Hanks Just Broke His Silence On The Hollywood Sex Scandal - And You Need To See It
December 17 2017 | From: TheAntiMedia / Various

Almost two months after sexual harassment allegations began rocking Hollywood, beloved actor Tom Hanks has broken his silence about the ongoing crisis.

Hanks spoke about Hollywood’s institutional problem with sexual exploitation during a roundtable discussion with the Hollywood Reporter that also included James Franco, John Boyega, Gary Oldman, Sam Rockwell and Willem Dafoe. It will air in full at the end of January.

Related: Why Are There Paintings Depicting Ritual Abuse On Display at the Las Vegas Courthouse?

Hanks, who has served an executive producer on many projects, spoke first on the many positive experiences that unfold in the film industry.

"There’s a lot of reasons people do this for a living,” he said. “Making a movie is a life experience that can create an awful lot of joy. You can meet the person you fall in love with, you can laugh your heads off, you can make the best friend you’ve ever had, you can work with one of your heroes. That’s the good stuff that can happen on a movie.”

He went on to acknowledge the darker side of Hollywood.

The bad stuff can happen on a movie as well,” he said. “There’s some people that go into this business because they got off on having power.”

Recounting a particular incident without sharing specifics, he stressed the need to hold potential predators accountable.

Related: Irony: Pedo Film Takes Hollywood by Storm Amid Wave of Sexual Assault Allegations

"We produced a project in which someone said, ‘There’s an element of harassment that’s going on here,’” he said. “And as soon as we heard, you’ve got to jump right in. You talk to everyone, the guilds and you find out what happened.

Hanks also addressed the industry’s atmosphere and culture, where would-be harassers feel exempt from society’s normal ethical standards.

There can be that type of predatory aspect on a set because you think, ‘Well, we’re in the circus and we’re on the road, so therefore, do the rules really apply? They don’t really apply,‘” he said.

There’s the other aspect of it is that, ‘Come try to get this job from me. You want me to give you a job? Come on. Come. Come prove to me that you want this job.’ That’s a sin, and that’s against the law and that is a degree of harassment and predatory behavior that goes against an assumed code of ethics.”

Speaking about that code of ethics, Hanks suggested that beyond an “assumed” code of ethics, these standards should also be explicit.

Related: Connecting Pedophilia to Hillary Clinton, Loretta Lynch, and the Zionists

"I think eventually, I think everybody who has an office or a production office above the coffee maker or the copy machine is going to have a code of ethics in behavior: If you don’t follow these, you will not work here. And that’s not necessarily going to be a bad thing.”

He also expressed hope for change:

"Somebody said, I don’t know who it was, said, ‘Is it too late to change things?’ No, it’s never too late to change things. It’s never too late to learn new behaviors. And that’s the responsibility of anybody who wants to obey a code of professional ethics.”

The full interview with the prominent actors discusses other topics, as well, and will air on SundanceTV on January 28, 2018.

The floodgates on Hollywood sexual abuse opened in October when the New York Times and the New Yorker reported on now-disgraced Hollywood producer Harvey Weinstein’s long history of harassment and abuse, and since, a number of prominent actors have been accused of violative behavior.

The Hollywood Reporter also held a roundtable discussion with actresses last month to address the widespread sexual harassment allegations, which continue to plague Hollywood and other industries, including the art worldtech, and various branches of government.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Illuminati-Whistle-Blowers: The Illuminati Seeks The Destruction Of Humanity
December 16 2017 | From: FinalWakeupCall

The true face of the Illuminati: According to a born Illuminati member now whistle-blower, with pseudonym Svali, a professionally trained nurse; is it not true that Adam Weishaupt founded the Illuminati in Germany, in 1776.

They are failing now in real time however

“They chose him as figure head and told him what to write about. The financiers, dating back to the bankers during the times of The Templar Knights who financed the early Kings in Europe, are the ones that createdthe Illuminati. Weishaupt was their ‘gofer’ who did their bidding.”

Related: Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out

She described the modern-day Illuminati as a sadistic satanic cult, led by the richest and most powerful people in the world. She further claims the Order is filled with homosexuals and paedophiles and that the Illuminati works hand in glove with the CIA and Freemasonry to control the world, by trafficking drugs, guns, pornography, and prostitution.

They have even been accused of being the power behind political assassinations and terrorism, including the false flag events of 9/11 in 2001.

“Svali’s courageous testimony explains why our children are no longer taught civic values, why they are being habituated to homosexuality and violence, and why our culture is descending into nihilism and sexual depravity,” commented another researcher.

She said the Illuminati have kept their secrecy intact, because the public simply won’t believe that all that is happening, could actually be happening. “I am (now) a strong Christian, and in Revelations, it says that right before the return of Jesus, people will be acting as if nothing bad is happening, that all is normal, in spite of evidence to the contrary,” she said.

Related: 21 Goals Of The Illuminati And The Committee Of 300 & The Sides Are Being Drawn Up Now

“You could show people a video taken of a ritual, and they would declare: ‘it has to be fake; people just don’t do those things.’ You could show them the site with pentagrams, buried bones, and other evidence, and they would say, ‘Oh those are just teenagers playing around.” …

They could be shown the scars on a survivor’s body, from cigarette burns in childhood, and old lash marks that have healed on their back, and the question would be? Are you sure it wasn’t self-inflicted?”

The evidence is here, but in my opinion, the average person does not want to know about it, and even when confronted with the evidence, they will look the other way. How much evidence has come out? Or what about the CIA mind-control program documents that have been declassified, proven to be authentic and people ignore it…

“We as human beings want to believe the best of our race, not the worst”, but the fact that it is inconvenient to believe these things, does not change the truth thereof.

The Illuminati’s Hierarchy:

People don’t want to believe that the Illuminati regards it their responsibility to run planet Earth. These few people are so powerful, and control so much wealth and assets, that they could be regarded as a nation-state in their own right. They control the major and minor political parties.

Related: Banker: I Was Told To Sacrifice Children At An Illuminati Party

They control the process of government, information flow, and the creation of money. They have infiltrated all organisations, even the church. There is nothing left that has not been touched by the Illuminati. All national Illuminati councils report to a Supreme World Council, that act as the forerunner that will rule when the New World Order comes into being.

The top 33rd degree Freemasons are also top Illuminati. The Rothschild families in the US, England, and France have ruling seats in this Supreme World Council. They believe they are descendants of royal bloodlines, as well as bearers of unbroken occult heritage.

The Coming Economic Collapse:

They have planned the coming economic collapse, to be followed by martial law. Then the bankers and governments will recall all debts immediately, but according to plan and known from the very beginning, – most people won’t be unable to pay and will be bankrupted. This will cause a widespread global financial pan